Web Design and Development (CS506)

Web Design and Development

CS506

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 1

Web Design and Development (CS506)

Lecture 1: Java Features ....................................................................................... 22

1.1 Design Goals of Java ...................................................................................................... 22
1.1.1 Right Language, Right Time ................................................................................... 22
1.1.2 Java - Buzzwords (Vocabulary) .............................................................................. 22
1.1.3 Java -- Language + Libraries .................................................................................. 22
1.1.4 Simple ..................................................................................................................... 23
1.1.5 Object-Oriented ....................................................................................................... 23
1.1.6 Distributed / Network Oriented .............................................................................. 23
1.1.7 Robust / Secure / Safe ............................................................................................. 23
1.1.8 Portable ................................................................................................................... 24
1.1.9 Support for Web and Enterprise Web Applications ............................................... 24
1.1.10 High-performance ................................................................................................... 24
1.1.11 Multi-Threaded ....................................................................................................... 24
1.1.12 Dynamic .................................................................................................................. 24
1.1.13 Java Compiler Structure .......................................................................................... 24
1.1.14 Java: Programmer Efficiency .................................................................................. 25
1.1.15 Microsoft vs. Java ................................................................................................... 25
1.1.16 Java Is For Real ....................................................................................................... 25
1.1.17 References ............................................................................................................... 25

Lecture 2: Java Virtual Machine & Runtime Environment ............................. 26

2.1 Basic Concept ................................................................................................................. 26
2.1.1 Byte code ................................................................................................................ 26

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 2

Web Design and Development (CS506)

2.1.2 Java Virtual Machine (JVM) .................................................................................. 27

2.1.3 Java Runtime Environment (JRE) .......................................................................... 27
2.1.4 References ............................................................................................................... 28
2.2 Java Program Development and Execution Steps .......................................................... 28
2.2.1 Phase 1: Edit ........................................................................................................... 30
2.2.2 Phase 2: Compile .................................................................................................... 30
2.2.3 Phase 3: Loading ..................................................................................................... 30
2.2.4 Phase 4: Verify ........................................................................................................ 30
2.2.5 Phase 5: Execute ..................................................................................................... 31
2.2.6 References: .............................................................................................................. 31
2.3 Installation and Environment Setting ............................................................................... 31
2.3.1 Installation............................................................................................................... 31
2.3.2 Environment Setting ............................................................................................... 31
2.3.2.1 Temporary Path Setting .................................................................................................. 31
2.3.2.2 Permanent Path Setting ................................................................................................... 32
2.3.3 References ............................................................................................................... 34
2.4 First Program in Java ....................................................................................................... 34
2.4.1 HelloWorldApp ....................................................................................................... 34
2.4.2 HelloWorldApp Described ..................................................................................... 35
2.4.3 Compiling and Running HelloWorldApp ............................................................... 35
2.4.4 Points to Remember ................................................................................................ 36
2.5 An Idiom Explained ....................................................................................................... 36
2.6 References ...................................................................................................................... 37
Lecture 3: Learning Basics ...................................................................................
38
3.1 Strings............................................................................................................................. 38
3.1.1 String Concatenation ............................................................................................... 38

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 3

Web Design and Development (CS506)

3.1.2 Comparing Strings .................................................................................................. 38

3.2 Taking in Com mand Line Arguments ............................................................................ 39
3.3 Primitives vs. Objects ..................................................................................................... 40
3.4 Stack vs. Heap ................................................................................................................ 41
3.5 Wrapper Classes ............................................................................................................. 41
3.5.1 Wrapper Use ........................................................................................................... 42
3.5.2 Converting Strings to Numeric Primitive Data Types ............................................ 42
3.6 Selection & Control Structure ........................................................................................ 44
3.7 Reference: ....................................................................................................................... 44

Lecture 4: Object Oriented Programming .......................................................... 45

4.1 OOP Vocabulary Review ............................................................................................... 45
4.1.1 Classes .................................................................................................................... 45
4.1.2 Objects .................................................................................................................... 45
4.1.3 Constructor ............................................................................................................. 45
4.1.4 Attributes ................................................................................................................ 45
4.1.5 Methods .................................................................................................................. 45
4.2 Defining a Class .............................................................................................................. 45
4.3 Comparison with C++ .................................................................................................... 46
4.4 Task - Defining a Student class ...................................................................................... 47
4.5 Getters / Setters .............................................................................................................. 47
4.6 Using a Class ................................................................................................................... 48
4.6.1 Task - Using Student Class ..................................................................................... 49
4.7 More on Classes .............................................................................................................. 50

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 4

Web Design and Development (CS506)

4.7.1 Static ....................................................................................................................... 50

4.7.2 Garbage Collection & Finalize ............................................................................... 50
4.7.2.1 Finalize ............................................................................................................................ 51
4.8 Reference: ....................................................................................................................... 54
Lecture 5: Inheritance ...........................................................................................
55
5.1 Comparison with C++ .................................................................................................... 55
5.2 Object - The Root Class ................................................................................................. 58
5.3 Polymorphism ................................................................................................................. 58
5.4 Type Casting .................................................................................................................. 60
5.4.1 Up-casting ............................................................................................................... 60
5.4.2 Down-casting .......................................................................................................... 60
5.5 References: ..................................................................................................................... 60
Lecture 6: Collections ............................................................................................
60
6.1 Collections Design ......................................................................................................... 61
6.2 Collection messages ....................................................................................................... 61
6.3 Array List ....................................................................................................................... 61
6.3.1 Useful Methods ....................................................................................................... 61
6.4 HashMap ........................................................................................................................ 63
6.4.1 Useful Methods ....................................................................................................... 63
6.5 References: ..................................................................................................................... 65
6.6 Address Book .................................................................................................................. 65
6.6.1 Problem ................................................................................................................... 65
6.6.2 Approach for Solving Problem ............................................................................... 66
6.6.2.1 Step1 - Make PersonInfo class ........................................................................................ 66
6.6.2.2 Step2 - Make Address Book class ................................................................................... 66

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 5

Web Design and Development (CS506)

6.6.2.3 Step3 - Make Test class (driver program) ....................................................................... 68

6.7 Reference ........................................................................................................................ 69
Lecture 7: Intro to Exceptions ..............................................................................
69
7.1 Types of Errors ............................................................................................................... 70
7.1.1 Syntax Errors .......................................................................................................... 70
7.1.2 Logic Errors ............................................................................................................ 70
7.1.3 Runtime Errors ........................................................................................................ 70
7.2 What is an Exception? .................................................................................................... 70
7.3 Why handle Exceptions? ................................................................................................ 70
7.4 Exceptions in Java .......................................................................................................... 70
7.5 Exception Hierarchy ....................................................................................................... 71
7.6 Types of Exceptions ....................................................................................................... 71
7.6.1 Unchecked Exceptions ............................................................................................ 71
7.6.2 Checked Exceptions ................................................................................................ 72
7.7 How Java handles Exceptions ........................................................................................ 72
7.7.1 try block .................................................................................................................. 72
7.7.2 Catch block ............................................................................................................. 72
7.7.3 finally block ............................................................................................................ 72
7.7.4 throw ....................................................................................................................... 73
7.7.5 throws...................................................................................................................... 73
7.8 References: ..................................................................................................................... 73
7.9 Code Examples of Exception Handling ........................................................................... 73

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 6

Web Design and Development (CS506)

7.9.1 Unchecked Exceptions ............................................................................................ 73

7.9.2 Why? ....................................................................................................................... 74
7.9.3 Modify UcException.java ....................................................................................... 74
7.10 Checked Exceptions ....................................................................................................... 75
7.11 The finally block ............................................................................................................ 76
7.12 Multiple catch blocks ..................................................................................................... 77
7.13 The throws clause ........................................................................................................... 79
7.14 printStackTrace method ................................................................................................. 80
7.15 Reference ........................................................................................................................ 81
Lecture 8: Streams .................................................................................................
82
8.1 The concept of "streams" ................................................................................................. 82
8.2 Stream classification based on Functionality ................................................................. 83
8.3 Stream classification based on data ................................................................................ 84
8.4 Reference ........................................................................................................................ 86
8.5 Modification of Address Book Code ............................................................................... 87
8.5.1 Adding Persistence Functionality ........................................................................... 87
8.5.1.1 Scenario 1 - Start Up ....................................................................................................... 87
8.5.1.2 Scenario 2 - End/Finish Up ............................................................................................. 90
8.6 References ...................................................................................................................... 92

Lecture 9: Abstract Classes and Interfaces ......................................................... 93

9.1 Problem and Requirements ............................................................................................ 93
9.2 Abstract Classes ............................................................................................................. 93
9.3 Interfaces ........................................................................................................................ 95
9.3.1 Defining an Interface .............................................................................................. 95
9.3.2 Implementing (using) Interface ............................................................................... 95

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 7

Web Design and Development (CS506)

9.4 Interface Characteristics ................................................................................................. 96

9.5 References ...................................................................................................................... 98

Lecture 10: Graphical User Interfaces ................................................................ 98

10.1 Support for GUI in Java ................................................................................................. 99
10.2 GUI classes vs. Non-GUI Support Classes .................................................................... 99
10.3 java.awt package ............................................................................................................ 99
10.4 javax.swing package ....................................................................................................... 99
10.5 A part of the Framework .............................................................................................. 100
10.6 GUI Creation Steps ....................................................................................................... 100
10.6.1 import required packages ...................................................................................... 100
10.6.2 Setup the top level containers ............................................................................... 100
10.6.3 Get the component area of the top level container ............................................... 101
10.6.4 Apply layout to component area ........................................................................... 101
10.6.5 Create and Add components ................................................................................. 102
10.6.6 Set size of frame and make it visible .................................................................... 102
10.7 Important Points to Consider........................................................................................ 103
10.8 References: ................................................................................................................... 104
10.9 Graphical User Interfaces - 2 ......................................................................................... 104
10.9.1 Layout Managers ................................................................................................... 104
10.9.1.1 Flow Layout .................................................................................................................. 105
10.9.1.2 Grid Layout ................................................................................................................... 106
10.9.1.3 Border Layout ............................................................................................................... 108

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 8

Web Design and Development (CS506)

10.10 Making Complex GUIs .................................................................................................

109
10.10.1 JPanel .................................................................................................................... 110
10.10.2 Solution ................................................................................................................. 110
10.11 Reference: ..................................................................................................................... 112
Lecture 11: Event Handling
................................................................................113
11.1 Event Handling Model ................................................................................................. 114
11.2 Event Handling Steps ................................................................................................... 114
11.3 Event Handling Process ............................................................................................... 114
11.3.1 Step 1: Event Generators ...................................................................................... 114
11.3.2 Step 2: Event Handlers/ Event Listener ................................................................ 114
11.3.3 Step 3: Registering Handler with Generator ......................................................... 116
11.4 How Event Handling Participants Interact Behind the Scenes? .................................. 118
11.4.1 Event Generator / Source ...................................................................................... 118
11.4.2 Event Object.......................................................................................................... 118
11.4.3 Event Listener/handler .......................................................................................... 118
11.4.4 JVM ...................................................................................................................... 118

Lecture 12: More Examples of Handling Events ..............................................122

12.1 Handling Mouse Event ................................................................................................. 122
12.1.1 MouseMotionListener interface ............................................................................ 122
12.1.2 MouseListener interface ........................................................................................ 122
Lecture 13: Adapter Classes
...............................................................................127
13.1 Adapter Classes ............................................................................................................ 127
13.2 Available Adapter classes ............................................................................................ 128

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 9

Web Design and Development (CS506)

13.2.1 How to use Adapter Classes ................................................................................. 128

13.3 Inner Classes ................................................................................................................ 129
13.4 Anonymous Inner Classes ............................................................................................ 135
13.5 Named vs. Anonymous Objects ................................................................................... 135
13.5.1 Named ................................................................................................................... 135
13.5.2 Anonymous ........................................................................................................... 135
13.6 Summary of Approaches for Handling Events ............................................................ 136
13.7 References .................................................................................................................... 136

Lecture 14: Java Database Connectivity ............................................................137

14.1 Introduction .................................................................................................................. 137
14.2 The java.sql package .................................................................................................... 137
14.3 Connecting With Microsoft Access ............................................................................. 137
14.3.1 Create Database .................................................................................................... 137
14.3.2 Setup System DSN ................................................................................................ 138
14.4 Basic Steps in Using JDBC ........................................................................................... 139
14.4.1 Import Required Package ...................................................................................... 140
14.4.2 Load Driver ........................................................................................................... 140
14.4.3 Define Connection URL ....................................................................................... 140
14.4.4 Establish Connection With DataBase ................................................................... 140
14.4.5 Create Statement ................................................................................................... 140
14.4.6 Execute a Query .................................................................................................... 141
14.4.7 Process Results of the Query ................................................................................ 141

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 10

Web Design and Development (CS506)

14.4.8 Close the Connection ............................................................................................ 141

14.5 References: .................................................................................................................... 143
Lecture 15: More On JDBC
................................................................................144
15.1 Useful Statement Methods: ........................................................................................... 144
15.1.1 executeUpdate( ) .................................................................................................... 144
15.1.2 getMaxRows / setMaxRows(int) ............................................................................ 146
15.1.3 getQueryTimeOut / setQueryTimeOut (int) ........................................................... 146
15.2 Different Types of Statements ....................................................................................... 146
15.2.1 Statement ............................................................................................................... 146
15.2.2 PreparedStatement ................................................................................................. 147
15.2.3 CallableStatement .................................................................................................. 147
15.2.4 Prepared Statements ............................................................................................... 147
15.3 References: .................................................................................................................... 149
Lecture 16: Result Set
..........................................................................................150
16.1 ResultSet ....................................................................................................................... 150
16.1.1 Default ResultSet ................................................................................................... 150
16.1.2 Useful ResultSet’s Methods ................................................................................... 150
16.1.2.1 next( ) ............................................................................................................................ 150
16.1.2.2 getters ............................................................................................................................ 151
16.1.2.3 close( ) ........................................................................................................................... 151
16.1.2.4 Updatable and/or Scrollable ResultSet ........................................................................... 151
16.1.2.5 Creating Updatable & Scrollable ResultSet ....................................................................
151
16.1.2.6 previous( ) ...................................................................................................................... 152
16.1.2.7 absolute(int) ................................................................................................................... 153

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 11

Web Design and Development (CS506)

16.1.2.8 updaters (for primitives, String and Object) ................................................................... 153

16.1.2.9 updateRow( ) ................................................................................................................. 154
16.1.2.10 moveToInsertRow(int) ...................................................................................................
155
16.1.2.11 insertRow( ) ...................................................................................................................
156
16.1.2.12 last( ) & first( ) .............................................................................................................. 158
16.1.2.13 getRow( ) ...................................................................................................................... 158
16.1.2.14 deleteRow( ) ..................................................................................................................
158 16.2 References: ....................................................................................................................
161 Lecture 17: Meta Data
.........................................................................................162
17.1 ResultSet Meta data ....................................................................................................... 162
17.1.1 Creating ResultSetMetaData object ........................................................................ 162
17.1.2 Useful ResultSetMetaData methods ....................................................................... 163
17.1.2.1 getColumnCount ( ) ....................................................................................................... 163
17.1.2.2 getColumnDisplaySize (int) ........................................................................................... 163
17.1.2.3 getColumnName(int) / getColumnLabel (int) .................................................................
163
17.1.2.4 getColumnType (int) ...................................................................................................... 163
17.2 DatabaseMetaData ........................................................................................................ 165
17.2.1 Creating DatabaseMetaData object ........................................................................ 165
17.2.2 Useful ResultSetMetaData methods ....................................................................... 166
17.2.2.1 getDatabaseProductName( ) ........................................................................................... 166

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 12

Web Design and Development (CS506)

17.2.2.2 getDatabaseProductVersion( ) ........................................................................................ 166

17.2.2.3 getDriverName( ) ........................................................................................................... 166
17.2.2.4 isReadOnly( ) ................................................................................................................. 166
17.3 JDBC Driver Types ....................................................................................................... 167
17.3.1 Type - 1: JDBC - ODBC Bridge ............................................................................ 168
17.3.2 Type - 2: Native - API/partly Java driver ............................................................... 168
17.3.3 Type - 3: Net - protocol/all-Java driver4 ................................................................ 168
17.3.4 Type - 4: Native - protocol / all - java driver .......................................................... 169
17.4 Online Resources .......................................................................................................... 169
17.5 References: .................................................................................................................... 169
Lecture 18: Java Graphics
...................................................................................170
18.1 Painting ......................................................................................................................... 170
18.1.1 How painting works? ............................................................................................. 170
18.1.2 Painting a Swing Component ................................................................................. 172
18.1.2.1 paintComponent( ) ......................................................................................................... 173
18.1.2.2 paintBorder( ) ................................................................................................................. 173
18.1.2.3 paintChildren( ) .............................................................................................................. 173

Lecture 19: How to Animate? .............................................................................176

19.1 Problem & Solution ....................................................................................................... 176
19.2 References ..................................................................................................................... 181
Lecture 20: Applets
..............................................................................................182
20.1 Basic Definition ............................................................................................................ 182
20.2 Applets Support ............................................................................................................. 182
20.3 What an Applet is? ........................................................................................................ 182

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 13

Web Design and Development (CS506)

20.4 The genealogy of Applet ............................................................................................... 182

20.5 Applet Life Cycle Methods ........................................................................................... 184
20.5.1 init( ) ...................................................................................................................... 185
20.5.2 start( ) .................................................................................................................... 185
20.5.3 paint( ) ................................................................................................................... 185
20.5.4 stop( ) .................................................................................................................... 185
20.5.5 destroy( ) ................................................................................................................ 186
20.6 References: .................................................................................................................... 193

Lecture 21: Socket Programming .......................................................................194

21.1 Basic Definition ............................................................................................................ 194
21.2 Socket Dynamics ........................................................................................................... 194
21.3 What is Port? ................................................................................................................. 194
21.4 How Client - Server Communicate ................................................................................ 194
21.5 Steps - To Make a Simple Client ................................................................................... 195
21.5.1 Import required package ........................................................................................ 195
21.5.2 Connect / Open a Socket with Server ..................................................................... 195
Create a client socket (communication socket) ...................................................................
195
21.5.3 Get I/O Streams of Socket ...................................................................................... 196
21.5.4 Send / Receive Message ......................................................................................... 196
21.5.5 Close Socket .......................................................................................................... 197
21.6 Steps - To Make a Simple Server .................................................................................. 197
21.6.1 Import required package ........................................................................................ 197

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 14

Web Design and Development (CS506)

21.6.2 Create a Server Socket ........................................................................................... 197

21.6.3 Wait for Incoming Connections ............................................................................. 197
21.6.4 Get I/O Streams of Socket ...................................................................................... 197
21.6.5 Send / Receive Message ......................................................................................... 198
21.6.6 Close Socket .......................................................................................................... 198
21.7 References ..................................................................................................................... 202
Lecture 22: Serialization
......................................................................................203
22.1 Problem ......................................................................................................................... 203
22.1.1 What? .................................................................................................................... 203
22.1.2 Motivation ............................................................................................................. 203
22.1.3 Revisiting AddressBook ....................................................................................... 203
22.2 Serialization in Java ...................................................................................................... 204
22.2.1 Serializable Interface ............................................................................................ 204
22.2.2 Automatic Writing ................................................................................................ 204
22.2.3 Automatic Reading ............................................................................................... 204
22.2.4 Serialization: How it works? ................................................................................. 204
22.3 Object Serialization & Network .................................................................................... 207
22.4 Preventing Serialization ................................................................................................ 208
22.5 References ..................................................................................................................... 209
Lecture 23: Multithreading
.................................................................................210
23.1 Introduction ................................................................................................................... 210
23.2 Sequential Execution vs. Multithreading ....................................................................... 210
23.3 Java Threads.................................................................................................................. 212
23.3.1 Creating Threads in Java ........................................................................................ 212
23.3.1.1 Threads Creation Steps Using Interface .......................................................................... 212

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 15

Web Design and Development (CS506)

23.3.1.2 Threads Creation Steps Using Inheritance ...................................................................... 213

23.4 Three Loops: Multi-Threaded Execution ....................................................................... 213
23.5 Thread Priorities ............................................................................................................ 215
23.5.1 Thread Priority Scheduling ................................................................................... 216
23.5.2 Problems with Thread Priorities ........................................................................... 218
23.6 References: .................................................................................................................... 218

Lecture 24: More on Multithreading ..................................................................219

24.1 Useful Thread Methods ................................................................................................. 221
24.1.1 sleep(int time) method ........................................................................................... 221
24.1.2 yield( ) method ....................................................................................................... 224
24.2 Thread States: Life Cycle of a Thread ........................................................................... 226
24.2.1 New state ............................................................................................................... 226
24.2.2 Ready state ............................................................................................................. 226
24.2.3 Running state ......................................................................................................... 226
24.2.4 Dead state .............................................................................................................. 227
24.3 Thread’s Joining ............................................................................................................ 227
24.4 References: .................................................................................................................... 228
Lecture 25: Web Application Development .......................................................229
25.1 Introduction ................................................................................................................... 229
25.2 Web Applications .......................................................................................................... 229
25.3 HTTP Basics ................................................................................................................. 229
25.3.1 Parts of an HTTP request ....................................................................................... 230
25.3.2 Parts of HTTP response ......................................................................................... 230

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 16

Web Design and Development (CS506)

25.3.3 HTTP Response Codes .......................................................................................... 231

25.4 Server Side Programming .............................................................................................. 233
25.4.1 Why build Pages Dynamically? ............................................................................. 234
25.4.2 Dynamic Web Content Technologies Evolution ..................................................... 236
25.5 Layers & Web Application ............................................................................................ 236
25.5.1 Presentation Layer: ................................................................................................ 237
25.5.2 Business Layer ....................................................................................................... 237
25.5.3 Data Layer ............................................................................................................. 237
25.6 Java - Web Application Technologies ........................................................................... 237
25.7 References: .................................................................................................................... 237
Lecture 26: Java Servlets
....................................................................................238
26.1 What Servlets can do? ................................................................................................... 238
26.2 Servlets vs. other SSP technologies ............................................................................... 238
26.2.1 Convenient ............................................................................................................. 238
26.2.2 Efficient ................................................................................................................. 239
26.2.3 Powerful ................................................................................................................ 239
26.2.4 Portable .................................................................................................................. 239
26.2.5 Inexpensive ............................................................................................................ 239
26.3 Software Requirements ................................................................................................. 239
26.4 Jakarta Servlet Engine (Tomcat) .................................................................................. 239
26.4.1 Environment Setup................................................................................................ 239
26.4.2 Environment Setup Using .zip File ....................................................................... 240
26.4.2.1 Download the Apache Tomcat Server .......................................................................... 240
26.4.2.2 Installing Tomcat using .zip file.................................................................................... 240
26.4.2.3 Set the JAVA_HOME variable ..................................................................................... 241
26.4.2.4 Set the CATALINA_HOME variable ........................................................................... 242

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 17

Web Design and Development (CS506)

26.4.2.5 Set the CLASSPATH variable ...................................................................................... 243

26.4.2.6 Test the server ............................................................................................................... 244
26.4.3 Environment Setup Using .exe File ...................................................................... 244
26.4.3.1 Download the Apache Tomcat Server .......................................................................... 245
26.4.3.2 Installing Tomcat using .exe file ................................................................................... 245
26.4.3.3 Set the JAVA_HOME variable ..................................................................................... 247
26.4.3.4 Set the CATALINA_HOME variable ........................................................................... 247
26.4.3.5 Set the CLASSPATH variable ...................................................................................... 247
26.4.3.6 Test the server ............................................................................................................... 247
26.5 References: ................................................................................................................... 248

Lecture 27: Creating a Simple Web Application in Tomcat ...........................249

27.1 Standard Directory Structure of a J2EE Web Application ........................................... 249
27.2 Writing Servlets ............................................................................................................ 251
27.2.1 Servlet Types ........................................................................................................ 251
27.2.1.1 GenericServlet class ...................................................................................................... 252
27.2.1.2 HttpServlet class ........................................................................................................... 252
27.3 Servlet Class Hierarchy ................................................................................................ 252
27.4 Types of HTTP requests ............................................................................................... 253
27.5 GET & POST, HTTP request types ............................................................................. 253
27.6 Steps for making a Hello World Servlet ...................................................................... 254
27.7 Compiling and Invoking Servlets ................................................................................. 256
27.8 References: ................................................................................................................... 257

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 18

Web Design and Development (CS506)

Lecture 28: Servlets

Lifecycle..............................................................................258
28.1 Stages of Servlet Lifecycle ........................................................................................... 258
28.1.1 Initialize ................................................................................................................ 258
28.1.2 Service................................................................................................................... 259
28.1.3 Destroy .................................................................................................................. 260
28.2 Summary ...................................................................................................................... 260
28.3 Reading HTML Form Data Using Servlets ................................................................... 261
28.3.1 HTML & Servlets ................................................................................................. 261
28.3.2 Types of Data send to Web Server ....................................................................... 261
28.3.2.1 Reading HTML Form Data from Servlet ...................................................................... 262
28.4 References: ................................................................................................................... 266
Lecture 29: More on Servlets
..............................................................................267
29.1 Initialization Parameters ............................................................................................... 267
29.1.1 ServletConfig ........................................................................................................ 267
29.1.2 Reading Initialization Parameters ......................................................................... 268
29.1.3 Response Redirection............................................................................................ 270
29.1.4 Sending a standard Redirect.................................................................................. 270
29.1.5 Sending a redirect to an error page ....................................................................... 270
29.2 ServletContext .............................................................................................................. 273
29.3 Request Dispatcher ....................................................................................................... 274
29.4 RequestDispatcher: forward ......................................................................................... 274
29.5 RequestDispatcher: include .......................................................................................... 275
29.6 References: ................................................................................................................... 275

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 19

Web Design and Development (CS506)

Lecture 30: Dispatching Requests

......................................................................276
30.1 Recap ............................................................................................................................ 276
30.1.1 Sending a standard request: .................................................................................. 276
30.1.2 Redirection to an error page: ................................................................................. 276
30.1.3 Forward: ................................................................................................................ 276
30.1.4 Include: ................................................................................................................. 276
30.2 HttpServletRequest Methods ........................................................................................ 283
30.2.1 setAttribute(String, Object)................................................................................... 283
30.2.2 getAttribute(String) ............................................................................................... 283
30.2.3 getMethod()........................................................................................................... 283
30.2.4 getRequestURL() .................................................................................................. 284
30.2.5 getProtocol() ......................................................................................................... 284
30.2.6 getHeaderNames() ................................................................................................ 284
30.2.7 getHearderName() ................................................................................................. 284
30.3 HttpServletResponse Methods ..................................................................................... 284
30.3.1 setContentType()................................................................................................... 284
30.3.2 setContentLength() ............................................................................................... 284
30.3.3 addCookie()........................................................................................................... 284
30.3.4 sendRedirect() ....................................................................................................... 284
30.4 Session Tracking .......................................................................................................... 285
30.4.1 Continuity problem- user’s point of view ............................................................. 285

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 20

Web Design and Development (CS506)

30.4.2 Continuity problem- Server’s point of view ......................................................... 286

30.5 References: ................................................................................................................... 286
Lecture 31: Session Tracking
..............................................................................287
31.1 Store State Somewhere ................................................................................................. 287
31.2 Post-Notes .................................................................................................................... 287
31.3 Three Typical Solutions ............................................................................................... 287
31.3.1 Cookies .................................................................................................................. 288
31.3.1.1 What a cookie is? .......................................................................................................... 288
31.3.1.2 Cookie’s Voyage ........................................................................................................... 288
31.3.2 Potential Uses of Cookies ..................................................................................... 288
31.3.3 Sending Cookies to Browser ................................................................................. 289
31.3.4 Reading Cookies from the Client .......................................................................... 289
31.4 References: ................................................................................................................... 298
Lecture 32: Session Tracking 2
...........................................................................299
32.1 URL Rewriting ............................................................................................................. 299
32.1.1 Disadvantages of URL rewriting .......................................................................... 299
32.2 Hidden Form Fields ...................................................................................................... 304
32.3 Java Solution for Session Tracking .............................................................................. 304
32.4 Working with HttpSession ........................................................................................... 305
32.5 HttpSession – Behind the scenes .................................................................................. 308
32.6 Encoding URLs sent to Client ...................................................................................... 309
32.7 Difference between encodeURL() and encodeRedirectURL() .................................... 309
32.8 Some Methods of HttpSession ..................................................................................... 312
32.9 References: ................................................................................................................... 313

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 21

Web Design and Development (CS506)

Lecture 33: Address Book Case Study Using Servlets ......................................314

33.1 Design Process ............................................................................................................. 314
33.2 Layers & Web Application .......................................................................................... 314
33.2.1 Step 1 .................................................................................................................... 315
33.2.2 Step 2 .................................................................................................................... 315
33.2.3 Step 3 .................................................................................................................... 316
33.2.4 Step 4 .................................................................................................................... 317
33.2.5 Step 5 .................................................................................................................... 318
33.3 Package ......................................................................................................................... 321
33.3.1 What is a package? ................................................................................................ 321
33.3.2 How to create a package ....................................................................................... 322
33.3.3 How to use package .............................................................................................. 323
33.4 JavaServer Pages (JSP) ................................................................................................ 323
33.4.1 The Need for JSP .................................................................................................. 323
33.4.2 The JSP Framework .............................................................................................. 323
33.4.3 Advantages of JSP over Competing Technologies ............................................... 324
33.4.4 Setting Up Your Environment .............................................................................. 324
33.5 References: ................................................................................................................... 324
Lecture 34: Java Server Pages
............................................................................325
34.1 First run of a JSP .......................................................................................................... 325
34.1.1 Benefits of JSP ...................................................................................................... 325
34.1.2 JSP vs. Servlet ....................................................................................................... 326

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 22

Web Design and Development (CS506)

34.2 JSP Ingredients .............................................................................................................. 327

34.3 Scripting Elements ....................................................................................................... 328
34.3.1 Comments ............................................................................................................. 328
34.3.2 Expressions ........................................................................................................... 328
34.3.3 Scriptlets ............................................................................................................... 328
34.3.4 Declarations .......................................................................................................... 329
34.4 Writing JSP scripting Elements in XML ...................................................................... 330
34.5 References: ................................................................................................................... 331
Lecture 35: JavaServer Pages
.............................................................................332
35.1 Implicit Objects ............................................................................................................ 332
35.2 JSP Directives ............................................................................................................... 335
35.2.1 Format ................................................................................................................... 336
35.2.2 JSP page Directive ................................................................................................ 336
35.2.3 JSP include Directive ............................................................................................ 337
35.3 JSP Life Cycle Methods ............................................................................................... 339
35.4 References: ................................................................................................................... 339
Lecture 36
.............................................................................................................340
36.1 JavaBeans ..................................................................................................................... 345
36.1.1 JavaBeans Design Conventions ............................................................................ 345
36.2 References: ................................................................................................................... 352

Lecture 37: JSP Action Elements and Scope .....................................................353

37.1 JSP Action Elements .................................................................................................... 353
37.2 Working with JavaBeans using JSP Action Elements ................................................. 354
37.2.1 JSP useBean Action Element ................................................................................ 354
37.2.2 JSP setProperty Action Element ........................................................................... 355

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 23

Web Design and Development (CS506)

37.2.3 JSP getProperty Action Element ........................................................................... 355

37.3 Sharing Beans & Object Scopes .................................................................................... 359
37.3.1 page ....................................................................................................................... 359
37.3.2 request ................................................................................................................... 360
37.3.3 session ................................................................................................................... 361
37.3.4 Application ............................................................................................................ 362
37.4 Summary of Object’s Scopes ....................................................................................... 363
37.5 More JSP Action Elements .......................................................................................... 365
37.5.1 JSP include action Element ................................................................................... 365
37.5.2 JSP forward action Element .................................................................................. 365
37.6 References: ................................................................................................................... 365
Lecture 38: JSP Custom Tags
.............................................................................366
38.1 Motivation .................................................................................................................... 366
38.2 What is a Custom Tag? ................................................................................................ 366
38.3 Why Build Custom Tag? .............................................................................................. 367
38.4 Advantages of using Custom Tags ............................................................................... 367
38.5 Types of Tags ............................................................................................................... 367
38.5.1 Simple Tag ............................................................................................................ 367
38.5.2 Tag with Attributes ............................................................................................... 368
38.5.3 Tag with Body....................................................................................................... 368
38.6 Building Custom Tags ................................................................................................... 368
38.6.1 Steps for Building Custom Tags ........................................................................... 368

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 24

Web Design and Development (CS506)

38.6.2 Develop the Tag Handler class ............................................................................. 369

38.6.3 Write Tag Library Discriptor (.tld) file ................................................................. 369
38.6.4 Deployment ........................................................................................................... 369
38.7 Using Custom Tags ...................................................................................................... 370
38.8 Building tags with attributes ........................................................................................ 372
38.9 References: ................................................................................................................... 380
Lecture 39: MVC + Case Study
..........................................................................381
39.1 Error Page ..................................................................................................................... 381
39.1.1 Defining and Using Error Pages ........................................................................... 381
39.2 Case Study – Address Book ......................................................................................... 382
39.2.1 Ingredients of Address Book ................................................................................ 382
39.3 Model View Controller (MVC) .................................................................................... 394
39.3.1 Participants and Responsibilities .......................................................................... 395
39.3.2 Evolution of MVC Architecture ........................................................................... 395
39.3.2.1 MVC Model 1 ............................................................................................................... 395
39.4 References: ................................................................................................................... 396

Lecture 40: MVC Model 2 Architecture ............................................................397

40.1 Page-Centric Approach ................................................................................................ 397
40.1.1 Page-with-Bean Approach (MVC Model1) .......................................................... 397
40.2 MVC Model 2 Architecture ......................................................................................... 398
40.3 Case Study: Address Book using MVC Model 2 ......................................................... 399
40.3.1 Introducing a JSP as Controller ............................................................................ 399
40.3.2 How controller differentiates between requests? .................................................. 399
40.4 References: ................................................................................................................... 417

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 25

Web Design and Development (CS506)

Lecture 41: Layers and Tiers

..............................................................................418
41.1 Layers vs. Tiers ............................................................................................................ 418
41.1.1 Layers .................................................................................................................... 418
41.1.1.1 Presentation Layer ......................................................................................................... 419
41.1.1.2 Business Layer .............................................................................................................. 419
41.1.1.3 Data Layer ..................................................................................................................... 419
41.1.2 Tiers ...................................................................................................................... 420
41.2 Layers Support in Java ................................................................................................. 421
41.3 J2EE Multi-Tiered Applications .................................................................................. 421
41.4 Case Study: Matrix Multiplication using Layers ......................................................... 422
41.5 References: ................................................................................................................... 432

Lecture 42: Expression Language ......................................................................433

42.1 Overview ...................................................................................................................... 433
42.2 JSP Before and After EL .............................................................................................. 433
42.3 Expression Language Nuggets ..................................................................................... 435
42.3.1 EL Syntax.............................................................................................................. 435
42.3.2 EL Identifiers (cont.) ............................................................................................. 439
42.3.3 EL Accessors ........................................................................................................ 440
42.3.4 EL – Robust Features ............................................................................................ 441
42.3.5 Using Expression Language ................................................................................. 442
42.4 References: ................................................................................................................... 448

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 26

Web Design and Development (CS506)

Lecture 43: JavaServer Pages Standard Tag Library (JSTL) ........................449

43.1 Introduction .................................................................................................................. 449
43.2 JSTL & EL ................................................................................................................... 449
43.3 Functional Overview .................................................................................................... 449
43.4 Twin Tag Libraries ....................................................................................................... 449
43.5 Using JSTL ................................................................................................................... 450
43.6 Working with Core Actions (tags) ............................................................................... 451
43.7 netBeans 4.1 and JSTL ................................................................................................. 456

Lecture 44: Client Side Validation & JavaServer Faces (JSF) .......................459
44.1 Client Side Validation .................................................................................................. 459
44.1.1 Why is Client Side Validation Good? ................................................................... 459
44.2 JavaServer Faces (JSF) ................................................................................................. 461
44.2.1 Different existing frameworks .............................................................................. 461
44.2.2 JavaServer Faces ................................................................................................... 461
44.2.3 JSF UI Components .............................................................................................. 462
44.2.4 JSF Events Handling ............................................................................................. 463
44.2.5 JSF Validators ....................................................................................................... 464
44.2.6 JSF – Managed Bean-Intro ................................................................................... 465
44.2.7 JSF – Value Binding ............................................................................................. 465
44.2.8 JSF – Method Binding .......................................................................................... 465
44.2.9 JSF Navigation ...................................................................................................... 465
44.3 References: ................................................................................................................... 466
Lecture 45: JavaServer Faces
.............................................................................467
45.1 Web Services ................................................................................................................ 467
45.1.1 Introduction ........................................................................................................... 467
45.1.2 Web service, Definition by W3C .......................................................................... 467

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 27

Web Design and Development (CS506)

45.1.3 Distributed Computing Evolution ......................................................................... 467

45.1.4 Characteristics of Web services ............................................................................ 468
45.1.5 Why Web services? ............................................................................................... 468
45.1.6 Types of Web service ............................................................................................ 469
45.2 Web service Architectural Components ....................................................................... 469
45.3 References: ................................................................................................................... 470
45.4 Resources: .................................................................................................................... 471

Lecture 1: Java Features

This handout is a traditional introduction to any language features. You might not be able to
comprehend some of the features fully at this stage but don’t worry, you’ll get to know about
these as we move on with the course.

1.1 Design Goals of Java

The massive growth of the Internet and the World-Wide Web leads us to a completely new way
of looking at development of software that can run on different platforms like Windows, Linux
and Solaris etc.

1.1.1 Right Language, Right Time

• Java came on the scene in 1995 to immediate popularity.
• Before that, C and C++ dominated the software development

o compiled, no robust memory model, no garbage collector causes memory leakages,

not great support of built in libraries

• Java brings together a great set of "programmer efficient" features

• o Putting more work on the CPU to make things easier for the programmer.

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 28

Web Design and Development (CS506)

1.1.2 Java - Buzzwords (Vocabulary)

• From the original Sun Java whitepaper: "Java is a simple, object-oriented, distributed,
interpreted, robust, secure, architecture-neutral, portable, high-performance,
multithreaded, and dynamic language."
• Here are some original java buzzwords.

1.1.3 Java -- Language + Libraries

• Java has two parts.
o The core language -- variables, arrays, objects
The Java Virtual Machine (JVM) runs the core language
The core language is simple enough to run on small devices phones, smart
cards, PDAs.
o The libraries
Java includes a large collection of standard library classes to provide "off the
shelf" code. (Useful built-in classes that comes with the language to
perform basic tasks)
Example of these classes is String, ArrayList, HashMap,
StringTokenizer (to break string into substrings), Date ...
Java programmers are more productive in part because they have access to a
large set of standard, well documented library classes.
1.1.4 Simple
• Very similar C/C++ syntax, operators, etc.
• The core language is simpler than C++ -- no operator overloading, no pointers, no
multiple inheritance
• The way a java program deals with memory is much simpler than C or C++.

1.1.5 Object-Oriented
• Java is fundamentally based on the OOP notions of classes and objects.
• Java uses a formal OOP type system that must be obeyed at compile-time and
run-time.
• This is helpful for larger projects, where the structure helps keep the various parts
consistent. Contrast to Perl, which has a more anything-goes feel.

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 29

Web Design and Development (CS506)

1.1.6 Distributed / Network Oriented

• Java is network friendly -- both in its portable, threaded nature, and because Common
networking operations are built-in to the Java libraries.

1.1.7 Robust / Secure / Safe

• Java is very robust
• o Both, vs. unintentional errors and vs. malicious code such as viruses.
o Java has slightly worse performance since it does all this checking. (Or put the
other way, C can be faster since it doesn't check anything.)

• The JVM "verifier" checks the code when it is loaded to verify that it has the correct
Structure -- that it does not use an uninitialized pointer, or mix int and pointer types.
This is one-time "static" analysis -- checking that the code has the correct structure
without running it.

• The JVM also does "dynamic" checking at runtime for certain operations, such as
pointer and array access, to make sure they are touching only the memory they
should. You will write code that runs into

• As a result, many common bugs and security problems (e.g. "buffer overflow") are
not possible in java. The checks also make it easier to find many common bugs easy,
since they are caught by the runtime checker.

• You will generally never write code that fails the verifier, since your compiler is smart
enough to only generate correct code. You will write code that runs into the runtime
checks all the time as you debug -- array out of bounds, null pointer.
• Java also has a runtime Security Manager can check which operations a particular
piece of code is allowed to do. As a result, java can run untrusted code in a "sandbox"
where, for example, it can draw to the screen but cannot access the local file system.

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 30

Web Design and Development (CS506)

1.1.8 Portable
• "Write Once Run Anywhere", and for the most part this works.
• Not even a recompile is required -- a Java executable can work, without change, on
any Java enabled platform.

1.1.9 Support for Web and Enterprise Web Applications

• Java provides an extensive support for the development of web and enterprise
applications
• Servlets, JSP, Applets, JDBC, RMI, EJBs and JSF etc. are some of the Java
technologies that can be used for the above mentioned purposes.

1.1.10 High-performance
• The first versions of java were pretty slow.
• Java performance has gotten a lot better with aggressive just-in-time-compiler (JIT)
techniques.
• Java performance is now similar to C -- a little slower in some cases, faster in a few
cases. However memory use and startup time are both worse than C.
• Java performance gets better each year as the JVM gets smarter. This works, because
making the JVM smarter does not require any great change to the java language,
source code, etc.

1.1.11 Multi-Threaded
• Java has a notion of concurrency wired right in to the language itself.
• This works out more cleanly than languages where concurrency is bolted on after the
fact.

1.1.12 Dynamic
• Class and type information is kept around at runtime. This enables runtime loading and
inspection of code in a very flexible way.

1.1.13 Java Compiler Structure

• The source code for each class is in a .java file. Compile each class to produce
“.class” file.

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 31

Web Design and Development (CS506)

• Sometimes, multiple .class files are packaged together into a .zip or .jar "archive" file.
• On UNIX or windows, the java compiler is called "javac". To compile all the .java
files in a directory use "javac *.java".

1.1.14 Java: Programmer Efficiency

• Faster Development
• o Building an application in Java takes about 50% less time than in C or C++. So,
Faster time to market
o Java is said to be “Programmer
Efficient”.
• OOP
o Java is thoroughly OOP language with robust memory system
o Memory errors largely disappear because of the safe pointers and garbage
collector. The lack of memory errors accounts for much of the increased
programmer productivity.
• Libraries
• o Code re-uses at last -- String, ArrayList, Date, available and documented in a
standard way

1.1.15 Microsoft vs. Java

• Microsoft hates Java, since a Java program (portable) is not tied to any particular
operating system. If Java is popular, then programs written in Java might promote
non-Microsoft operating systems. For basically the same reason, all the non-
Microsoft vendors think Java is a great idea.
• Microsoft's C# is very similar to Java, but with some improvements, and some
questionable features added in, and it is not portable in the way Java is. Generally it
is considered that C# will be successful in the way that Visual Basic is: a nice tool to
build Microsoft only software.

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 32

Web Design and Development (CS506)

• Microsoft has used its power to try to derail Java somewhat, but Java remains very
popular on its merits.

1.1.16 Java Is For Real

• Java has a lot of hype, but much of it is deserved. Java is very well matched for many
modern problem
• Using more memory and CPU time but less programmer time is an increasingly
appealing tradeoff.
• Robustness and portability can be very useful features
• A general belief is that Java is going to stay here for the next 10-20 years

1.1.17 References
• Majority of the material in this handout is taken from the first handout of course
cs193j at Stanford.
• The Java™ Language Environment, White Paper, by James Gosling & Henry
McGilton
• Java’s Sun site: http://java.sun.com
• Java World : www.javaworld.com

Lecture 2: Java Virtual Machine & Runtime Environment

2.1 Basic Concept
When you write a program in C++ it is known as source code. The C++ compiler converts this
source code into the machine code of underlying system (e.g. Windows) If you want to run that
code on Linux you need to recompile it with a Linux based compiler. Due to the difference in
compilers, sometimes you need to modify your code.

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 33

Web Design and Development (CS506)

Java has introduced the concept of WORA (write once run anywhere). When you write a java
program it is known as the source code of java. The java compiler does not compile this source
code for any underlying hardware system, rather it compiles it for a software system known as
JVM (This compiled code is known as byte code). We have different JVMs for different systems
(such as JVM for Windows, JVM for Linux etc). When we run our program the JVM interprets
(translates) the compiled program into the language understood by the underlying system. So we
write our code once and the JVM runs it everywhere according to the underlying system.

This concept is discussed in detail below

2.1.1 Byte code

• Java programs (Source code) are compiled into a form called Java bytecodes.
• The Java compiler reads Java language source (.java) files, translates the source into Java
bytecodes, and places the bytecodes into class (.class) files.

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 34

Web Design and Development (CS506)

• The compiler generates one class file for each class contained in java source file.

2.1.2 Java Virtual Machine (JVM)

• The central part of java platform is java virtual machine.
• Java bytecode executes by special software known as a "virtual machine".
• Most programming languages compile source code directly into machine code, suitable
for execution
• The difference with Java is that it uses bytecode - a special type of machine code.
• The JVM executes Java bytecodes, so Java bytecodes can be thought of as the machine
language of the JVM.

• JVM are available for almost all operating systems.

• Java byte code is executed by using any operating system’s JVM. Thus achieve
portability.

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 35

Web Design and Development (CS506)

2.1.3 Java Runtime Environment (JRE)

• The Java Virtual Machine is a part of a large system i.e. Java Runtime Environment
(JRE).
• Each operating system and CPU architecture requires different JRE.
• The JRE consists of set of built-in classes, as well as a JVM.
• Without an available JRE for a given environment, it is impossible to run Java software.

2.1.4 References
• Java World: http://www.javaworld.com
• Inside Java: http://www.javacoffeebreak.com/articles/inside_java

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 36

Web Design and Development (CS506)

2.2 Java Program Development and Execution Steps

Java program normally go through five phases. These are

• Edit,
• Compile,
• Load,
• Verify and
• Execute

We look over all the above mentioned phases in a bit detail. First consider the following figure
that summarizes the all phases of a java program.

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 37

Web Design and Development (CS506)

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 38

Web Design and Development (CS506)

2.2.1 Phase 1: Edit

Phase 1 consists of editing a file. This is accomplished with an editor program. The programmer
types a java program using the editor like notepad, and make corrections if necessary.

When the programmer specifies that the file in the editor should be saved, the program is stored
on a secondary storage device such as a disk. Java program file name ends with a .java
extension.

On Windows platform, notepad is a simple and commonly used editor for the beginners.
However java integrated development environments (IDEs) such as NetBeans, Borland JBuilder,
JCreator and IBM’s Eclipse Java built-in editors that are smoothly integrated into the
programming environment.

2.2.2 Phase 2: Compile

In Phase 2, the programmer gives the command javac to compile the program. The java compiler
translates the java program into byte codes, which is the language understood by the java
interpreter.

To compile a program called Welcome.java type javac Welcome.java at the command window
of your system. If the program compiles correctly, a file called Welcome. Class is produced. This
is the file containing the byte codes that will be interpreted during the execution phase.

2.2.3 Phase 3: Loading

In phase 3, the program must first be placed in memory before it can be executed. This is done
by the class loader, which takes the .class file (or files) containing the byte codes and transfers it
to memory. The .class file can be loaded from a disk on your system or over a network (such as
your local university or company network or even the internet).

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 39

Web Design and Development (CS506)

Applications (Programs) are loaded into memory and executed using the java interpreter via the
command java. When executing a Java application called Welcome, the command

Java Welcome

Invokes the interpreter for the Welcome application and causes the class loader to load
information used in the Welcome program.

2.2.4 Phase 4: Verify

Before the byte codes in an application are executed by the java interpreter, they are verified by
the byte code verifier in Phase 4. This ensures that the byte codes for class that are loaded form
the internet (referred to as downloaded classes) are valid and that they do not violate Java’s
security restrictions. Java enforces strong security because java programs arriving over the
network should not be able to cause damage to your files and your system (as computer viruses
might).
2.2.5 Phase 5: Execute
Finally in phase 5, the computer, under the control of its CPU, interprets the program one byte
code at a time. Thus performing the actions specified by the program.Programs may not work on
the first try. Each of the preceding phases can fail because of various errors. This would cause the
java program to print an error message. The programmer would return to the edit phase, make
the necessary corrections and proceed through the remaining phases again to determine if the
corrections work properly.

2.2.6 References:
• Java™ How to Program 5th edition by Deitel & Deitel
• Sun Java online tutorial: http://java.sun.com/docs/books/tutorial/java/index.html

2.3 Installation and Environment Setting

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 40

Web Design and Development (CS506)

2.3.1 Installation
• Download the latest version j2se5.0 (java 2 standard edition) from http://java.sun.com or
get it from any other source like CD.
• Note: j2se also called jdk (java development kit). You can also use the previous versions
like jdk 1.4 or 1.3 etc. but it is recommended that you use either jdk1.4 or jdk5.0
• Install j2se5.0 on your system

Note: For the rest of this handout, assume that j2se is installed in C:\Program Files\Java\jdk1.5.0

2.3.2 Environment Setting

Once you successfully installed the j2se, the next step is environment or path setting. You can
accomplish this in either of two ways.

2.3.2.1 Temporary Path Setting

• Open the command prompt from Start Programs Accessories Command Prompt. The
command prompt screen would be opened in front of you.
• Write the command on the command prompt according to the following format
path = < java installation directory\bin >
• So, according to handout, the command will look like this
path = C:\Program Files\Java\jdk1.5.0\bin
• To Test whether path has been set or not, write javac and press ENTER. If the list of
options displayed as shown in the below figure means that you have successfully
completed the steps of path setting.
The above procedure is illustrates in the given below picture.

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 41

Web Design and Development (CS506)

Note: The issue with the temporary path setting is you have to repeat the above explained
procedure again and again each time you open a new command prompt window. To avoid this
overhead, it is better to set your path permanently

2.3.2.2 Permanent Path Setting

• In Windows NT (XP, 2000), you can set the permanent environment variable.
• Right click on my computer icon click on properties as shown below

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 42

Web Design and Development (CS506)

A System Properties frame would appear as shown in the picture.

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 43

Web Design and Development (CS506)

• Select the advanced tab followed by clicking the Environment Variable button. The
Environment variables frame would be displayed in front of you
• Locate the Path variable in the System or user variables, if it is present there, select it by
single click. Press Edit button. The following dialog box would be appeared.

• Write; C:\Program Files\Java\jdk1.5.0\bin at the end of the value field. Press OK

button. Remember to write semicolon (;) before writing the path for java installation
directory as illustrated in the above figure.
• If Path variable does not exist, click the New button. Write variable name “PATH”,
variable value C:\Program Files\Java\jdk1.5.0\bin and press OK button.
• Now open the command prompt and write javac, press enter button. You see the list of
options would be displayed.
• After setting the path permanently, you have no need to set the path for each new opened
command prompt.

2.3.3 References
Entire material for this handout is taken from the book JAVA A Lab Course by Umair Javed.
This material is available just for the use of VU students of the course Web Design and
Development and not for any other commercial purpose without the consent of author.

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 44

Web Design and Development (CS506)

2.4 First Program in Java

Like any other programming language, the java programming language is used to create
applications. So, we start from building a classical “Hello World” application, which is generally
used as the first program for learning any new language.
2.4.1 HelloWorldApp
• Open notepad editor from Start ProgarmFiles Accessories Notepad.
• Write the following code into it.

Note: Don’t copy paste the given below code. Probably it gives errors and you can’t able to
remove them at the beginning stage.

1./* The HelloWorldApp class implements an application that

2.simply displays "Hello World!" to the standard output.
3.*/
4. public class HelloWorldApp {
5.public static void main(String[] args) {
6.//Display the string. No global main
7.System.out.println(“Hello World”);
8. }
9. }

• To save your program, move to File menu and choose save as option.
• Save your program as “HelloWorldApp.java” in some directory. Make sure to add double
quotes around class name while saving your program. For this example create a folder
known as “examples” in D: drive

Note: Name of file must match the name of the public class in the file (at line 4). Moreover, it is
case sensitive. For example, if your class name is MyClasS, than file name must be MyClasS.
Otherwise the Java compiler will refuse to compile the program.

For the rest of this handout, we assume that program is saved in D:\examples directory.

2.4.2 HelloWorldApp Described

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 45

Web Design and Development (CS506)

• Lines 1-3 o Like in C++, You can add multiple line comments that are ignored by the
compiler.

• Lines 4 o Line 4 declares the class name as HelloWorldApp. In java, every line of
code must reside inside class. This is also the name of our
program (HelloWorldApp.java).The compiler creates the HelloWorldApp.class if
this program successfully gets compiled.

• Lines 5 o Line 5 is where the program execution starts. The java interpreter must find
this defined exactly as given or it will refuse to run the program. (However you can
change the name of parameter that is passed to main. i.e. you can write String[] argv or
String[] someParam instead of String[] args)
o Other programming languages, notably C++ also use the main() declaration as
the starting point for execution. However the main function in C++ is global and
resides outside of all classes where as in Java the main function must reside inside
a class. In java there are no global variables or functions. The various parts of this
main function declaration will be covered at the end of this handout.

• Lines 6 o Again like C++, you can also add single line comment

• Lines 7 o Line 7 illustrates the method call. The println() method is used to print
something on the console. In this example println() method takes a string argument
and writes it to the standard output i.e. console.

• Lines 8-9 o Line 8-9 of the program, the two braces, close the method main() and the
classHelloWorldApp respectively.

2.4.3 Compiling and Running HelloWorldApp

• Open the command prompt from Start Program Files Accessories. OR alternatively you
can write cmd in the run command window.

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 46

Web Design and Development (CS506)

• Write cd.. to came out from any folder, and cd [folder name] to move inside the specified
directory. To move from one drive to another, use [Drive Letter]: See figure given below
• After reaching to the folder or directory that contains your source code, in our case
HelloWorldApp.java.
• Use “javac” on the command line to compile the source file ( “.java” file).
• D:\examples> javac HelloWorld.java
• If program gets successfully compiled, it will create a new file in the same directory
named HelloWorldApp.class that contains the byte-code.
• Use “java” on the command line to run the compiled .class file. Note “.class” would be
added with the file name.
• D:\examples> java HelloWorld
• You can see the Hello World would be printed on the console. Hurrah! You are
successful in writing, compiling and executing your first program in java

2.4.4 Points to Remember

• Recompile the class after making any changes
• Save your program before compilation
• Only run that class using java command that contains the main method, because program
executions always starts form main
2.5 An Idiom Explained

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 47

Web Design and Development (CS506)

• You will see the following line of code often:

o public static void main(String args[]) { …}

• About main() o “main” is the function from which your program starts o Why public?
o Since main method is called by the JVM that is why it is kept public so that it is
accessible from outside. Remember private methods are only accessible from
within the class

• Why static?
o Every Java program starts when the JRE (Java Run Time Environment) calls the
main method of that program. If main is not static then the JRE have to create an
object of the class in which main method is present and call the main method on
that object (In OOP based languages method are called using the name of object if
they are not static). It is made static so that the JRE can call it without creating an
object.
o Also to ensure that there is only one copy of the main method per class

• Why void? o Indicates that main ( ) does not return anything.

• What is String args[] ?

o Way of specifying input (often called command-line arguments) at startup of
application. More on it latter

2.6 References
• Entire material for this handout is taken from the book JAVA A Lab Course by Umair
Javed. This material is available just for the use of VU students of the course Web Design
and Development and not for any other commercial purpose without the consent of
author.

Note: Coding exercises in working condition for this lecture are also available on “Downloads”
section of LMS.

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 48

Web Design and Development (CS506)

Lecture 3: Learning Basics

3.1 Strings
A string is commonly considered to be a sequence of characters stored in memory and accessible
as a unit. Strings in java are represented as objects.

3.1.1 String Concatenation

• “+” operator is used to concatenate strings

o System.out.println(“Hello” + “World”) will print Hello World on console

• String concatenated with any other data type such as int will also convert that datatype to
String and the result will be a concatenated String displayed on console. For example,

o int i = 4; o int j = 5;

System.out.println (“Hello” + i);// will print Hello 4 on screen

o However

System.out.println(i+j);//will print 9 on the console because both i and j

are of type int.

3.1.2 Comparing Strings

For comparing Strings never use == operator, use equals method of String class.

• == operator compares addresses (shallow comparison) while equals compares values (deep
comparison)

o E.g. string1.equals(string2)

Example Code: String concatenation and comparison

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 49

Web Design and Development (CS506)

public class StringTest {

public static void main(String[] args)
{ int i = 4; int j = 5;
System.out.println("Hello" + i); // will print Hello4
System.out.println(i + j); // will print 9
String s1 = new String (“pakistan”);

String s2 = “pakistan”;
if (s1 == s2) {
System.out.println(“comparing string using == operator”);
}
if (s1.equals( s2) ) {
System.out.println(“comparing string using equal method”);
}
}
}
On execution of the above program, following output will produce

3.2 Taking in Command Line Arguments

In Java, the program can be written to accept command-line-arguments.

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 50

Web Design and Development (CS506)

Example Code: command-line arguments

/* This Java application illustrates the use of Java
command-line arguments. */
public class CmdLineArgsApp {
public static void main(String[] args){ //main method
System.out.println(”First argument ” + args[0]);
System.out.println(”Second argument ” + args[1]);
}//end main
}//End class.
To execute this program, we pass two arguments as shown below:

public void someMethod( ) {

int x; //local variable
System.out.println(x); // compile time error
• These parameters should be separated by space.
• The parameters that we pass from the command line are stored as Strings inside the
“args” array. You can see that the type of “args” array is String.
Example Code: Passing any number of arguments
In java, array knows their size by using the length property. By using, length property we can
determine how many arguments were passed. The following code example can accept any
number of arguments.

/* This Java application illustrates the use of

Java command-line arguments. */ public class
AnyArgsApp {
public static void main(String[] args){ //main method
for(int i=0; i < args.length; i++)
System.out.println(“Argument:” + i + “ value ” +args[i]);
}//end main
}//End class.
Output

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 51

Web Design and Development (CS506)

C:\java AnyArgsApp i can pass any number of arguments

Argument:0 value i
Argument:1 value can
Argument:2 value pass
Argument:3 value any
Argument:4 value number
Argument:5 value of
Argument:6 value arguments

3.3 Primitives vs. Objects

Everything in Java is an “Object”, as every class by default inherits from class “Object”, except
a few primitive data types, which are there for efficiency reasons.

• Primitive Data Types

o Primitive Data types of java

boolean, byte 1 byte

char, short 2 bytes int,
float 4 bytes long,
double 8 bytes

• Primitive data types are generally used for local variables, parameters and instance
variables (properties of an object)
• Primitive data types are located on the stack and we can only access their value, while
objects are located on heap and we have a reference to these objects
• Also primitive data types are always passed by value while objects are always passed by
reference in java. There is no C++ like methods

o void someMethod(int &a, int & b ) // not available in java

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 52

Web Design and Development (CS506)

3.4 Stack vs. Heap

Stack and heap are two important memory areas. Primitives are created on the stack while objects
are created on heap. This will be further clarified by looking at the following diagram that is taken
from Java Lab Course.

3.5 Wrapper Classes

Each primitive data type has a corresponding object (wrapper class). These wrapper classes
provides additional functionality (conversion, size checking etc.), which a primitive data type
cannot provide.

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 53

Web Design and Development (CS506)

3.5.1 Wrapper Use

You can create an object of Wrapper class using a String or a primitive data type

• Integer num = new Integer(4); or

• Integer num = new Integer(“4”);

Note: num is an object over here not a primitive data type

You can get a primitive data type from a Wrapper using the corresponding value function

• int primNum = num.intValue();

3.5.2 Converting Strings to Numeric Primitive Data Types

To convert a string containing digits to a primitive data type, wrapper classes can help.
parseXxx method can be used to convert a String to the corresponding primitive data type.

• String value = “532”; int d =

Integer.parseInt(value);
• String value = “3.14e6”; double d =
Double.parseDouble(value);

The following table summarizes the parser methods available to a java programmer.

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 54

Web Design and Development (CS506)

Example Code: Taking Input / Output

So far, we learned how to print something on console. Now the time has come to learn how to
print on the GUI. Taking input from console is not as straightforward as in C++. Initially we’ll
study how to take input through GUI (by using JOPtionPane class).

The following program will take input (a number) through GUI and prints its square on the
console as well on GUI.

1. import javax.swing.*;
2. public class InputOutputTest {
3. public static void main(String[] args) {
4. //takes input through GUI
5. String input = JOptionPane.showInputDialog("Enter number");
6. int number = Integer.parseInt(input);
7. int square = number * number;
8. //Display square on console
9. System.out.println("square:" + square);
10. //Display square on GUI
11. JOptionPane.showMessageDialog(null, "square:"+ square);
12. System.exit(0);
13. }
14. }

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 55

Web Design and Development (CS506)

On line 1, swing package was imported because it contains the JOptionPane class that will be
used for taking input from GUI and displaying output to GUI. It is similar to header classes of
C++.

On line 5, showInputDialog method is called of JOptionPane class by passing string argument

that will be displayed on GUI (dialog box). This method always returns back a String
regardless of whatever you entered (int, float, double, char) in the input filed.

Our task is to print square of a number on console, so we first convert a string into a number by
calling parseInt method of Integer wrapper class. This is what we done on line number 6.

Line 11 will display square on GUI (dialog box) by using showMessageDialog method of
JOptionPane class. The first argument passed to this method is null and the second argument
must be a String. Here we use string concatenation.

Line 12 is needed to return the control back to command prompt whenever we use
JoptionPane class.

Compile & Execute

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 56

Web Design and Development (CS506)

3.6 Selection & Control Structure

The if-else and switch selection structures are exactly similar to we have in C++. All relational
operators that we use in C++ to perform comparisons are also available in java with same behavior.
Likewise for, while and do-while control structures are alike to C++.

3.7 Reference:
• Java tutorial: http://www.dickbaldwin.com/java
• Example code, their explanations and corresponding figures for this handout are taken
from the book JAVA A Lab Course by Umair Javed. This material is available just for
the use of VU students of the course Web Design and Development and not for any
other commercial purpose without the consent of author.

Note: Coding exercises in working condition for this lecture are also available on“Downloads”
section of LMS.

Lecture 4: Object Oriented Programming

Java is fundamentally object oriented. Every line of code you write in java must be inside a class
(not counting import directives).OOP fundamental stones Encapsulation, Inheritance and
Polymorphism etc. are all fully supported by java.

4.1 OOP Vocabulary Review

4.1.1 Classes
• Definition or a blueprint of a user defined data type
• Prototypes for objects
• Think of it as a map of the building on a paper

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 57

Web Design and Development (CS506)

4.1.2 Objects
• Nouns, things in the world
• Anything we can put a thumb on
• Objects are instantiated or created from class

4.1.3 Constructor
• A special method that is implicitly invoked. Used to create an Object (that is, an Instance
of the Class) and to initialize it.

4.1.4 Attributes
• Properties an object has

4.1.5 Methods
• Actions that an object can do

4.2 Defining a Class

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 58

Web Design and Development (CS506)

4.3 Comparison with C++

Some important points to consider when defining a class in java as you probably noticed from
the above given skeleton are

• There are no global variables or functions. Everything resides inside a class. Remember
we wrote our main method inside a class.(For example, in HelloWorldApp program)
• Specify access modifiers (public, private or protected) for each member method or data
members at every line.

o public: accessible anywhere by anyone o private: Only accessible within this

class
o protect: accessible only to the class itself and to its subclasses or other classes in
the same package.
o default: default access if no access modifier is provided. Accessible to all classes
in the same package.
• There is no semicolon (;) at the end of class.
• All methods (functions) are written inline. There are no separate header and
implementation files.
• Automatic initialization of class level data members if you do not initialize them o

Primitives

Numeric (int, float etc) with zero.

Char with null
Boolean with false

o Object References

With null
Note: Remember, the same rule is not applied to local variables (defined inside
method body). Using a local variable without initialization is a compile time error

Public void someMethod( ) {

int x; //local variable
System.out.println(x); // compile time error
}

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 59

Web Design and Development (CS506)

• Constructor

o Same name as class name o Does not have a return type o No initialization list
o JVM provides a zero argument (default) constructor only if a class doesn’t define
its own constructor
• Destructors

o Are not required in java class because memory management is the responsibility
of JVM.

4.4 Task - Defining a Student class

The following example will illustrate how to write a class. We want to write a “Student” class
that

• Should be able to store the following characteristics of student

o Roll No
o Name
• Provide default, parameterized and copy constructors

o Provide standard getters/setters (discuss shortly) for instance variables

Make sure, roll no has never assigned a negative value i.e. ensuring the
correct state of the object
Provide print method capable of printing student object on console

4.5 Getters / Setters

The attributes of a class are generally taken as private or protected. So to access them outside of
a class, a convention is followed knows as getters & setters. These are generally public methods.
The words set and get are used prior to the name of an attribute. Another important purpose for
writing getter & setters to control the values assigned to an attribute.

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 60

Web Design and Development (CS506)

Student Class Code

// File Student.java
public class Student {
private String name;
private int rollNo;
// Standard Setters
public void setName (String name) {
this.name = name;
}
// Note the masking of class level variable
rollNo
public void setRollNo (int rollNo) { if (rollNo
> 0) {
this.rollNo = rollNo; }else {
this.rollNo = 100;

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 61

Web Design and Development (CS506)

}
}
// Standard Getters
public String getName ( )
{ return name;
}
public int getRollNo ( ) {
return rollNo;
}
// Default Constructor
public Student() {
name = “not set”;
rollNo = 100;
}
// parameterized Constructor for a new student
public Student(String name, int rollNo) {
setName(name); //call to setter of name
setRollNo(rollNo); //call to setter of rollNo
}
// Copy Constructor for a new
student
public Student(Student s) { name =
s.name; rollNo = s.rollNo;
}
// method used to display method on console
public void print () {
System.out.print("Student name: " +name);
System.out.println(", roll no: " +rollNo); }
} // end of class

4.6 Using a Class

Objects of a class are always created on heap using the “new” operator followed by constructor
• Student s = new Student ( ); // no pointer operator “*” between Student and s

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 62

Web Design and Development (CS506)

• Only String constant is an exception o String greet = “Hello” ; // No new operator o

However you can also use
• String greet2 = new String(“Hello”);
Members of a class (member variables and methods also known as instance
variables/methods) are accessed using “.” operator. There is no “−>” operator in java
• s.setName(“Ali”);
• s−>setName(“Ali”) is incorrect and will not compile in java

Note: Objects are always passed by reference and primitives are always passed by value in
java.

4.6.1 Task - Using Student Class

• Create objects of student class by calling default parameterize and copy constructor •
Call student class various methods on these objects.

Student client code

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 63

Web Design and Development (CS506)

// File Test.java
/* This class create Student class objects and demonstrates
how to call various methods on objects
*/
public class Test{
public static void main (String args[]){
// Make two student obejcts

Student s1 = new Student("ali", 15);

Student s2 = new Student(); //call to default
costructor s1.print(); // display ali and 15
s2.print(); // display not set and 100
s2.setName("usman"); s2.setRollNo(20);

System.out.print("Student name:" + s2.getName());

System.out.println(" rollNo:" + s2.getRollNo());
System.out.println("calling copy constructor");
Student s3 = new Student(s2); //call to copy constructor

s2.print();
s3.print();
s3.setRollNo(-10); //Roll No of s3 would be set to 100
s3.print();
/*NOTE: public vs. private
A statement like "b.rollNo = 10;" will not compile in a client
of the Student class when rollNo is declared protected or
private
*/
} //end of main
} //end of class

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 64

Web Design and Development (CS506)

Compile & Execute

Compile both classes using javac commad. Run Test class using java command.

4.7 More on Classes

4.7.1 Static

A class can have static variables and methods. Static variables and methods are associated with
the class itself and are not tied to any particular object. Therefore statics can be accessed without
instantiating an object. Static methods and variables are generally accessed by class name.

The most important aspect of statics is that they occur as a single copy in the class regardless of
the number of objects. Statics are shared by all objects of a class. Non static methods and instance
variables are not accessible inside a static method because no this reference is available inside a
static method.

We have already used some static variables and methods. Examples are
• System.out.println(“some text”); ---out is a static variable
•

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 65

Web Design and Development (CS506)

JOptionPane.showMessageDialog(null,“sometext”);----showM
essageDialog is a static method

4.7.2 Garbage Collection & Finalize

Java performs garbage collection and eliminates the need to free objects explicitly. When an
object has no references to it anywhere except in other objects that are also unreferenced, its
space can be reclaimed. Before an object is destroyed, it might be necessary for the object to
perform some action. For example: to close an opened file. In such a case, define a finalize()
method with the actions to be performed before the object is destroyed.

4.7.2.1 Finalize

When a finalize method is defined in a class, Java run time calls finalize() whenever it is about to
recycle an object of that class. It is noteworthy that a garbage collector reclaims objects in any
order or never reclaims them. We cannot predict and assure when garbage collector will get back
the memory of unreferenced objects.

The garbage collector can be requested to run by calling System.gc() method. It is not necessary
that it accepts the request and run.

Example Code: using static & finalize ()

We want to count exact number of objects in memory of a Student class the one defined earlier.
For this purpose, we’ll modify Student class.

• Add a static variable countStudents that helps in maintaining the count of student objects.
• Write a getter for this static variable. (Remember, the getter also must be static one.
Hoping so, you know the grounds).
• In all constructors, write a code that will increment the countStudents by one.

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 66

Web Design and Development (CS506)

• Override finalize() method and decrement the countStudents variable by one.

• Override toString() method.

Class Object is a superclass (base or parent) class of all the classes in java by
default. This class has already finalize() and toString() method (used to convert
an object state into string). Therefore we are actually overriding these methods
over here. (We’ll talk more about these in the handout on inheritance).

By making all above modifications, student class will look like

// File Student.java
public class Student {
private String name;
private int rollNo;
private static int countStudents = 0;
// Standard Setters
public void setName (String name) {
this.name = name;
}

// Note the masking of class level variable

rollNo public void setRollNo (int rollNo) { if
(rollNo > 0) {
this.rollNo = rollNo; }else {
this.rollNo = 100;
}
}

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 67

Web Design and Development (CS506)

// Standard Getters
public String getName ( )
{ return name;
}
public int getRollNo ( ) {
return rollNo;
}
// gettter of static countStudents variable
public static int getCountStudents(){
return countStudents;
}

// Default Constructor
public Student() {
name = “not set”;
rollNo = 100;
countStudents += 1;
}
// parameterized Constructor for a new student
public Student(String name, int rollNo) {
setName(name); //call to setter of name
setRollNo(rollNo); //call to setter of rollNo
countStudents += 1;
}

// Copy Constructor for a new

student public Student(Student s) {
name = s.name; rollNo = s.rollNo;
countStudents += 1;
}

// method used to display method on console

public void print () {

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 68

Web Design and Development (CS506)

System.out.print("Student name: " +name);

System.out.println(", roll no: " +rollNo); }
// overriding toString method of java.lang.Object class
public String toString(){
return “name: ” + name + “ RollNo: ” + rollNo;
}
// overriding finalize method of Object
class public void finalize(){ countStudents
-= 1;
}
} // end of class

Next, we’ll write driver class. After creating two objects of student class, we deliberately loose
object’s reference and requests the JVM to run garbage collector to reclaim the memory. By
printing countStudents value, we can confirm that. Coming up code is of the
Test class.

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 69

Web Design and Development (CS506)

// File Test.java
public class Test{
public static void main (String args[]){
int numObjs;
// printing current number of objects i.e 0
numObjs = Student.getCountStudents();
System.out.println(“Students Objects” + numObjs);

// Creating first student object & printing its values

Student s1 = new Student("ali", 15);
System.out.println(“Student: ” + s1.toString());
// printing current number of objects i.e. 1
numObjs = Student.getCountStudents();
System.out.println(“Students Objects” + numObjs);

// Creating second student object & printing its values

Student s2 = new Student("usman", 49);
// implicit call to toString() method
System.out.println(“Student: ” + s2);

// printing current number of objects i.e. 2

numObjs = Student.getCountStudents();
System.out.println(“Students Objects” + numObjs);

// loosing object reference

s1 = null;

// requesting JVM to run Garbage collector but there is

// no guarantee that it will run
System.gc();
// printing current number of objects i.e. unpredictable
numObjs = Student.getCountStudents();
System.out.println(“Students Objects” + numObjs);

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 70

Web Design and Development (CS506)

} //end of main
} //end of class
The compilation and execution of the above program is given below. Note that output may be
different one given here because it all depends whether garbage collector reclaims the memory or
not. Luckily, in my case it does.

4.8
Reference:
• Sun java tutorial: http://java.sun.com/docs/books/tutorial/java
• Thinking in java by Bruce Eckle
• Beginning Java2 by Ivor Hortan
• Example code, their explanations and corresponding execution figures for this handout
are taken from the book JAVA A Lab Course by Umair Javed. This material is available
just for the use of VU students of the course Web Design and Development and not for
any other commercial purpose without the consent of author.

Note: Coding exercises in working condition for this lecture are also available on “Downloads”
section of LMS.

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 71

Web Design and Development (CS506)

Lecture 5: Inheritance
In general, inheritance is used to implement a “is-a” relationship. Inheritance saves code rewriting
for a client thus promotes reusability.

In java parent or base class is referred as super class while child or derived class is known as sub
class.

5.1 Comparison with C++

• Java only supports single inheritance. As a result a class can only inherit from one class
at one time.
• Keyword extends is used instead of “:” for inheritance.
• All functions are virtual by default
• All java classes inherit from Object class (more on it later).
• To explicitly call the super class constructor, use super keyword. It’s important to
remember that call to super class constructor must be first line.
• Keyword super is also used to call overridden methods.

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 72

Web Design and Development (CS506)

Example Code: using inheritance

We’ll use three classes to get familiar you with inheritance. First one is Employee class. This will
act as super class. Teacher class will inherit from Employee class and Test class is driver class that
contains main method. Let’s look at them one by one

class Employee{ protected int id;

protected String name;
//parameterized constructor public
Employee(int id, String name){
this.id = id; this.name = name;
}
//default constructor
public Employee(){
// calling parameterized constructor of same (Employee)
// class by using keyword this
this (10, “not set”);
}
//setters
public void setId (int id) {
this.id = id;
}
public void setName (String name) {
this.name = name;
}

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 73

Web Design and Development (CS506)

//getters
public int getId () {
return id;
}
public String getName () {
return name;
}
// displaying employee object on console
public void display(){
System.out.println(“in employee display method”);
System.out.println("Employee id:" + id + " name:" + name);
}
//overriding object’s class toString method
public String toString() {
System.out.println(“in employee toString method”);
return "id:" + id + "name:" + name;
}
}//end class

The Teacher class extends from Employee class. Therefore Teacher class is a subclass of
Employee. The teacher class has an additional attribute i.e. qualification.

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 74

Web Design and Development (CS506)

class Teacher extends

Employee{ private String
qual; //default constructor
public Teacher () {
//implicit call to superclass default construct
qual = "";
}
//parameterized constructor
public Teacher(int i, String n, String q){
//call to superclass param const must be first
line super(i,n); qual = q; } //setter
public void setQual (String qual){
this.qual = qual;
}
//getter
public String getQual(){
return qual;
}
//overriding display method of Employee class
public void display(){
System.out.println("in teacher's display method");

super.display(); //call to superclass display method

System.out.println("Teacher qualification:" + qual);

}
//overriding toString method of Employee class public String
toString() {
System.out.println("in teacher's toString method"); String
emp = super.toString(); return emp +" qualification:" + qual;
}
}//end class

Objects of Employee & Teacher class are created inside main method in Test class. Later calls are
made to display and toString method using these objects.

class Test{

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 75

Web Design and Development (CS506)

public static void main (String args[]){

System.out.println("making object of employee");
Employee e = new Employee(89, "khurram ahmad");
System.out.println("making object of teacher"); Teacher t =
new Teacher (91, "ali raza", "phd");
e.display(); //call to Employee class display method
t.display(); //call to Teacher class display method
// calling employee class toString method explicitly
System.out.println("Employee: " +e.toString());
// calling teacher class toString implicitly
System.out.println("Teacher: " + t);
} //end of main
}//end class

Output

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 76

Web Design and Development (CS506)

5.2 Object - The Root Class

The Object class in Java is a superclass for all other classes defined in Java's class libraries, as
well as for user-defined Java classes. For user defined classes, its not necessary to mention the
Object class as a super class, java does it automatically for you.

The class Hierarchy of Employee class is shown below. Object is the super class of Employee class
and Teacher is a subclass of Employee class. We can make another class Manager that can also
extends from Employee class.

5.3 Polymorphism
“Polymorphic” literally means “of multiple shapes” and in the context of OOP, Polymorphic
means “having multiple behaviors”.
• A parent class reference can point to the subclass objects because of is-a relationship. For
example a Employee reference can point to:

o Employee Object o Teacher Object o Manager

Object
• A polymorphic method results in different actions depending on the object being
referenced

o Also known as late binding or run-time binding

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 77

Web Design and Development (CS506)

Example Code: using polymorphism

This Test class is the modification of last example code. Same Employee & Teacher classes are
used. Objects of Employee & Teacher class are created inside main methods and calls are made to
display and toString method using these objects.

Example Code: using polymorphism

This Test class is the modification of last example code. Same Employee & Teacher classes are
used. Objects of Employee & Teacher class are created inside main methods and calls are made
to display and toString method using these objects.

class Test{
public static void main (String args[]){
// Make employee references
Employee ref1, ref2;
// assign employee object to first employee reference
ref1 = new Employee(89, "khurram ahmad");
// is-a relationship, polymorphism ref2
= new Teacher (91, "ali raza", "phd");
//call to Employee class display method
ref1.display();
//call to Teacher class display method
ref2.display();
// call to Employee class toString method
System.out.println("Employee: " +ref1.toString());
// call to Teacher class toString method
System.out.println("Teacher: " + ref2.toString());
} //end of main
}//end class

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 78

Web Design and Development (CS506)

Output

5.4 Type Casting

In computer science, type conversion or typecasting refers to changing an entity of one data
type into another. Type casting can be categorized into two types
5.4.1 Up-casting
• converting a smaller data type into bigger one
• Implicit - we don’t have to do something special
• No loss of information • Examples of

o Primitives
int a = 10;
double b = a;

o Classes
Employee e = new Teacher( );

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 79

Web Design and Development (CS506)

5.4.2 Down-casting
• converting a bigger data type into smaller one
• Explicit - need to mention
• Possible loss of information • Examples of

o Primitives
double a = 7.65;
int b = (int) a;

o Classes
Employee e = new Teacher( );// up-casting
Teacher t= (Teacher) e;// down-casting

5.5 References:
• Java tutorial: http://java.sun.com/docs/books/tutorial/java/javaOO/
• Stanford university
• Example code, their explanations and corresponding figures for handout 5-1,5-2 are
taken from the book JAVA A Lab Course by Umair Javed. This material is available just
for the use of VU students of the course Web Design and Development and not for any
other commercial purpose without the consent of author.

Note: Coding exercises in working condition for this lecture are also available on “Downloads”
section of LMS.

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 80

Web Design and Development (CS506)

Lecture 6: Collections
A collection represents group of objects know as its elements. Java has a built-in support for
collections. Collection classes are similar to STL in C++. An advantage of a collection over an
array is that you don’t need to know the eventual size of the collection in order to add objects to
it. The java.util package provides a set of collection classes that helps a programmer in number
of ways.

6.1 Collections Design

All classes almost provides same methods like get (), size (), isEmpty() etc. These methods will
return the object stored in it, number of objects stored and whether collection contains an object
or not respectively.

Java collections are capable of storing any kind of objects. Collections store references to objects.
This is similar to using a void* in C. therefore down casting is required to get the actual type. For
example, if string in stored in a collection then to get it back, we write

String element = (String)arraylist.get(i);

6.2 Collection messages

Some basic messages (methods) are:

• Constructor o creates a collection with no elements.

• int size() o returns the number of elements in a collection.
• boolean add(Object) o adds a new element in the collection.
o returns true if the element is added successfully false otherwise.
• boolean isEmpty() o returns true if this collection contains no
element false otherwise.
• boolean contains(Object) o returns true if this collection
contains the specified element by using iterative search.
• boolean remove(Object) o removes a single instance of the
specified element from this collection, if it is present .

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 81

Web Design and Development (CS506)

6.3 Array List

It’s like a resizable array. Array List actually comes as a replacement the old “Vector” collection.
As we add or remove elements into or from it, it grows or shrinks over time.
6.3.1 Useful Methods

• add (Object)
o With the help of this method, any object can be added into Array List because
Object is the superclass of all classes.
o Objects going to add will implicitly up cast.
• Object get(int index)

o Returns the element at the specified position in the list o Index ranges from 0 to
size()-1 o Must cast to appropriate type
• remove (int index)

o Removes the element at the specified position in this list.

o Shifts any subsequent elements to the left (subtracts one from their indices).
• int size( )

Example Code: Using Array List class

We’ll store Student objects in the Array List. We are using the same student class which we built
in previous lectures/handouts.
We’ll add three student objects and later prints all the student objects after retrieving them from
Array List. Let’s look at the code:

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 82

Web Design and Development (CS506)

import java.util.*; public

class ArrayListTest {
public static void main(String[] args) {

// creating arrayList object by calling constructor

ArrayList<Student> al= new ArrayList<Student>();

// creating three Student objects

Student s1 = new Student (“ali” , 1);
Student s2 = new Student (“saad” , 2);
Student s3 = new Student (“raza” , 3);

// adding elements (Student objects) into

arralylist
al.add(s1);
al.add(s2);
al.add(s3);
// checking whether arraylist is empty or not
Boolean b = al.isEmpty (); if (b == true) {
System.out.println(“arraylist is empty”);
} else {
int size = al.size();
System.out.println(“arraylist size: ” + size);
}

// using loop to iterate. Loops starts from 0 to one

// less than size
for (int i=0; i<al.size(); i++ ){

// retrieving object from arraylist

Student s = (Student) al.get(i);

// calling student class print method

s.print();

} // end for loop

} // end main
} // end class

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 83

Web Design and Development (CS506)

Output

6.4 HashMap

Store elements in the form of key- value pair form. A key is associated with each object that is
stored. This allows fast retrieval of that object. Keys are unique.

6.4.1 Useful Methods

• put(Object key, Object Value)

o Keys & Values are stored in the form of objects (implicit up casting is
performed).
o Associates the specified value with the specified key in this map.
o If the map previously contained a mapping for this key, the old value is replaced.
• Object get(Object key)
o Returns the value to which the specified key is mapped in this identity hash map,
or null if the map contains no mapping for this key.
o Must downcast to appropriate type when used

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 84

Web Design and Development (CS506)

• int size( )

Example Code: using HashMap class

In this example code, we’ll store Student objects as values and their rollnos in the form of strings
as keys. Same Student class is used. The code is:

import java.util.*;
public class HashMapTest {
public static void main(String[] args) {
// creating HashMap object
HashMap h= new HashMap<String, Student> h=new
HashMap<String, Student>();
// creating Student objects
Student s1 = new Student ("ali" , 1);
Student s2 = new Student ("saad" , 2);
Student s3 = new Student ("raza" , 6);

// adding elements (Student objects) where roll nos

// are stored as keys and student objects as values
h.put("one". s1);
h.put("two". S2);
h.put("three". S3);
// checking whether hashmap is empty or not
boolean b = h.isEmpty ();
if (b == true) {
System.out.println(“hashmap is empty”); } else {
int size = h.size();
System.out.println(“hashmap size: ” + size);
}

// retrieving student object against rollno two and

// performing downcasting
Student s = (Student) h.get(“two”);
// calling student’s class print
method s.print();

} // end main
} // end class

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 85

Web Design and Development (CS506)

Output

6.5 References:
• J2SE 5.0 new features: http://java.sun.com/j2se/1.5.0/docs/relnotes/features.html
• Technical Article: http://java.sun.com/developer/technicalArticles/releases/j2se15/
• Beginning Java2 by Ivor Horton
• Example code, their explainations and corresponding figures for this handout are taken
from the book JAVA A Lab Course by Umair Javed. This material is available just for
the use of VU students of the course Web Design and Development and not for any other
commercial purpose without the consent of author.

Note: Coding exercises in working condition for this lecture are also available on “Downloads”
section of LMS.

6.6 Address Book

Warning: It is strongly advised that you have to type the code given in this example by yourself.

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 86

Web Design and Development (CS506)

Do not copy/paste it; most probably you will get unexpected errors that you have never
seen. Some bugs are deliberately introduced as well to avoid copy-pasting. TAs will not
cooperate with you in debugging such errors.

6.6.1 Problem
• We want to build an address book that is capable of storing name, address & phone
number of a person.
• Address book provides functionality in the form of a JOptionPane based menu. The
feature list includes

o Add - to add a new person record

o Delete - to delete an existing person record by name o Search - to
search a person record by name o Exit - to exit from application
• The Address book should also support persistence for person records

6.6.2 Approach for Solving Problem

Building a small address book generally involves 3 steps. Let us briefly discuss each step and write
a solution code for each step

6.6.2.1 Step1 - Make PersonInfo class

• First of all you need to store your desired information for each person. For this you can
create a user-defined data type (i.e. a class). Make a class PersonInfo with name,
address and phone number as its attributes.
• Write a parameterized constructor for this class.
• Write print method in Person class that displays one person record on a message dialog
box.

The code for PersonInfo class is given below.

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 87

Web Design and Development (CS506)

import javax.swing.*;
class PersonInfo {

String name;
String address;
String phoneNum;

//parameterized constructor
public PersonInfo(String n, String a, String p)
{ name = n; address = a; phoneNum = p;
}

//method for displaying person record on GUI

public void print( ) {
JOptionPane.showMessageDialog(null, “name: ” + name +
“address:” +address + “phone no:” + phoneNum);
}
}

Note: Not declaring attributes as private is a bad approach but we have done it to keep
things simple here.

6.6.2.2 Step2 - Make Address Book class

• Take the example of daily life; generally address book is used to store more than one
person records and we don’t know in advance how many records are going to be added
into it.
• So, we need some data structure that can help us in storing more than one PersonInfo
objects without concerning about its size.
• Array List can be used to achieve the above functionality

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 88

Web Design and Development (CS506)

• Create a class Address Book with an ArrayList as its attribute. This arraylist will be used
to store the information of different persons in the form of PersonInfo Objects. This class
will also provide addPerson, deletePerson & searchPerson methods. These methods are
used for adding new person records, deleting an existing person record by name and
searching among existing person records by name respectively.
• Input/Output will be performed through JOptionPane.

The code for AddressBook class is

import javax.swing.*;
import java.util.*;

class AddressBook {

ArrayList<PersonInfo> persons;

//constructor
public AddressBook ( ) {
persons = new ArrayList()<PersonInfo>();
}

//add new person record to arraylist after taking input

public void addPerson( ) {
String name = JOptionPane.showInputDialog(“Enter name”);
String add = JOptionPane.showInputDialog(“Enter address”);
String pNum = JOptionPane.showInputDialog(“Enter phone no”);
//construct new person object
PersonInfo p = new PersonInfo(name, add, pNum);
//add the above PersonInfo object to arraylist
persons.add(p);
}
//search person record by name by iterating over arraylist
public void searchPerson (String n) {

for (int i=0; i< persons.size(); i++) {

PersonInfo p =
(PersonInfo)persons.get(i); if (
n.equals(p.name) ) { p.print();
}

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 89

Web Design and Development (CS506)

} // end for
} // end searchPerson
//delete person record by name by iterating over arraylist
public void deletePerson (String n) { for (int i=0; i<
persons.size(); i++) { PersonInfo p =
(PersonInfo)persons.get(i); if ( n.equals(p.name))
{
persons.remove(i);
}
}
}
} // end class

The addperson method first takes input for name, address and phone number and than construct
a PersonInfo object by using the recently taken input values. Then the newly constructed
object is added to the arraylist - persons.

The searchPerson & deletePerson methods are using the same methodology i.e. first they search
the required record by name and then prints his/her detail or delete the record permanently from
the ArrayList.

Both the methods are taking string argument, by using this they can perform their search or
delete operation. We used for loop for iterating the whole ArrayList. By using the size
method of ArrayList, we can control our loop as ArrayList indexes range starts from 0 to
one less than size.

Notice that, inside loop we retrieve each PersonInfo object by using down casting operation.
After that we compare each PersonInfo object’s name by the one passed to these methods
using equal method since Strings are always being compared using equal method.

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 90

Web Design and Development (CS506)

Inside if block of searchPerson, print method is called using PersonInfo object that will
display person information on GUI. On the other hand, inside if block of deletePerson method,
remove method of ArrayList class is called that is used to delete record from persons i.e.
ArrayList.

6.6.2.3 Step3 - Make Test class (driver program)

• This class will contain a main method and an object of AddressBook class.
• Build GUI based menu by using switch selection structure
• Call appropriate methods of AddressBook class
The code for Test class is

import javax.swing.*;
class Test {

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 91

Web Design and Development (CS506)

public static void main (String args[]) {

AddressBook ab = new AddressBook();
String input,
s; int ch;
while (true) {
input = JOptionPane.showInputDialog(“Enter 1 to add ” +
“\n Enter 2 to Search \n Enter 3 to Delete“ +
“\n Enter 4 to Exit”); ch
= Integer.parseInt(input);
switch (ch) { case 1:
ab.addPerson(); break;
case 2:
s =
JOptionPane.showInputDialog(
“Enter name to search ”);
ab.searchPerson(s); break; case
3: s =
JOptionPane.showInputDialog(
“Enter name to delete ”);
ab.deletePerson(s); break; case
4:
System.exit(0);
}
}//end while
}//end main
}

Note that we use infinite while loop that would never end or stop given that our program should
only exit when user enters 4 i.e. exit option.

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 92

Web Design and Development (CS506)

Compile & Execute

Compile all three classes and run Test class. Bravo, you successfully completed the all basic
three steps. Enjoy!

6.7 Reference
Entire content for this handout are taken from the book JAVA A Lab Course by Umair Javed.
This material is available just for the use of VU students of the course Web Design and
Development and not for any other commercial purpose.

Note: Coding exercises in working condition for this lecture are also available on “Downloads”
section of LMS.

Lecture 7: Intro to Exceptions

7.1 Types of Errors
Generally, you can come across three types of errors while developing software. These are Syntax,
Logic & Runtime errors.

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 93

Web Design and Development (CS506)

7.1.1 Syntax Errors

• Arise because the rules of the language are not followed.

7.1.2 Logic Errors

• Indicates that logic used for coding doesn’t produce expected output.

7.1.3 Runtime Errors

• Occur because the program tries to perform an operation that is impossible to complete.
• Cause exceptions and may be handled at runtime (while you are running the program)
• For example divide by zero

7.2 What is an Exception?

• An exception is an event that usually signals an erroneous situation at run time
• Exceptions are wrapped up as objects
• A program can deal with an exception in one of three ways:

o ignore it
o handle it where it occurs
o handle it an another place in the program

7.3 Why handle Exceptions?

• Helps to separate error handling code from main logic (the normal code you write) of the
program.
• As different sort/type of exceptions can arise, by handling exceptions we can distinguish
between them and write appropriate handling code for each type for example we can

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 94

Web Design and Development (CS506)

differently handle exceptions that occur due to division by Zero and exceptions that
occur due to non-availability of a file.
• If not handled properly, program might terminate.

7.4 Exceptions in Java

• An exception in java is represented as an object that’s created when an abnormal situation
arises in the program. Note that an error is also represented as an object in Java, but
usually represents an unrecoverable situation and should not be caught
• The exception object stores information about the nature of the problem. For example,
due to network problem or class not found etc.
• All exceptions in java are inherited from a class know as Throwable.

7.5 Exception Hierarchy

Following diagram is an abridged version of Exception class hierarchy

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 95

Web Design and Development (CS506)

7.6 Types of Exceptions

Exceptions can be broadly categorized into two types, Unchecked & Checked Exceptions.

7.6.1 Unchecked Exceptions

• Subclasses of Runtime Exception and Error.
• Does not require explicit handling
• Run-time errors are internal to your program, so you can get rid of them by debugging
your code
• For example, null pointer exception; index out of bounds exception; division by zero
exception.

7.6.2 Checked Exceptions

• Must be caught or declared in a throws clause
• Compile will issue an error if not handled appropriately
• Subclasses of Exception other than subclasses of Runtime Exception.
• Other arrives from external factors, and cannot be solved by debugging
• Communication from an external resource - e.g. a file server or database

7.7 How Java handles Exceptions

Java handles exceptions via 5 keywords. Try, catch, finally, throw & throws.

7.7.1 try block

• Write code inside this block which could generate errors

7.7.2 Catch block

• Code inside this block is used for exception handling

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 96

Web Design and Development (CS506)

• When the exception is raised from try block, only than catch block would execute.

7.7.3 finally block

• This block always executes whether exception occurs or not.
• Write clean up code here, like resources (connection with file or database) that are
opened may need to be closed.

The basic structure of using try - catch - finally block is shown in the picture below:

7.7.4 throw
• To manually throw an exception, keyword throw is used. Note: we are not covering throw
clause in this handout

7.7.5 throws
• If method is not interested in handling the exception than it can throw back the exception
to the caller method using throws keyword.
• Any exception that is thrown out of a method must be specified as such by a throws
clause.

7.8 References:

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 97

Web Design and Development (CS506)

• Java tutorial by Sun: http://java.sun.com/docs/books/turorial

• Beginning Java2 by Ivor Hortan
• Thinking in Java by Bruce Eckle
• CS193j Stanford University

7.9 Code Examples of Exception Handling

7.9.1 Unchecked Exceptions

Example Code: UcException.java

The following program takes one command line argument and prints it on the console

// File UcException.java
public class UcException {
public static void main (String args[ ]) {
System.out.println(args[0]);
}
}
Compile & Execute
If we compile & execute the above program without passing any command line argument, an
ArrayIndexOutOfBoundsException would be thrown. This is shown in the following
picture

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 98

Web Design and Development (CS506)

7.9.2 Why?
Since we have passed no argument, therefore the size of String args[] is zero, and we
have tried to access the first element (first element has index zero) of this array.

From the output window, you can find out, which code line causes the exception to be raised. In
the above example, it is
System.out.println (args[0]);
7.9.3 Modify UcException.java

Though it is not mandatory to handle unchecked exceptions we can still handle Unchecked
Exceptions if we want to. These modifications are shown in bold.

// File UcException.java
public class UcException {
public static void main (String args[ ]) {
try {
System.out.println(args[0]);
catch (IndexOutOfBoundsException ex) {
System.out.println(“You forget to pass command line argument”);
}
}
The possible exception that can be thrown is IndexOutOfBoundsException, so we
handle it in the catch block.

When an exception occurs, such as IndexOutOfBoundsException in this case, then an object of

type IndexOutOfBoundesException is created and it is passed to the corresponding catch
block (i.e. the catch block which is capable of handling this exception). The catch block receives
the exception object inside a variable which is ex in this case. It can be any name; it is similar to
the parameter declared in the method signature. It receives the object of exception type
(IndexOutOfBoundsExceptoin) it is declared.

Compile & Execute

If we execute the modified program by passing command line argument, the program would
display on console the provided argument. After that if we execute this program again without
passing command line argument, this time information message would be displayed which is
written inside catch block.

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 99

Web Design and Development (CS506)

7.10 Checked Exceptions

Example Code: CException.java

The following program reads a line (hello world) from a file and prints it on the console. The File
reading code is probably new for you. We’ll explain it in the coming handouts (Streams). For
now, assumed that the code written inside the main read one line from a file and prints that to
console.

// File CException.java
import java.io.* ;
public class CException {
public static void main (String args[ ]) {
FileReader fr = new FileReader (“input.txt”);
BufferedReader br = new BufferedReader (fr);

//read the line form file

String line = br.readLine();
System.out.println(line); }
}

Compile & Execute

If you try to compile this program, the program will not compile successfully and displays the
message of unreported exception. This happens when there is code that can generate a checked
exception but you have not handled that exception. Remember checked exceptions are detected by

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 100

Web Design and Development (CS506)

compiler. As we early discussed, without handling Checked exception, out program won’t
compile.

Modify CException.java
As we have discussed earlier, it is mandatory to handle checked exceptions. In order to compile
the code above, we modify the above program so that file reading code is placed inside a try
block. The expected exception (IOException) that can be raised is caught in catch block.
// File CException.java
import java.io.* ;
public class CException {
public static void main (String args[ ]) {
try{
FileReader fr = new FileReader (“input.txt”);
BufferedReader br = new BufferedReader (fr);

//read the line form file

String line = br.readLine();
System.out.println(line); }
catch( IOException ex) {
System.out.println(ex);
}
}
}
The code line written inside the catch block will print the exception name on the console if
exception occurs

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 101

Web Design and Development (CS506)

Compile & Execute

After making changes to your program, it would compile successfully. On executing this program,
hello world would be displayed on the console
Note: Before executing, make sure that a text file named input.txt must be placed in the
same directory where the program is saved. Also write hello world in that file before
saving it.

7.11 The finally block

The finally block always executes regardless of exception is raised or not while as you remembered
the catch block only executes when an exception is raised.

Example Code: FBlockDemo.java

// File FBlockDemo.java
import java.io.* ;
public class FBlockDemo {
public static void main (String args[ ])

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 102

Web Design and Development (CS506)

{
try{
FileReader fr = new FileReader (“strings.txt”);
BufferedReader br = new BufferedReader (fr);
//read the line form file
String line = br.readLine();
System.out.println(line); }catch( IOException ex) {
System.out.println(ex);
}
finally {
System.out.println(“finally block always execute”);
}
}
}

Compile & Execute

The program above, will read one line from string.txt file. If string.tx is not present in the same
directory the FileNotFoundException would be raised and catch block would execute as
well as the finally block.

If string.txt is present there, no such exception would be raised but still finally block executes. This
is shown in the following output diagram

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 103

Web Design and Development (CS506)

7.12 Multiple catch blocks

• Possible to have multiple catch clauses for a single try statement o Essentially
checking for different types of exceptions that may happen
• Evaluated in the order of the code o Bear in mind the Exception hierarchy
when writing multiple catch clauses!
o If you catch Exception first and then IOException, the IOException will never be
caught!

Example code: MCatchDemo.java

The following program would read a number form a file numbers.txt and than prints its square on
the console

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 104

Web Design and Development (CS506)

// File MCatchDemo.java
import java.io.* ;
public class MCatchDemo {
public static void main (String args[ ]) {
try{
// can throw FileNotFound or IOException
FileReader fr = new FileReader (“numbers.txt”);
BufferedReader br = new BufferedReader (fr);

//read the number form file

String s = br.readLine();
//may throws NumberFormatException, if s is not a
no. int number = Integer.parseInt(s);
System.out.println(number * number); } catch(
NumberFormatException nfEx) {
System.out.println(nfEx);
}
catch( FileNotFoundException fnfEx) {
System.out.println(fnfEx);
}
catch( IOException ioEx) {
System.out.println(ioEx);
}
}
}

We read everything from a file (numbers, floating values or text) as a String. That’s why we first
convert it to number and then print its square on console.
Compile & Execute
If file numbers.txt is not present in the same directory, the FileNotFoundException
would be thrown during execution.

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 105

Web Design and Development (CS506)

If numbers.txt present in the same directory and contains a number, than hopefully no exception
would be thrown.

7.13 The throws clause

The following code examples will introduce you with writing & using throws clause.

Example Code: ThrowsDemo.java

The ThrowsDemo.java contains two methods namely method1 & method2 and one main
method. The main method will make call to method1 and than method1 will call method2.
The method2 contains the file reading code. The program looks like one given below

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 106

Web Design and Development (CS506)

// File ThrowsDemo.java
import java.io.* ;
public class ThrowsDemo {

// contains file reading code

public static void method2( ) {
try{
FileReader fr = new FileReader (“strings.txt”);
BufferedReader br = new BufferedReader (fr);

//read the line form file

String s = br.readLine();
System.out.println(s);
}
catch( IOException ioEx) {
ioEx.printStackTrace(); }
}// end method 2
//only calling method2
public static void method1( )
{
method2();
}
public static void main (String args[ ]) {
ThrowsDemo.method1();
}
}

7.14 printStackTrace method

• Defined in the Throwable class - superclass of Exception & Error classes
• Shows you the full method calling history with line numbers.
• extremely useful in debugging

Modify: ThrowsDemo.java
• Let method2 doesn’t want to handle exception by itself, so it throws the exception to
the caller of method2 i.e. method1

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 107

Web Design and Development (CS506)

• So method1 either have to handle the incoming exception or it can re-throw it to its
caller i.e. main.
• Let method1 is handling the exception, so method1& method2 would be modified
as:

// File ThrowsDemo.java
import java.io.* ;
public class ThrowsDemo {

// contains file reading code

public static void method2( ) throws IOException{
FileReader fr = new FileReader (“strings.txt”);
BufferedReader br = new BufferedReader (fr);

//read the line form file

String s = br.readLine();
System.out.println(s);
}// end method 2

// calling method2 & handling incoming exception

public static void method1( )
{ try { method2();}
catch (IOException ioEx) {
ioEx.printStackTrace(); }
}

public static void main (String args[ ]) {

ThrowsDemo.method1();
}
}

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 108

Web Design and Development (CS506)

Compile & Execute

If file strings.txt is not present in the same directory, method2 will throw an exception that
would be caught by method1 and the printStackTrace method will print the full calling
history on console. The above scenario is shown in the output below:

If file strings.txt exist there, than hopefully line would be displayed on the
console.
7.15 Reference
• Example code, their explanations and corresponding figures for this handout are taken from
the book JAVA A Lab Course by Umair Javed. This material is available just for the use of
VU students of the course Web Design and Development and not for any other commercial
purpose without the consent of author.

Note: Coding exercises in working condition for this lecture are also available on “Downloads”
section of LMS.

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 109

Web Design and Development (CS506)

Lecture 8: Streams
I/O libraries often use the abstraction of a stream, which represents any data source or sink as an
object capable of producing or receiving pieces of data.

The Java library classes for I/O are divided by input and output. You need to import java.io
package to use streams. There is no need to learn all the streams just do it on the need basis.

8.1 The concept of "streams"

• It is an abstraction of a data source/sink
• We need abstraction because there are lots of different devices (files, consoles, network,
memory, etc.). We need to talk to the devices in different ways (sequential, random
access, by lines, etc.) Streams make the task easy by acting in the same way for every
device. Though inside handling of devices may be quite different, yet on the surface
everything is similar. You might read from a file, the keyboard, memory or network
connection, different devices may require specialization of the basic stream, but you can
treat them all as just "streams". When you read from a network, you do nothing different
than when you read from a local file or from users typing

//Reading from console

BufferedReader stdin = new BufferedReader(new
InputStreamReader(
System.in ));
-------- ( your console)
// Reading from file
BufferedReader br=new BufferedReader(new
FileReader(“input.txt”));
//Reading from network

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 110

Web Design and Development (CS506)

BufferedReader br = new BufferedReader(new InputStreamReader

(s.getInputStream()));
---- “s” is the socket

• So you can consider stream as a data path. Data can flow through this path in one
direction between specified terminal points (your program and file, console, Socket etc.)

8.2 Stream classification based on Functionality

Based on functionality streams can be categorized as Node Stream and Filter Stream. Node
Streams are those which connect directly with the data source/sick and provide basic functionality
to read/write data from that source/sink

FileReader fr = new FileReader(“input.txt”);

You can see that FileReader is taking a data/source “input.txt” as its argument and hence it is a
node stream.

FilterStreams sit on top of a node stream or chain with other filter stream and provide some
additional functionality e.g. compression, security etc. FilterStreams take other stream as their
input.

BufferedReader bt = new BufferedReader(fr);

BufferedReader makes the IO efficient (enhances the functionality) by buffering the input
before delivering. And as you can see that BufferedReader is sitting on top of a node stream
which is FileReader.

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 111

Web Design and Development (CS506)

8.3 Stream classification based on data

Two types of classes exist: Text Stream, Byte Stream

Classes which contain the word stream in their name are byte oriented and are here since JDK1.0.
These streams can be used to read/write data in the form of bytes. Hence classes with the word

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 112

Web Design and Development (CS506)

stream in their name are byte-oriented in nature. Examples of byte oriented streams are
FileInputStream, ObjectOutputStream etc.

Classes which contain the word Reader/Writer are character oriented and read and write data in
the form of characters. Readers and Writers came with JDK1.1. Examples of Reader/Writers are
FileReader, PrintWriter etc

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 113

Web Design and Development (CS506)

Example Code 8.1: Reading from File

The ReadFileEx.java reads text file line by line and prints them on console. Before we
move on to the code, first create a text file (input.txt) using notepad and write following text lines
inside it.

Text File: input.txt

Hello World
Pakistan is our homeland
Web Design and Development

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 114

Web Design and Development (CS506)

// File ReadFileEx.java
import java.io.*;
public class ReadFileEx
{
public static void main (String args[ ]) {
FileReader fr = null;
BufferedReader br = null;
try {
// attaching node stream with data source
fr = new FileReader(“input.txt”);

// attatching filter stream over node stream

br = new BufferedReader(fr);

// reading first line from file

String line = br.readLine();

// printing and reading remaining lines

while (line != null){
System.out.println(line);
line = br.readLine();
}

// closing streams br.close();

fr.close();

}catch(IOException ioex){
System.out.println(ioex);
}
} // end main
} // end class

Example Code 8.2: Writing to File

The WriteFileEx.java writes the strings into the text file named “output.txt”. If “output.txt”
file does not exist, the java will create it for you.

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 115

Web Design and Development (CS506)

// File WriteFileEx.java
import java.io.*; public
class WriteFileEx {
public static void main (String args[ ]) {
FileWriter fw = null;
PrintWriter pw = null;
try
{
// attaching node stream with data source
// if file does not exist, it automatically creates it
fw = new FileWriter (“output.txt”);

// attatching filter stream over node stream

pw = new PrintWriter(fw);

String s1 = “Hello World”;

String s2 = “Web Design and Development”;
// writing first string to file
pw.println(s1);
// writing second string to
file pw.println(s2); //
flushing stream pw.flush();
// closing streams pw.close();
fw.close();

}catch(IOException ioex){
System.out.println(ioex);
}
} // end main
} // end class

After executing the program, check the output.txt file. Two lines will be written there.

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 116

Web Design and Development (CS506)

8.4 Reference
• Example code, their explanations and corresponding figures for this handout are taken from
the book JAVA A Lab Course by Umair Javed. This material is available just for the use
of VU students of the course Web Design and Development and not for any other
commercial purpose without the consent of author.
8.5 Modification of Address Book Code

8.5.1 Adding Persistence Functionality

Hopefully, your address book you built previously is giving you the required results except one
i.e. persistence. You might have noticed that after adding some person records in the address
book; if you exit from the program next time on re-executing address book all the previous
records are no more available.

To overcome the above problem, we will modify our program so that on exiting/starting of
address book, all the previously added records are available each time. To achieve this, we have to
provide the persistence functionality. Currently, we will accomplish this task by saving person
records in some text file.

Supporting simple persistence by any application requires handling of two scenarios. These are

• On start up of application - data (person records) must be read from file

• On end/finish up of application - data (person records) must be saved in file

To support persistence, we have to handle the above mentioned scenarios

8.5.1.1 Scenario 1 - Start Up

• Establish a data channel with a file by using streams

• Start reading data (person records) from file line by line
• Construct PersonInfo objects from each line you have read
• Add those PersonInfo objects in arraylist persons.
• Close the stream with the file
• Perform these steps while application is loading up

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 117

Web Design and Development (CS506)

We will read records from a text file named persons.txt. The person records will be present in
the file in the following format.

Ali, defence, 9201211

Usman, gulberg, 5173940

Salman, LUMS, 5272670

persons.txt

As you have seen, each person record is on a separate line. Person’s name, address & phone
number is separated using comma (,).

We will modify our AddressBook.java by adding a new method loadPersons into it.
This method will provide the implementation of all the steps. The method is shown below:

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 118

Web Design and Development (CS506)

public void loadPersons ( ){

String tokens[] = null;

String name, add, ph;
try
{

FileReader fr = new FileReader("persons.txt");

BufferedReader br = new BufferedReader(fr);

String line =
br.readLine(); while (
line != null ) { tokens =
line.split(","); name =
tokens[0]; add =
tokens[1]; ph = tokens[2];
PersonInfo p = new PersonInfo(name, add,
ph); persons.add(p); line = br.readLine();
}
br.close();
fr.close();

}catch(IOException ioEx){
System.out.println(ioEx);
}
}

• First, we have to connect with the text file in order to read line by line person records
from it. This task is accomplished with the following lines of code:

FileReader fr = new FileReader(“persons.txt”);

BufferedReader br = new BufferedReader(fr);

FileReader is a character based (node) stream that helps us in reading data in the form of
characters. As we are using streams, so we have to import the java.io package in the
AddressBook class.

• We passed the file name persons.txt to the constructor of the FileReader.

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 119

Web Design and Development (CS506)

Next we add BufferedReader (filter stream) on top of the FileReader because

BufferedReader facilitates reading data line by line. (As you can recall from the lecture
that filter streams are attached on top of node streams). That’s why the constructor of
BufferedReader is receiving the fr - the FileReader object.
• The next line of code will read line from file by using readLine() method of
BufferedReader and save it in a string variable called line.
String line = br.readLine();

• After that while loop starts. The condition of while loop is used to check whether the file
is reached to end (returns null) or not. This loop is used to read whole file till the end.
When end comes (null), this loop will finish.
while (line != null)

• Inside loop, the first step we performed is tokenizing the string. For this purpose, we have
used split method of String class. This method returns substrings (tokens) according to
the regular expression or delimiter passed to it.
tokens = line.split(“,”);

The return type of this method is array of strings that’s why we have declared tokens as a String
array in the beginning of this method as
String tokens[];

For example, the line contains the following string

Ali,defence,9201211

Now by calling split(“,”) method on this string, this method will return back three substrings
ali defence and 9201211 because the delimiter we have passed to it is comma. The delimiter
itself is not included in the substrings or tokens.

• The next three lines of code are simple assignments statements. The
tokens[0]contains the name of the person because the name is always in the beginning

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 120

Web Design and Development (CS506)

of the line, tokens[1] contains address of the person and tokens[2] contains the
phone number of the person.
name = tokens[0];
add= tokens[1];
ph= tokens[2];

The name, add and ph are of type String and are declared in the beginning of this
method.

• After that we have constructed the object of PersonInfo class by using parameterized
constructor and passed all these strings to it.
PersonInfo p = new PersonInfo(name, add, ph);

• Afterward the PersonInfo object’s p is added to the arraylist i.e. persons.

persons.add(p);

• The last step we have done inside loop is that we have again read a line from the file by
using the readLine() method.
• By summarizing the task of while loop we can conclude that it reads the line from a
file,tokenize that line into three substrings followed by constructing the
PersonInfo object by using these tokens. And adding these objects to the arraylist.
This process continues till the file reaches its end.
The last step for reading information from the file is ordinary one - closing the streams,
because files are external resources, so it’s better to close them as soon as possible. Also
observe that we used try/catch block because using streams can result in raising
exceptions that falls under the checked exceptions category - that needs mandatory
handling.
• The last important step you have to perform is to call this method while loading up.
• The most appropriate place to call this method is from inside the constructor of
AddressBook.java. So the constructor will now look like similar to the one given
below:

………………

public AddressBook () {

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 121

Web Design and Development (CS506)

Persons = new ArrayList();

loadPersons();
}
………………

AddressBook.java

8.5.1.2 Scenario 2 - End/Finish Up

• Establish a datachanel(stream) with a file by using streams

• Take out PersonInfo objects from ArrayList (persons)
• Build a string for each PersonInfo object by inserting commas (,) between name &
address and address & phone number.
• Write the constructed string to the file
• Close the connection with file
• Perform these steps while exiting from address book.

Add another method savePersons into AddressBook.java. This method will provide
the implementation of all the above mentioned steps. The method is shown below:
public void savePersons ( ){
try {
PersonInfo p;
String line;
FileWriter fw = new FileWriter("persons.txt");
PrintWriter pw = new PrintWriter(fw);
for(int i=0; i<persons.size(); i++)
{

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 122

Web Design and Development (CS506)

p = (PersonInfo)persons.get(i);
line = p.name +","+ p.address +","+ p.phoneNum;

// writes line to file (persons.txt)

pw.println(line);
}
pw.flush();
pw.close();
fw.close();
}catch(IOException ioEx){
System.out.println(ioEx);
}
}
• As you can see, that we have opened the same file (persons.txt) again by using a
set of streams.
• After that we have started for loop to iterate over arraylist as we did in
searchPerson and deletePerson methods.
• Inside for loop body, we have taken out PersonInfo object and after type casting it
we have assigned its reference to a PersonInfo type local variable p. This is achieved
by the help of following line of code
p = (PersonInfo)persons.get(i);

• Next we build a string and insert commas between the PersonInfo attributes and
assign the newly constructed string to string’s local variable line as shown in the
following line of code.
line = p.name +","+ p.address +","+ p.phoneNum;

Note: Since, we haven’t declare PersonInfo attributes private, therefore we are able
to directly access them inside AddressBook.java.

• The next step is to write the line representing one PersonInfo object’s information, to the
file. This is done by using println method of PrintWriter as shown below

pw.println(line);

After writing line to the file, the println method will move the cursor/control to the next
line. That’s why each line is going to be written on separate line.

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 123

Web Design and Development (CS506)

• The last step for saving information to the file is ordinary one - closing the streams but
before that notice the code line that you have not seen/performed while loading persons
records from file. That is
pw.flush( );

The above line immediately flushes data by writing any buffered output/data to file. This step
is necessary to perform or otherwise you will most probably lose some data for the reason
that PrintWriter is a Buffered Stream and they have their own internal memory/storage
capacity for efficiency reasons. Buffered Streams do not send the data until their memory is
full.

• Also we have written this code inside try-catch block.

• The last important step you have to perform is to call this method before exiting from the
address book. The most appropriate place to call this method is under case4(exit
scenario) in Test.java. So the case 4 will now look like similar to the one given
below:

……………

case 4: ab.savePersons();

System.exit(0);
………………

Test.java

Compile & Execute

Now again after compiling all the classes, run the Test class. Initially we are assuming that out
persons.txt file is empty, so our arraylist persons will be empty on the first start up of
address book. Now add some records into it, perform search or delete operations. Exit from the

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 124

Web Design and Development (CS506)

address book by choosing option 4. Check out the persons.txt file. Don’t get surprised by
seeing that it contains all the person records in the format exactly we have seen above.

Next time you will run the address book; all the records will be available to you. Perform the
search or delete operation to verify that. Finally you have done it!!!
8.6 References
• Example code, their explanations and corresponding figures for this handout are taken from
the book JAVA A Lab Course by Umair Javed. This material is available just for the use
of VU students of the course Web Design and Development and not for any other
commercial purpose without the consent of author.

Note: Coding exercises in working condition for this lecture are also available on “Downloads”
section of LMS.

Lecture 9: Abstract Classes and Interfaces

9.1 Problem and Requirements
Before moving on to abstract classes, first examine the following class hierarchy shown below:

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 125

Web Design and Development (CS506)

• Suppose that in order to exploit polymorphism, we specify that 2-D objects must be able
to compute their area.

o All 2-D classes must respond to area() message.

• How do we ensure that?

o Define area method in class Shape o Force the subclasses of Shape to respond
area() message

• Java’s provides us two solutions to handle such problem

o Abstract Classes
o Interfaces

9.2 Abstract Classes

Abstract classes are used to define only part of an implementation. Because, information is not
complete therefore an abstract class cannot be instantiate. However, like regular classes, they can
also contain instance variables and methods that are fully implemented. The class that inherits
from abstract class is responsible to provide details.

Any class with an abstract method (a method has no implementation similar to pure virtual
function in C++) must be declared abstract, yet you can declare a class abstract that has no
abstract method.

If subclass overrides all abstract methods of the superclass, than it becomes a concrete (a class
whose object can be instantiate) class otherwise we have to declare it as abstract or we cannot
compile it.
The most important aspect of abstract class is that reference of an abstract class can point to the
object of concrete classes.

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 126

Web Design and Development (CS506)

Code Example of Abstract Classes

The Shape class contains an abstract method calculateArea() with no definition.

public abstract class

Shape{
public abstract void
calculateArea();
}

Class Circle extends from abstract Shape class, therefore to become concrete class it must
provides the definition of calculateArea() method.

public class Circle extends Shape

{ private int x, y; private int
radius;
public Circle()
{ x = 5; y =
5; radius = 10;
}

// providing definition of abstract method

public void calculateArea () {
double area = 3.14 * (radius * radius);
System.out.println(“Area: ” + area);
}
}//end of class

The Test class contains main method. Inside main, a reference s of abstract Shape class is created.
This reference can point to Circle (subclass of abstract class Shape) class object as it is a concrete
class. With the help of reference, method calculateArea() can be invoked of Circle class. This is all
shown in the form of code below:

public class Test {

public static void main(String args[]){
//can only create references of A.C.
Shape s = null;

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 127

Web Design and Development (CS506)

//Shape s1 = new Shape(); //cannot instantiate

//abstract class reference can point to concrete subclass s =
new Circle();
s.calculateArea();
}
}//end of class

The compilation and execution of the above program is shown below:

9.3 Interfaces
As we seen one possible java’s solution to problem discussed in start of the tutorial. The second
possible java’s solution is Interfaces.

Interfaces are special java type which contains only a set of method prototypes, but does not
provide the implementation for these prototypes. All the methods inside an interface are abstract
by default thus an interface is tantamount to a pure abstract class - a class with zero
implementation. Interface can also contains static final constants

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 128

Web Design and Development (CS506)

9.3.1 Defining an Interface

Keyword interface is used instead of class as shown below:

public interface Speaker{ public void speak();

}

9.3.2 Implementing (using) Interface

Classes implement interfaces. Implementing an interface is like signing a contract. A class that
implements an interface will have to provide the definition of all the methods that are present
inside an interface. If the class does not provide definitions of all methods, the class would not
compile. We have to declare it as an abstract class in order to get it compiled.
Relationship between a class and interface is equivalent to “responds to” while “is a” relationship
exists in inheritance.

Code Example of Defining & Implementing an Interface The interface Printable contains
print() method.

public interface Printable{ public void print();

}

Class Student is implementing the interface Printable. Note the use of keyword implements
after the class name. Student class has to provide the definition of print method or we are unable
to compile.

The code snippet of student class is given below:

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 129

Web Design and Development (CS506)

public class Student implements Printable

{ private String name; private String
address;

public String toString () {

return "name:"+name +" address:"+address;
}
//providing definition of interface’s print method
public void print() {
System.out.println("Name:" +name+" address"+address);
}
}//end of class

9.4 Interface Characteristics

Similar to abstract class, interfaces imposes a design structure on any class that uses the interface.
Contrary to inheritance, a class can implement more than one interfaces. To do this separate the
interface names with comma. This is java’s way of multiple inheritance.

class Circle implements Drawable , Printable { ………. }

Objects of interfaces also cannot be instantiated.

Speaker s = new Speaker(); // not compile

However, a reference of interface can be created to point any of its implementation class. This is
interface based polymorphism.
Code Example: Interface based polymorphism
Interface Speaker is implemented by three classes Politician, Coach and Lecturer. Code snippets of
all these three classes are show below:

public class Politician implements Speaker{ public void

speak(){
System.out.println(“Politics Talks”);

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 130

Web Design and Development (CS506)

}
}

public class Coach implements Speaker{ public void speak(){

System.out.println(“Sports Talks”);
}
}

public class Lecturer implements Speaker{

public void speak(){
System.out.println(“Web Design and Development Talks”);
}
}

As usual, Test class contains main method. Inside main, a reference sp is created of Speaker
class. Later, this reference is used to point to the objects of Politician, Coach and Lecturer class.
On calling speak method with the help of sp, will invoke the method of a class to which sp is
pointing.

public class Test{

public static void main (String args[ ]) {
Speaker sp = null;
System.out.println("sp pointing to
Politician"); sp = new Politician();
sp.speak();
System.out.println("sp pointing to
Coach"); sp = new Coach(); sp.speak();
System.out.println("sp pointing to
Lecturer"); sp = new Lecturer();
sp.speak();
}
}

The compilation and execution of the above program is shown below:

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 131

Web Design and Development (CS506)

9.5 References
• Example code, their explanations and corresponding figures for this handout are taken from
the book JAVA A Lab Course by Umair Javed. This material is available just for the use
of VU students of the course Web Design and Development and not for any other
commercial purpose without the consent of author.

Note: Coding exercises in working condition for this lecture are also available on “Downloads”
section of LMS.

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 132

Web Design and Development (CS506)

Lecture 10: Graphical User Interfaces

A graphical user interface is a visual interface to a program. GUIs are built from GUI components
(buttons, menus, labels etc). A GUI component is an object with which the user interacts via the
mouse or keyboard.

Together, the appearance and how user interacts with the program are known as the program look
and feel.

10.1 Support for GUI in Java

The classes that are used to create GUI components are part of the “java.awt” or “javax.swing”
package. Both these packages provide rich set of user interface components.

10.2 GUI classes vs. Non-GUI Support Classes

The classes present in the awt and swing packages can be classified into two broad categories. GUI
classes & Non-GUI Support classes.

The GUI classes as the name indicates are visible and user can interact with them. Examples of
these are JButton, JFrame & JRadioButton etc

The Non-GUI support classes provide services and perform necessary functions for GUI classes.
They do not produce any visual output. Examples of these classes are Layout managers (discussed
latter) & Event handling (see handout on it) classes etc.

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 133

Web Design and Development (CS506)

10.3 java.awt package

AWT stands for “Abstract Windowing Toolkit“ contains original GUI components that came
with the first release of JDK. These components are tied directly to the local platform’s
(Windows, Linux, MAC etc) graphical user interface capabilities. Thus results in a java program
executing on different java platforms (windows, linux, solaris etc) has a different appearance and
sometimes even different user interaction on each platform.

AWT components are often called Heavy Weight Components (HWC) as they rely on the local
platform’s windowing system to determine their functionality and their look and feel. Every time
you create an AWT component it creates a corresponding process on the operating system. As
compared to this SWING components are managed through threads and are known as Light
Weight Components.

This package also provides the classes for robust event handling (see handout on it) and layout
managers.

10.4 javax.swing package

These are the newest GUI components. Swing components are written, manipulated and displayed
completely in java, therefore also called pure java components. The swing components allow the
programmer to specify a uniform look and feel across all platforms.

Swing components are often referred to as Light Weight Components as they are completely
written in java. Several swing components are still HWC e.g. JFrame etc.

10.5 A part of the Framework

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 134

Web Design and Development (CS506)

10.6 GUI Creation Steps

10.6.1 import required packages

• import java.awt.* and/or javax.swing.* package.

10.6.2 Setup the top level containers

• A container is a collection of related components, which allows other components to be
nested inside it. In application with JFrame, we attach components to the content pane - a
container.
• Two important methods the container class has add and setLayout.
• The add method is used for adding components to the content pane while setLayout
method is used to specify the layout manager.
• Container are classified into two broad categories that are Top Level Containers and
General Purpose Containers
• Top level containers can contain (add) other containers as well as basic

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 135

Web Design and Development (CS506)

Components (buttons, labels etc) while general purpose containers are Typically used to
collect basic components and are added to top level containers.
• General purpose containers cannot exist alone they must be added to top level containers
• Examples of top level container are JFrame, Dialog and Applet etc. Our application uses
one of these.
• Examples of general purpose container are JPanel, Toolbar and ScrollPane etc.
• So, take a top level container and create its instance. Consider the following code of line
if JFrame is selected as a top level container

JFrame frame = new JFrame();

10.6.3 Get the component area of the top level container

• Review the hierarchy given above, and observe that JFrame is a frame is a window. So,
it can be interpreted as JFrame is a window.
• Every window has two areas. System Area & Component Area • The programmer cannot
add/remove components to the System Area.
• The Component Area often known as Client area is a workable place for the programmer.
Components can be added/removed in this area.
• So, to add components, as you guessed right component area of the JFrame is required. It
can be accomplished by the following code of line
Container con = frame.getContentPane();
• frame is an instance of JFrame and by calling getContentPane() method on it, it returns
the component area. This component area is of type container and that is why it is stored
in a variable of a Container class. As already discussed, container allows other
components to be added / removed.

10.6.4 Apply layout to component area

• The layout (size & position etc. How they appear) of components in a container is usually
governed by Layout Managers.
• The layout manager is responsible for deciding the layout policy and size of its
components added to the container.

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 136

Web Design and Development (CS506)

• Layout managers are represented in java as classes. (Layout Managers are going to be
discussed in detail later in this handout)
• To set the layout, as already discussed use setLayout method and pass object of layout
manager as an argument.

con.setLayout( new FlowLayout( ) );

• We passed an object of FlowLayout to the setLayout method here.

• We can also use the following lines of code instead of above.
FlowLayout layout = new FlowLayout();

con.setLayout(layout);

10.6.5 Create and Add components

• Create required components by calling their constructor.
JButton button = new JButton ( );

• After creating all components you are interested in, the next task is to add these
components into the component area of your JFrame (i.e ContentPane, the reference to
which is in variable con of type Container)
• Use add method of the Container to accomplish this and pass it the component to be
added.
con.add(button);
10.6.6 Set size of frame and make it visible
• A frame must be made visible via a call to setVisible(true) and its size defined via a call
setSize(rows in pixel, columns in pixel) to be displayed on the screen.

frame.setSize(200,300) ;
frame.setVisible(true) ;

Note: By default, all JFrame’s are invisible. To make visible frame visible we have passed true to
the setVisible method.

frame.setVisible(false)
; Example: Making a Simple GUI

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 137

Web Design and Development (CS506)

The above figured GUI contains one text field and a button.
Let’s code it by following the six GUI creation steps we discussed.
Code for Simple GUI:

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 138

Web Design and Development (CS506)

// File GUITest.java

//Step 1: import packages

import java.awt.*;
import javax.swing.*;

public class GUITest {

JFrame myFrame ;

//method used for setting layout of GUI

public void initGUI ( ) {

//Step 2: setup the top level container

myFrame = new JFrame();

//Step 3: Get the component area of top-level

container Container c = myFrame.getContentPane();

//Step 4: Apply layouts

c.setLayout( new FlowLayout( ) );
//Step 5: create & add components
JTextField tf = new JTextField(10);
JButton b1 = new JButton("My Button");

c.add(tf);
c.add(b1);

//Step 6: set size of frame and make it visible

myFrame.setDefaultCloseOperation(JFrame.EXIT_ON_CLOSE
) myFrame.setSize(200,150);
myFrame.setVisible(true);
} //end initGUI method

public GUITest () { // default constructor

initGUI ();
}
public static void main (String args[ ]) {
GUITest gui = new GUITest();
}

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 139

Web Design and Development (CS506)

} // end of class

10.7 Important Points to Consider

• main method (from where program execution starts) is written in the same class. The
main method can be in a separate class instead of writing in the same class its your
choice.
• Inside main, an object of GUI test class is created that results in calling of constructor of
the class and from the constructor, initGUI method is called that is responsible for setting
up the GUI.
• The following line of code is used to exit the program when you close the window

myFrame.setDefaultCloseOperation(JFrame.EXIT_ON_CLOSE);

If you delete this line and run your program, the desired GUI would be displayed. However if
you close the window by using (X) button on top left corner of your window, you’ll notice that
the control doesn’t return back to command prompt. The reason for this is that the java process is
still running. However if you put this line in your code, when you exit your prompt will return.

10.8 References:
• Sun java tutorial: http://java.sun.com/docs/books/tutorial/java
• Thinking in java by Bruce Eckle
• Beginning Java2 by Ivor Hortan
• GUI creation steps are taken from the book Java A Lab Course by Umair Javed

10.9 Graphical User Interfaces - 2

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 140

Web Design and Development (CS506)

10.9.1 Layout Managers

Layout Managers are used to form the appearance of your GUI. They are concerned with the
arrangement of components of GUI. A general question is “why we cannot place components at
our desired location (may be using the x,y coordinate position?”

The answer is that you can create your GUI without using Layout Managers and you can also do
VB style positioning of components at some x,y co-ordinate in Java, but that is generally not
advisable if you desire to run the same program on different platforms

The appearance of the GUI also depends on the underlying platform and to keep that same the
responsibility of arranging layout is given to the LayoutManagers so they can provide the same
look and feel across different platforms

Commonly used layout managers are

• Flow Layout
• Grid Layout
• Border Layout
• Box Layout
• Card Layout
• GridBag Layout and so on

Let us discuss the top three in detail one by one with code examples. These top three will meet
most of your basic needs

10.9.1.1 Flow Layout

• Position components on line by line basis. Each time a line is filled, a new line is started.
• The size of the line depends upon the size of your frame. If you stretch your frame while
your program is running, your GUI will be disturbed.

Example Code

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 141

Web Design and Development (CS506)

// File FlowLayoutTest.java
import java.awt.*; import
javax.swing.*;

public class FlowLayoutTest {

JFrame myFrame ;
JButton b1, b2, b3, b4, b5;

//method used for setting layout of GUI

public void initGUI ( ) {

myFrame = new JFrame(“Flow Layout”);

Container c = myFrame.getContentPane();
c.setLayout( new FlowLayout( ) );
b1 = new JButton(“Next Slide”);
b2 = new JButton(“Previous
Slide”);
b3 = new JButton(“Back to Start”);
b4 = new JButton(“Last Slide”);
b5 = new JButton(“Exit”);
c.add(b1);
c.add(b2);
c.add(b3);
c.add(b4);
c.add(b5);
myFrame.setDefaultCloseOperation(JFrame.EXIT_ON_CLOSE)
; myFrame.setSize(300,150); myFrame.setVisible(true);
} //end initGUI method
public FlowLayoutTest () { // default constructor initGUI
();
}
public static void main (String args[ ]) {
FlowLayoutTest flTest = new FlowLayoutTest();
}

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 142

Web Design and Development (CS506)

} // end of class

Output

10.9.1.2 Grid Layout

• Splits the panel/window into a grid(cells) with given number of rows and columns.
• Forces the size of each component to occupy the whole cell. Size of each component is
same .
• Components are added row wise. When all the columns of the first row are get filled the
components are then added to the next row.
• Only one component can be added into each cell.

Example Code

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 143

Web Design and Development (CS506)

// File
GridLayoutTest.java
import java.awt.*; import
javax.swing.*;
public class GridLayoutTest {
JFrame myFrame ;
JButton b1, b2, b3, b4, b5;
//method used for setting layout of GUI
public void initGUI ( ) {
myFrame = new JFrame(“Grid Layout”);
Container c = myFrame.getContentPane();
// rows , cols
c.setLayout( new GridLayout( 3 , 2 )
); b1 = new JButton(“Next Slide”); b2 =
new JButton(“Previous Slide”); b3 = new
JButton(“Back to Start”); b4 = new
JButton(“Last Slide”); b5 = new
JButton(“Exit”); c.add(b1);
c.add(b2);
c.add(b3);
c.add(b4);
c.add(b5);
myFrame.setDefaultCloseOperation(JFrame.EXIT_ON_CLOSE)
; myFrame.setSize(300,150); myFrame.setVisible(true);
} //end initGUI method
public GridLayoutTest () { // default constructor
initGUI (); }
public static void main (String args[ ]) {
GridLayoutTest glTest = new GridLayoutTest();
}
} // end of class

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 144

 Web Design and Development (CS506)

Output

Modification
The grid layout also allows the spacing between cells. To achieve spacing between cells, modify the
above program.

Pass additional parameters to the constructor of GridLayout, spaces between rows & spaces between
columns as shown below

c.setLayout( new GridLayout( 3 , 2,10 , 20) );

The output is look similar to one given below.

10.9.1.3 Border Layout

• Divides the area into five regions. North, South, East, West and Center
• Components are added to the specified region
• If any region not filled, the filled regions will occupy the space but the center region will
still appear as background if it contains no component.

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 145

Web Design and Development (CS506)

• Only one component can be added into each region.

Example Code:

// File
BorderLayoutTest.java
import java.awt.*; import
javax.swing.*;
public class BorderLayoutTest {
JFrame myFrame ;
JButton b1, b2, b3, b4, b5;
//method used for setting layout of GUI
public void initGUI ( ) {
myFrame = new JFrame(“Border Layout”);
Container c = myFrame.getContentPane();
c.setLayout( new BorderLayout( ) );
b1 = new JButton(“Next Slide”);
b2 = new JButton(“Previous
Slide”); b3 = new JButton(“Back to
Start”); b4 = new JButton(“Last
Slide”); b5 = new
JButton(“Exit”);
c.add( b1 , BorderLayout.NORTH );
c.add( b2 , BorderLayout.SOUTH );
c.add( b3 , BorderLayout.EAST );

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 146

Web Design and Development (CS506)

c.add( b4 , BorderLayout.WEST );
c.add( b5 , BorderLayout.CENTER);
myFrame.setDefaultCloseOperation(JFrame.EXIT_ON_CLOSE);
myFrame.setSize(300,150); myFrame.setVisible(true); } //end
initGUI method
public BorderLayoutTest () { // default constructor initGUI ();
}
public static void main (String args[ ]) { BorderLayoutTest
glTest = new BorderLayoutTest();
}
} // end of class

Points to Remember

• Revisit the code of adding components, we specify the region in which we want to add
component or otherwise they will not be visible.
• Consider the following segment of code: BorderLayout.NORTH, as you guessed
correctly NORTH is a constant (final) defined in BorderLayout class public access
modifier. Similarly the other ones are defined. Now you understand why so much
emphasis has been made on following the naming conventions.

Output:

10.10 Making Complex GUIs

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 147

Web Design and Development (CS506)

From the discussion above it seems that the basic Layout Managers may not help us in
constructing complex GUIs, but generally a combination of these basic layouts can do the job. So
let’s try to create the calculator GUI given below

This GUI has 16 different buttons each of same size and text field on the top and a label ‘my
calculator’ on the bottom.

So, how we can make this GUI? If Border Layout is selected, it has five regions (each region can
have at most one component) but here we have more than five components to add. Lets try Grid
Layout, but all the components in a Grid have same size and the text field at the top and label at
the bottom has different size. Flow Layout cannot be selected because if we stretch our GUI it
will destroy its shape.

Can we make this GUI? Yes, we can. Making of such GUI is a bit tricky business but General
Purpose Containers are there to provide the solution.

10.10.1 JPanel
• It is general purpose container (can’t exist alone, it has to be in some toplevel container)
in which we can put in different components (JButton , JTextField etc even other JPanels)
• JPanel has its own layout that can be set while creating JPanel instance

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 148

Web Design and Development (CS506)

JPanel myPanel = new JPanel ( new FlowLayout( ) );

• Add components by using add method like shown below.

myPanel.add (button);

• Must be added to a top level container (like JFrame etc) in order to be visible as they
(general purpose containers) can’t exist alone.

10.10.2 Solution

To make the calculator GUI shown above, take JFrame (top level container) and set its layout to
border. Then take JPanel (general purpose container) and set its layout to Grid with 4 rows and 4
columns.

Add buttons to JPanel as they all have equal size and JPanel layout has been set to GridLayout.
Afterthat, add text field to the north region, label to the south region and panel to the center
region of the JFrame’s container. The east and west regions are left blank and the center region
will be stretched to cover up these. So, that’s how we can build our calculator GUI.

Code for Calculator GUI

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 149

Web Design and Development (CS506)

// File CalculatorGUI.java import

java.awt.*; import javax.swing.*;
public class CalculatorGUI {
JFrame fCalc;
JButton b1, b2, b3, b4, b5, b6, b7, b8, b9, b0;
JButton bPlus, bMinus, bMul, bPoint, bEqual, bClear;
JPanel pButtons;
JTextField tfAnswer; JLabel lMyCalc;
//method used for setting layout of GUI public void
initGUI ( ) {

fCalc = new JFrame();

b0 = new JButton("0"); b1 = new

JButton("1"); b2 = new JButton("2");
b3 = new JButton("3"); b4 = new
JButton("4"); b5 = new JButton("5");
b6 = new JButton("6"); b7 = new
JButton("7"); b8 = new JButton("8");
b9 = new JButton("9"); bPlus = new
JButton("+"); bMinus = new
JButton("-"); bMul = new JButton("*");
bPoint = new JButton("."); bEqual =
new JButton("="); bClear = new
JButton("C"); tfAnswer = new
JTextField();
lMyCalc = new JLabel("My Clacualator"); //creating
panel object and setting its layout pButtons = new
JPanel (new GridLayout(4,4)); //adding components
(buttons) to panel pButtons.add(b1); pButtons.add(b2);
pButtons.add(b3);

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 150

Web Design and Development (CS506)

pButtons.add(bClear);
pButtons.add(b4);
pButtons.add(b5);
pButtons.add(b6);
pButtons.add(bMul);
pButtons.add(b7);
pButtons.add(b8);
pButtons.add(b9);
pButtons.add(bMinus);
pButtons.add(b0);
pButtons.add(bPoint);
pButtons.add(bPlus);
pButtons.add(bEqual);
// getting componenet area of JFrame
Container con = fCalc.getContentPane();
con.setLayout(new BorderLayout()); //adding
components to container con.add(tfAnswer,
BorderLayout.NORTH); con.add(lMyCalc,
BorderLayout.SOUTH); con.add(pButtons,
BorderLayout.CENTER);
fCalc.setDefaultCloseOperation(JFrame.EXIT_ON_CLOSE)
; fCalc.setSize(300, 300); fCalc.setVisible(true);
} //end initGUI method
public CalculatorGUI () { // default constructor
initGUI ();
}
public static void main (String args[ ]) {
CalculatorGUI calGUI = new CalculatorGUI ();
}
} // end of class

10.11 Reference:
• Sun java tutorial: http://java.sun.com/docs/books/tutorial/java
• Thinking in java by Bruce Eckle
• Beginning Java2 by Ivor Hortan
• Java A Lab Course by Umair Javed

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 151

Web Design and Development (CS506)

Note: Coding exercises in working condition for this lecture are also available on “Downloads”
section of LMS.

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 152

Web Design and Development (CS506)

Lecture 11: Event Handling

One of the most important aspects of most non-trivial applications (especially UI type-apps) is
the ability to respond to events that are generated by the various components of the application,
both in response to user interactions and other system components such as client-server
processing. In this handout we will look at how Java supports event generation and handling and
how to create (and process) custom events.

GUIs generate events when the user interacts with GUI. For example,

• Clicking a button
• Moving the mouse
• Closing Window etc

Both AWT and swing components (not all) generate events

• java.awt.event.*;
• javax.swing.event.*;

In java, events are represented by Objects

These objects tell us about event and its source. Examples are:

• ActionEvent (Clicking a button)

• WindowEvent (Doing something with window e.g. closing , minimizing)

Some event classes of java.awt.event are shown in diagram below

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 153

Web Design and Development (CS506)

11.1 Event Handling Model

In Java both AWT and Swing components use Event Delegation Model.

• In this model processing of an event is delegated to a particular object (handlers) in the

program
• It’s a Publish-Subscribe model. That is, event generating component publish an event and
event handling components subscribe for that event. The publisher sends these events to
subscribers. Similar to the way that you subscribe for newspaper and you get the
newspaper at your home from the publisher.
• This model separates UI code from program logic, it means that we can create separate
classes for UI components and event handlers and hence business/program
logic is separated from GUI components.

11.2 Event Handling Steps

For a programmer the event Handling is a three step process in terms of code

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 154

Web Design and Development (CS506)

• Step 1: Create components which can generate events (Event Generators)

• Step 2: Build component (objects) that can handle events (Event Handlers)
• Step 3: Register handlers with generators

11.3 Event Handling Process

11.3.1 Step 1: Event Generators

The first step is that you create an event generator. You have already seen a lot of event
generators like:
• Buttons
• Mouse
• Key
• Window etc

Most of GUI components can be created by calling their constructors. For example
JButton b1 = new JButton(“Hello”);
Now b1 can generate events

Note: We do not create Mouse/Keys etc as they are system components

11.3.2 Step 2: Event Handlers/ Event Listener

The second step is that you build components that can handle events

• First Technique - By Implementing Listener Interfaces

o Java defines interfaces for every event type
o If a class needs to handle an event. It needs to implement the corresponding
listener interface
o To handle “ActionEvent” a class needs to implement “ActionListener” o To
handle “KeyEvent” a class needs to implement “KeyListener” o To handle
“MouseEvent” a class needs to implement “MouseListener” and so on
o Package java.awt.event contains different event Listener Interfaces which
are shown in the following figure

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 155

Web Design and Development (CS506)

Some Example Listeners, the way they are defined in JDK by Sun

public interface ActionListener {

public void actionPerformed(ActionEvent e);
}

public interface ItemListener {

public void itemStateChanged(ItemEvent e);

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 156

Web Design and Development (CS506)

public interface ComponentListener { public void

componentHidden(ComponentEvent e); public void
componentMoved(ComponentEvent e); public void
componentResized(ComponentEvent e); public void
componentShown(ComponentEvent e);
}

o By implementing an interface the class agrees to implement all the methods that
are present in that interface. Implementing an interface is like signing a contract.
o Inside the method the class can do whatever it wants to do with that event o
Event Generator and Event Handler can be the same or different classes o To
handle events generated by Button. A class needs to implement
ActionListener interface and thus needs to provide the definition of
actionPerformed() method which is present in this interface.

public class Test implements ActionListener{ public void

actionPerformed(ActionEvent ae) {
// do something
}
}

11.3.3 Step 3: Registering Handler with Generator

• The event generator is told about the object which can handle its events
• Event Generators have a method

o addXXXListener(_reference to the object of Handler class_)

• For example, if b1 is JButton then o b1.addActionListener(this); // if

listener and generator are same class

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 157

Web Design and Development (CS506)

Event Handling Example

Clicking the “Hello” button will open up a message dialog shown below.

We will take the simplest approach of creating handler and generator in a single class. Button is
our event generator and to handle that event our class needs to implement ActionListener
Interface and to override its actionPerformed method and in last to do the registration.

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 158

Web Design and Development (CS506)

1. import java.awt.*;
2. import javax.swing.*;
3. import java.awt.event.*;
/* Implementing the interface according to the type of the
event, i.e. creating event handler (first part of step 2 of our
process) */

4. public class ActionEventTest implements ActionListener{

5. JFrame frame;
6. JButton hello;
// setting layout components
7. public void initGUI ( ) {
8. frame = new JFrame();
9. Container cont = frame.getContentPane();
10. cont.setLayout(new FlowLayout());
//Creating event generator step-1 of our process
11. hello = new JButton("Hello");
/* Registering event handler with event generator.
Since event handler is in same object that contains
button, we have used this to pass the reference.(step
3 of the process) */
12. hello.addActionListener(this);
13. cont.add(hello);
14. frame.setDefaultCloseOperation(JFrame.EXIT_ON_CLOSE);
15. frame.setSize(150, 150);
16. frame.setVisible(true);
17. }
//constructor
18. public ActionEventTest ( ) {
19. initGUI();
20. }
/* Override actionPerformed method of ActionListener’s
interfacemethod of which will be called when event takes
place (second part of step 2 of our process) */ 21.
public void actionPerformed(ActionEvent event) {
22. JOptionPane.showMessageDialog(null,"Hello is pressed");
23. }
24. public static void main(String args[]) {
25. ActionEventTest aeTest = new ActionEventTest();

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 159

Web Design and Development (CS506)

26. }
27.} // end class
11.4 How Event Handling Participants Interact Behind the Scenes?
We have already seen that what a programmer needs to do handle events. Let’s see what takes
place behind the scenes, i.e How JVM handles event. Before doing that lets revisit different
participants of Event Handling Process and briefly what they do.

11.4.1 Event Generator / Source

• Swing and awt components
• For example, JButton, JTextField, JFrame etc
• Generates an event object
• Registers listeners with itself

11.4.2 Event Object

• Encapsulate information about event that occurred and the source of that event
• For example, if you click a button, ActionEvent object is created

11.4.3 Event Listener/handler

• Receives event objects when notified, then responds
• Each event source can have multiple listeners registered on it
• Conversely, a single listener can register with multiple event sources

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 160

Web Design and Development (CS506)

11.4.4 JVM
• Receives an event whenever one is generated
• Looks for the listener/handler of that event • If exist, delegate it for processing
• If not, discard it (event).

When button generates an ActionEvent it is sent to JVM which puts it in an event queue. After
that when JVM find it appropriate it de-queue the event object and send it to all the listeners that
are registered with that button. This is all what we shown in the pictorial form below:

(Figure from JAVA A Lab Course)

Making Small Calculator

• User enters numbers in the provided fields
• On pressing “+” button, sum would be displayed in the answer field
• On pressing “*” button, product would be displayed in the answer field

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 161

Web Design and Development (CS506)

Example Code: Making Small Calculator

1. import java.awt.*;
2. import javax.swing.*;
3. import java.awt.event.*;
4. public class SmallCalcApp implements
ActionListener{
5. JFrame frame;
6. JLabel firstOperand, secondOperand, answer;
7. JTextField op1, op2, ans;
8. JButton plus, mul;
9. // setting layout
10. public void initGUI ( ) {
11. frame = new JFrame();
12. firstOperand = new JLabel("First Operand");

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 162

Web Design and Development (CS506)

13. secondOperand = new JLabel("Second Operand");

14. answer = new JLabel("Answer");
15. op1 = new JTextField (15);
16. op2 = new JTextField (15);
17. ans = new JTextField (15);
18. plus = new JButton("+");
19. plus.setPreferredSize(new Dimension(70,25));
20. mul = new JButton("*");
21. mul.setPreferredSize(new Dimension(70,25));
22. Container cont = frame.getContentPane();
23. cont.setLayout(new FlowLayout());
24. cont.add(firstOperand);
25. cont.add(op1);
26. cont.add(secondOperand);
27. cont.add(op2);
28. cont.add(plus);
29. cont.add(mul);
30. cont.add(answer);
31. cont.add(ans);
32. plus.addActionListener(this);
33. mul.addActionListener(this);

34. frame.setDefaultCloseOperation(JFrame.EXIT_ON_CLO
SE);
35. frame.setSize(200, 220);
36. frame.setVisible(true);
37. }
38. //constructor
39. public SmallCalcApp ( ) {
40. initGUI();
41. }

42. public void actionPerformed(ActionEvent event) {

43. String oper, result;
44. int num1, num2, res;
/* All the information regarding an event is contained inside
the event object. Here we are calling the getSource() method on

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 163

Web Design and Development (CS506)

the event object to figure out the button that has generated
that event. */
45. if (event.getSource() == plus) {
46. oper = op1.getText();
47. num1 = Integer.parseInt(oper);
48. oper = op2.getText();
49. num2 = Integer.parseInt (oper);
50. res = num1+num2;
51. result = res+"";
52. ans.setText(result);
53. }
54. else if (event.getSource() == mul) {
55. oper = op1.getText();
56. num1 = Integer.parseInt(oper);
57. oper = op2.getText();
58. num2 = Integer.parseInt (oper);
59. res = num1*num2;
60. result = res+"";
61. ans.setText(result);
62. }
63. }
64. public static void main(String args[]) {
65. SmallCalcApp scApp = new SmallCalcApp();
66. }
67. }// end class

Note: Coding exercises in working condition for this lecture are also available on “Downloads”
section of LMS.

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 164

Web Design and Development (CS506)

Lecture 12: More Examples of Handling Events

12.1 Handling Mouse Event

Mouse events can be trapped for any GUI component that inherits from Component class. For
example, JPanel, JFrame & JButton etc.

To handle Mouse events, two types of listener interfaces are available.

• MouseMotionListener
• MouseListener
The class that wants to handle mouse event needs to implement the corresponding interface and
needs to provide the definition of all the methods in that interface.

12.1.1 MouseMotionListener interface

• Used for processing mouse motion events
• Mouse motion event is generated when mouse is moved or dragged

A MouseMotionListener interface is defined in JDK as follows:

public interface MouseMotionListener {

public void mouseDragged (MouseEvent me);
public void mouseMoved (MouseEvent me); }

12.1.2 MouseListener interface

• Used for processing “interesting” mouse events like when mouse is:

o Pressed o Released
o Clicked (pressed & released
without moving the cursor)

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 165

Web Design and Development (CS506)

o Enter (mouse cursor enters the

bounds of component)
o Exit (mouse cursor leaves the
bounds of component)

MouseListener interfaces are defined in JDK as follows:

public interface MouseListener {

public void mousePressed (MouseEvent me);
public void mouseClicked (MouseEvent me);
public void mouseReleased (MouseEvent
me);
public void mouseEntered (MouseEvent me);
public void mouseExited (MouseEvent me);
}
Example Code: Handling Mouse Events
Example to show Mouse Event Handling .Every time mouse is moved, the coordinates for a new
place is shown in a label.

1. import java.awt.*;
2. import javax.swing.*;
3. import java.awt.event.*;
4. public class EventsEx implements MouseMotionListener{
5. JFrame frame;
6. JLabel coordinates;
7. // setting layout
8. public void initGUI ( ) {
9. // creating event generator
10. frame = new JFrame();
11. Container cont = frame.getContentPane();

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 166

Web Design and Development (CS506)

12. cont.setLayout(new BorderLayout( ) );

13. coordinates = new JLabel ();
14. cont.add(coordinates, BorderLayout.NORTH);
15. // registring mouse event handler with generator
16. frame.addMouseMotionListener(this);
17. frame.setDefaultCloseOperation(JFrame.EXIT_ON_CLOSE);
18. frame.setSize(350, 350);
19. frame.setVisible(true);
20. } // end initGUI method
21. //default constructor
22. public EventsEx ( ) {
23. initGUI();
24. }
// MouseMotionListener event hadler handling dragging
25. public void mouseDragged (MouseEvent me) {
26. int x = me.getX();
27. int y = me.getY();
28. coordinates.setText("Dragged at [" + x + "," + y + "]");
29. }
// MouseMotionListener event handler handling motion
30. public void mouseMoved (MouseEvent me) {
31. int x = me.getX();
32. int y = me.getY();
33. coordinates.setText("Moved at [" + x + "," + y + "]");
34. }
35. public static void main(String args[]) {
36. EventsEx ex = new EventsEx();
37. }
38. } // end class

Another Example: Handling Window Events

Task
We want to handle Window Exit event only

Why?

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 167

Web Design and Development (CS506)

• When window is closed, control should return back to command prompt.

• But we have already achieved this functionality through following line of code
frame.setDefaultCloseOperation(JFrame.EXIT_ON_CLOSE);

• But, what if we want to display some message (Good Bye) before exiting?

How?

• To handle window events, we need to implement “WindowListner” interface.

• WindowListner” interface contains 7 methods We require only one i.e.
windowClosing
• But, We have to provide definitions of all methods to make our class a concrete class
• WindowListener interface is defined in the JDK as follows

public interface WindowListener {

public void windowActivated(WindowEvent we);
public void windowClosed(WindowEvent we);
public void windowClosing(WindowEvent we);
public void windowDeactivated(WindowEvent
we);
public void windowDeiconified(WindowEvent
we);

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 168

Web Design and Development (CS506)

public void windowIconified(WindowEvent we);

public void windowOpened(WindowEvent we);
}

• public void windowClosing(WindowEvent we) is our required method

Example Code: WindowExitHandler

This example code is modification of the last code example i.e. EventsEx.java

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 169

Web Design and Development (CS506)

1. import java.awt.*;
2. import javax.swing.*;
3. import java.awt.event.*;
4. public class EventsEx implements MouseMotionListener ,
WindowListener {

5. JFrame frame;
6. JLabel coordinates;
// setting layout
7. public void initGUI ( ) {

// creating event generator

8. frame = new JFrame();
9. Container cont = frame.getContentPane();
10. cont.setLayout(new BorderLayout( ) );
11. coordinates = new JLabel ();
12. cont.add(coordinates, BorderLayout.NORTH);
// registring mouse event handler with generator
13. frame.addMouseMotionListener(this);
// registering window handler with generator
14. frame.addWindowListener(this);
15. frame.setSize(350, 350);
16. frame.setVisible(true); 17. } // end initGUI method
//default constructor
18. public EventsEx ( ) {
19. initGUI();
20. }

// MouseMotionListener event hadler handling dragging

21. public void mouseDragged (MouseEvent me) {
22. int x = me.getX();
23. int y = me.getY();

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 170

Web Design and Development (CS506)

24. coordinates.setText("Dragged at [" + x + "," + y + "]");

25. }
// MouseMotionListener event handler handling motion
26. public void mouseMoved (MouseEvent me) {
27. int x = me.getX();
28. int y = me.getY();
29.
30. coordinates.setText("Moved at [" + x + "," + y + "]"); 31.
}
// window listener event handler
32. public void windowActivated (WindowEvent we) { }
33. public void windowClosed (WindowEvent we) { }
34. public void windowClosing (WindowEvent we) {
35. JOptionPane.showMessageDialog(null, “Good Bye”);
36. System.exit(0);
37. }
38. public void windowDeactivated (WindowEvent we) { }
39. public void windowDeiconified (WindowEvent we) { }
40. public void windowIconified (WindowEvent we) { }
41. public void windowOpened (WindowEvent we) { }
42. public static void main(String args[]) {
43. EventsEx ex = new EventsEx();
44. }
45. } // end class

Note: Coding exercises in working condition for this lecture are also available on “Downloads”
section of LMS.

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 171

Web Design and Development (CS506)

Lecture 13: Adapter Classes

Problem in Last Code Example
Problem

• We were interested in windowClosing() method only

• But have to provide definitions of all the methods, Why?
• Because a class implementing an interface has to provide definitions of
all methods present in that interface.

Solution

• To avoid giving implementations of all methods of an interface when we are not using
these methods we use Event Adapter classes

13.1 Adapter Classes

• For listener interfaces containing more than one event handling methods, jdk defines
adapter classes. Examples are
o For WindowListener WindowAdapter o For
MouseMotionListener MouseMotionAdapter o
and many more
• Adapter classes provide definitions for all the methods (empty bodies) of their
corresponding Listener interface
• It means that WindowAdapter class implements WindowListener interface and provide
the definition of all methods inside that Listener interface

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 172

Web Design and Development (CS506)

• Consider the following example of MouseMotionAdapter and its corresponding

MouseMotionListener interface

public interface MouseMotionListener {

public void mouseDragged (MouseEvent me);
public void mouseMoved (MouseEvent me); }

public class MouseMotionAdapter implements

MouseMotionListener{
public void mouseDragged (MouseEvent me) { } public
void mouseMoved (MouseEvent me) { } }

13.2 Available Adapter classes

13.2.1 How to use Adapter Classes

• previously handler class need to implement interface public class EventsEx
implements MouseMotionListener{...}
• Therefore it has to provide definitions of all the methods inside that interface now our
handler class will inherit from adapter class
public class EventsEx extends MouseMotionAdapter{...}

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 173

Web Design and Development (CS506)

• Due to inheritance, all the methods of the adapter class will be available inside our
handler class since adapter classes has already provided definitions with empty bodies. •
we do not have to provide implementations of all the methods again • We only need to
override our method of interest.

Example Code 13.1: Handling Window Events using Adapter

Classes
Here we are modifying the window event code in the last example to show the
use of WindowAdapter instead of WindowListener. Code related to
MouseMotionListener is deleted to avoid cluttering of code.

1. import java.awt.*;
2. import javax.swing.*;
3. import java.awt.event.*;
4. public class EventsEx extends WindowAdapter {
5. JFrame frame;
6. JLabel coordinates;
// setting layout
7. public void initGUI ( ) {
// creating event generator
8. frame = new JFrame();
9. Container cont = frame.getContentPane();
10. cont.setLayout(new BorderLayout( ) );

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 174

Web Design and Development (CS506)

11. coordinates = new JLabel ();

12. cont.add(coordinates, BorderLayout.NORTH);
// registering window handler with generator
13. frame.addWindowListener(this);

14. frame.setSize(350, 350);

15. frame.setVisible(true); 16. } // end initGUI
method
//default constructor
17. public EventsEx ( ) {
18. initGUI();
19. }

// As you can see that we have only implemented

// our required method
20. public void windowClosing (WindowEvent we) {
21. JOptionPane.showMessageDialog(null, “Good
Bye”);
22. System.exit(0);
23. }

24. public static void main(String args[]) {

25. EventsEx ex = new EventsEx();
26. }
27. } // end class
Problem in Last Code Example
• We have inherited from WindowAdapter
• What if we want to use MouseMotionAdpater as well? Or what if our class already
inherited from some other class?

Problem

• Java allows single inheritance

Solution

• Use Inner classes

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 175

Web Design and Development (CS506)

13.3 Inner Classes

• A class defined inside another class
• Inner class can access the instance variables and members of outer class
• It can have constructors, instance variables and methods, just like a regular class
• Generally used as a private utility class which does not need to be seen by others classes

Example Code13.2: Handling Window Event with Inner Class

Here we are modifying the window event code in the last example to show the use of
WindowAdapter as an inner class.

1. import java.awt.*;
2. import javax.swing.*;
3. import java.awt.event.*;
4. public class EventEx {

5. JFrame frame;

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 176

Web Design and Development (CS506)

6. JLabel coordinates;
7. // setting layout
8. public void initGUI ( ) {
9. frame = new JFrame();
10. Container cont = frame.getContentPane();
11. cont.setLayout(new BorderLayout( ));
12. coordinates = new JLabel ();
13. cont.add(coordinates, BorderLayout.NORTH);
/* Creating an object of the class which is handling our
window events and registering it with generator */
14. WindowHandler handler = new WindowHandler ();
15. frame.addWindowListener(handler);
16. frame.setSize(350, 350);
17. frame.setVisible(true);
18. } // end initGUI
//default constructor
19. public EventEx ( ) {
20. initGUI();
21. }
/* Inner class implementation of window adapter. Outer class
is free to inherit from any other class. */ 22. private class
WindowHandler extends WindowAdapter {
// Event Handler for WindowListener
23. public void windowClosing (WindowEvent we) {
24. JOptionPane.showMessageDialog(null, “Good Bye”);
25. System.exit(0);
26. }
27. } // end of WindowHandler class
28. public static void main(String args[]) {
29. EventEx e = new EventEx();
30. }
31. } // end class

Example Code 13.3: Handling Window and Mouse Events with

Inner Class

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 177

Web Design and Development (CS506)

Here we are modifying the window event code of the last example to handle window and
mouse events using inner classes. The diagram given below summarizes the approach.

1. import java.awt.*;
2. import javax.swing.*;
3. import java.awt.event.*;
4. public class EventEx {
5. JFrame frame;
6. JLabel coordinates;
7. // setting layout
8. public void initGUI ( )
{
9. frame = new JFrame();
10. Container cont = frame.getContentPane();
11. cont.setLayout(new BorderLayout( ) );
12. coordinates = new JLabel ();
13. cont.add(coordinates, BorderLayout.NORTH); /* Creating an
object of the class which is handling our window events and
registering it with generator */
14. WindowHandler whandler = new WindowHandler ();

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 178

Web Design and Development (CS506)

15. frame.addWindowListener(whandler);
/* Creating an object of the class which is handling our
MouseMotion events & registering it with generator */
16. MouseHandler mhandler = new MouseHandler ();
17. frame.addMouseMotionListener(mhandler);
18. frame.setSize(350, 350);
19. frame.setVisible(true);
20. }
//default constructor
21. public EventEx ( ) {
22. initGUI();
23. }
/* Inner class implementation of WindowAdapter. Outer class
is free to inherit from any other class. */
24. private class WindowHandler extends WindowAdapter {
// Event Handler for WindowListener
25. public void windowClosing (WindowEvent we) {
26. JOptionPane.showMessageDialog(null, “Good Bye”);
27. System.exit(0);
28. }
29. } // end of WindowHandler
//Inner class implementation of MouseMotionAdapter
30. private class MouseHandler extends MouseMotionAdapter {
// Event Handler for mouse motion events
31. public void mouseMoved (MouseEvent me) {
32. int x = me.getX();
33. int y = me.getY();
34. coordinates.setText(“Moved at [" + x + "," + y + "]” );
35. }
36. } // end of MouseHandler
37. public static void main(String args[]) {
38. EventEx e = new EventEx();
39. }
40. } // end class

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 179

Web Design and Development (CS506)

Example Code: Making Small Calculator using Inner classes

• User enters numbers in the provided fields
• On pressing “+” button, sum would be displayed in the answer field
• On pressing “*” button, product would be displayed in the answer field

1. import java.awt.*;
2. import javax.swing.*;
3. import java.awt.event.*;
4. public class SmallCalcApp{
5. JFrame frame;
6. JLabel firstOperand, secondOperand, answer;
7. JTextField op1, op2, ans;
8. JButton plus, mul;
9. // setting layout
10. public void initGUI ( ) {

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 180

Web Design and Development (CS506)

11. frame = new JFrame();

12. firstOperand = new JLabel("First Operand");
13. secondOperand = new JLabel("Second Operand");
14. answer = new JLabel("Answer");
15. op1 = new JTextField (15);
16. op2 = new JTextField (15);
17. ans = new JTextField (15);
18. plus = new JButton("+");
19. plus.setPreferredSize(new Dimension(70,25));
20. mul = new JButton("*");
21. mul.setPreferredSize(new Dimension(70,25));
22. Container cont = frame.getContentPane();
23. cont.setLayout(new FlowLayout());
24. cont.add(firstOperand);
25. cont.add(op1);
26. cont.add(secondOperand);
27. cont.add(op2);
28. cont.add(plus);
29. cont.add(mul);
30. cont.add(answer);
31. cont.add(ans);
/* Creating an object of the class which is handling button
events & registering it with generators */
32. ButtonHandler bHandler = new ButtonHandler();
33. plus.addActionListener(bHandler);
34. mul.addActionListener(bHandler);
35. frame.setDefaultCloseOperation(JFrame.EXIT_ON_CLOSE);
36. frame.setSize(200, 220);
37. frame.setVisible(true);
38. }
39. //constructor
40. public SmallCalcApp ( ) {
41. initGUI();
42. }
//Inner class implementation of ActionListener
43. private class ButtonHandler implements ActionListener{
44. public void actionPerformed(ActionEvent event) {
45. String oper, result;

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 181

Web Design and Development (CS506)

46. int num1, num2, res;

47. if (event.getSource() == plus) {
48. oper = op1.getText();
49. num1 = Integer.parseInt(oper);
50. oper = op2.getText();
51. num2 = Integer.parseInt (oper);
52. res = num1+num2;
53. result = res+"";
54. ans.setText(result);
55 }
56. else if (event.getSource() == mul) {
57. oper = op1.getText();
58. num1 = Integer.parseInt(oper);
59. oper = op2.getText();
60. num2 = Integer.parseInt (oper);
61. res = num1*num2;
62. result = res+"";
63. ans.setText(result);
64 }
65. } // end actionPerformed method
66. } // end inner class ButtonHandler
67. public static void main(String args[]) {
68. SmallCalcApp scApp = new SmallCalcApp();
69. }
70. }// end class

13.4 Anonymous Inner Classes

• has no name
• same as inner class in capabilities
• much shorter

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 182

Web Design and Development (CS506)

• Difficult to understand

13.5 Named vs. Anonymous Objects

13.5.1 Named
• String s = “hello”; System.out.println(s);
• “hello” has a named reference s.

13.5.2 Anonymous
• System.out.println(“hello”);
We generally use anonymous object when there is just a onetime use of a particular object but in
case of a repeated use we generally used named objects and use that named reference to use that
objects again and again.

Example Code 13.4 Handling Window Event with Anonymous Inner

Class
Here we are modifying the window event code of 13.3 to show the use of anonymous inner class.

28. import java.awt.*;

29. import javax.swing.*;
30. import java.awt.event.*;
31. public class EventsEx extends WindowAdapter {

32. JFrame frame;

33. JLabel coordinates;
// setting layout
34. public void initGUI ( ) {

// creating event generator

35. frame = new JFrame();
36. Container cont = frame.getContentPane();
37. cont.setLayout(new BorderLayout( ) );
38. coordinates = new JLabel ();

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 183

Web Design and Development (CS506)

39. cont.add(coordinates, BorderLayout.NORTH);

// registering event handler (anonymous inner class)
// with generator by using
40. frame.addWindowListener (
41. new WindowAdapter ( ) {
42. public void windowClosing (WindowEvent we) {
43. JOptionPane.showMessageDialog(null, “Good
Bye”);
44. System.exit(0);
45. } // end window closing
46. } // end WindowAdapter
47. ); // end of addWindowListener
48. frame.setSize(350, 350);
49. frame.setVisible(true); 50. } // end initGUI
method
//default constructor
51. public EventsEx ( ) {
52. initGUI();
53. }
54. public static void main(String args[]) {
55. EventsEx ex = new EventsEx();
56. }
57. } // end class

13.6 Summary of Approaches for Handling Events

• By implementing Interfaces
• By extending from Adapter classes

To implement the above two techniques we can use

• Same class

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 184

Web Design and Development (CS506)

o putting event handler & generator in one class

• Separate class o
Outer class
Putting event handlers & generator in two different classes
o Inner classes
o Anonymous Inner classes

13.7 References
Java A Lab Course by Umair Javed

Note: Coding exercises in working condition for this lecture are also available on “Downloads”
section of LMS.

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 185

Web Design and Development (CS506)

Lecture 14: Java Database Connectivity

14.1 Introduction
Java Database Connectivity (JDBC) provides a standard library for accessing databases. The
JDBC API contains number of interfaces and classes that are extensively helpful while
communicating with a database.

14.2 The java.sql package

The java.sql package contains basic & most of the interfaces and classes. You automatically get
this package when you download the J2SE™. You have to import this package whenever you
want to interact with a relational database.

14.3 Connecting With Microsoft Access

In this handout, we will learn how to connect & communicate with Microsoft Access Database.
We chooses Access because most of you are familiar with it and if not than it is very easy to
learn.
14.3.1 Create Database
In start create a database “PersonInfo” using Microsoft Access. Create one table named
“Person”. The schema of the table is shown in the picture.

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 186

Web Design and Development (CS506)

Add the following records into Person table as shown below:

Save the data base in some folder. (Your database will be saved as an .mdb file)

14.3.2 Setup System DSN

• After creating database, you have to setup a system Data Source Name (DSN). DSN is a
name through which your system recognizes the underlying data source.
• Select Start Settings Control Panel Administrative Tools Data Sources
(ODBC).
• The ODBC Data Source Administrator window would be opened as shown below: Select
System DSN tab. (If you are unable to use System DSN tab due to security restrictions on
your machine, you can use the User DSN tab)

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 187

Web Design and Development (CS506)

• Press Add… button and choose Microsoft Access Driver (*.mdb) from Create New Data
Source window and press Finish button as shown in diagram:

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 188

Web Design and Development (CS506)

• After that, ODBC Microsoft Access Setup window would be opened as shown in
following diagram:

• Enter the Data Source Name personDSN and select the database by pressing Select
button. The browsing window would be opened, select the desired folder that contains
the database (The database .mdb file you have created in the first step) Press Ok button.

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 189

 Web Design and Development (CS506)

14.4 Basic Steps in Using JDBC

There are eight (8) basic steps that must be followed in order to successfully
communicate with a database. Let’s take a detail overview of all these one by one.

14.4.1 Import Required Package

• Import the package java.sql.* that contains useful classes and interfaces to access &
work with database.

import java.sql.*;

14.4.2 Load Driver

• Need to load suitable driver for underlying database.
• Different drivers & types for different databases are available.
• For MS Access, load following driver available with j2se.
• Class.forName(“sun.jdbc.odbc.JdbcOdbcDriver”);
• For Oracle, load the following driver. You have to download it explicitly.
• Class.forName(“oracle.jdbc.driver.OracleDriver”);

14.4.3 Define Connection URL

• To get a connection, we need to specify the URL of a database (Actually we need to

specify the address of the database which is in the form of URL)
• As we are using Microsoft Access database and we have loaded a JDBC-ODBC driver.
Using JDBC-ODBC driver requires a DSN which we have created earlier
and named it personDSN. So the URL of the database will be
String conURL = “jdbc:odbc:personDSN”;

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 190

Web Design and Development (CS506)

14.4.4 Establish Connection With DataBase

• Use DriverManager to get the connection object.
• The URL of the database is passed to the getConnection method.
• Connection con = DriverManager.getConnection(conURL);
• If DataBase requires username & password, you can use the overloaded version of
getConnection method as shown below:

String usr = “umair”;

String pwd = “vu”;
Connection con = null;
con = DriverManager.getConnection(conURL, usr, pwd);
14.4.5 Create Statement
• A Statement object is obtained from a Connection object.
Statement stmt = con.createStatement( );
• Once you have a statement, you can use it for various kinds of SQL queries.

14.4.6 Execute a Query

• The next step is to pass the SQL statements & to execute them.
• Two methods are generally used for executing SQL queries. These are:
o executeQuery(sql) method
Used for SQL SELECT queries.
Returns the ResultSET object that contains the results of the query and can
be used to access the query results.
String sql = “SELECT * from sometable”;
ResultSet rs = stmt.executeQuery(sql); o
executeUpdate(sql) method
This method is used for executing an update statement like INSERT,
UPDATE or DELETE
Returns an Integer value representing the number of rows updated
String sql = “INSERT INTO tablename ” +
“(columnNames) Values (values)” ;
int count = stmt.executeUpdate(sql);

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 191

Web Design and Development (CS506)

14.4.7 Process Results of the Query

• The ResultSet provides various getXXX methods that takes a column index or name and
returns the data
• The ResultSet maintains the data in the form tables (rows & columns)
• First row has index 1, not 0.
• The next method of ResultSet returns true or false depending upon whether the next row
is available (exist) or not and moves the cursor • Always remember to call next()
method at-least once
• To retrieve the data of the column of the current row you need to use the various getters
provided by the ResultSet.
• For example, the following code snippet will iterate over the whole
ResultSet and illustrates the usage of getters methods
while ( rs.next() ){
String name = rs.getString(“columnName”); //by using column name
String name = rs.getString(1); // or by using column index }
14.4.8 Close the Connection
• An opening connection is expensive, postpone this step if additional database operations are
expected
con.close();

Example Code 14.1: Retrieving Data from ResultSet

The JdbcEx.java demonstrates the usage of all above explained steps. In this code example,
we connect with the PersonInfo database, the one we have created earlier, and then execute the
simple SQL SELECT query on Person table, and then process the query results.

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 192

 Web Design and Development (CS506)

// File JdbcEx.java
//Step 1: Import package
import java.sql.*;
public class JdbcEx {
public static void main (String args[ ]) {
try {
//Step 2: load driver
Class.forName(“sun.jdbc.odbc.JdbcOdbcDriver”);
//Step 3: define the connection URL
String url = “jdbc:odbc:personDSN”;
//Step 4: establish the connection
Connection con = DriverManager.getConnection(url);
//Step 5: create Statement
Statement st = con.createStatement();
//Step 6: preapare & execute the query
String sql = “SELECT * FROM Person”;
ResultSet rs = st.executeQuery(sql);
//Step 7: process the results
while(rs.next()){
// The row name is “name” in database “PersonInfo,
// hence specified in the getString() method.
String name = rs.getString(“name”);
String add = rs.getString(“address”);
String pNum = rs.getString(“phoneNum”);
System.out.println(name + “ ” + add + ” ” + pNum);
}
//Step 8: close the connection
con.close();
}catch(Exception sqlEx){
System.out.println(sqlEx);
}
} // end main
} // end class
The important thing you must notice that we have put all code inside try block and then handle
(in the above example, only printing the name of the exception raised) exception inside catch
block.

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 193

Web Design and Development (CS506)

Why? Because we are dealing with an external resource (database). If you can recall all IO
related operations involving external resources in java throw exceptions. These exceptions are
checked exceptions and we must need to handle these exceptions.
Compile & Execute
Since the Person table contains only three records, so the following output would be produced
on executing the above program.

14.5 References:
• Java - A Lab Course by Umair Javed
• Java tutorial by Sun: http://java.sun.com/docs/books/turorial
• Beginning Java2 by Ivor Hortan

Note: Coding exercises in working condition for this lecture are also available on “Downloads”
section of LMS.

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 194

Web Design and Development (CS506)

Lecture 15: More On JDBC

In the previous handout, we have discussed how to execute SQL statements. In this handout,
we’ll learn how to execute DML (insert, update, delete) statements as well some useful methods
provided by the JDBC API.

Before jumping on to example, let’s take a brief overview of executeUpdate() method

that is used for executing DML statements.
15.1 Useful Statement Methods:

15.1.1 executeUpdate( )
• Used to execute for INSERT, UPDATE, or DELETE SQL statements.
• This method returns the number of rows that were affected in the database.
• Also supports DDL (Data Definition Language) statements CREATE TABLE, DROP
TABLE, and ALERT TABLE etc.
• For example,
int num = stmt.executeUpdate(“DELETE from Person WHERE id
= 2” );

Example Code 15.1 : Executing SQL DML Statements

This program will take two command line arguments that are used to update records in the
database. executeUpdate( ) method will be used to achieve the purpose stated above.

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 195

Web Design and Development (CS506)

// File JdbcDmlEx.java
//step 1: import package import
java.sql.*; public class
JdbcDmlEx {
public static void main (String args[ ]) {
try {
//Step 2: load driver
Class.forName(“sun.jdbc.odbc.JdbcOdbcDriver”);

//Step 3: define the connection URL

String url = “jdbc:odbc:personDSN”;
//Step 4: establish the connection
Connection con = DriverManager.getConnection(url);
//Step 5: create Statement
Statement st = con.createStatement();
// assigning first command line argument value
String addVar = args[0];
// assigning second command line argument value

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 196

Web Design and Development (CS506)

String nameVar = args[1];

// preparing query - nameVar & addVar strings are embedded
// into query within ‘” + string + “’
String sql = “UPDATE Person SET address = ‘”+addVar+”’” +“ WHERE
name = ‘”+nameVar+”’ ”; // executing query
int num = st.executeUpdate(sql);
// Step 7: process the results of the query
// printing number of records affected
System.out.println(num + “ records updated”);
//Step 8: close the connection
con.close();
}catch(Exception sqlEx){
System.out.println(sqlEx);
}
} // end main
} // end class

Compile & Execute

The Person table is shown in the following diagram before execution of the program. We want to
update first row i.e. address of the person ali.

The next diagram shows how we have executed our program. We passed it two
arguments. The first one is the address (defence) and later one is the name (ali)
of the person against whom we want to update the address value.

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 197

Web Design and Development (CS506)

The Person table is shown in the following diagram after the execution of the program.
Notice that address of the ali is now changed to defence.

Note

When we execute DML statements (insert, update, delete) we have to commit it in the database
explicitly to make the changes permanent or otherwise we can rollback the previously executed
statements.

But in the above code, you have never seen such a statement. This is due to the fact that java will
implicitly commit the changes. However, we can change this java behavior to manual commit.
We will cover these in some later handout.

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 198

Web Design and Development (CS506)

15.1.2 getMaxRows / setMaxRows(int)

• Used for determines the number of rows a ResultSet may contain
• By default, the number of rows are unlimited (return value is 0), or by using
setMaxRows(int), the number of rows can be specified.

15.1.3 getQueryTimeOut / setQueryTimeOut (int)

• Retrieves the number of seconds the driver will wait for a Statement object to execute.
• The current query time out limit in seconds, zero means there is no limit
• If the limit is exceeded, a SQLException is thrown

15.2 Different Types of Statements

• As we have discussed in the previous handout that through Statement objects,
SQL queries are sent to the databases.
• Three types of Statement objects are available. These are:

15.2.1 Statement
• The Statement objects are used for executing simple SQL statements.
• We have already seen its usage in the code examples.

15.2.2 PreparedStatement
• The PreparedStatement are used for executing precompiled SQL statements and passing
in different parameters to it.
• We will talk about it in detail shortly.

15.2.3 CallableStatement
• These are used for executing stored procedures.
• We are not covering this topic; See the Java tutorial on it if you are interested in learning
it.

15.2.4 Prepared Statements

• What if we want to execute same query multiple times by only changing parameters.

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 199

Web Design and Development (CS506)

• PreparedStatement object differs from Statement object as that it is used to create

a statement in standard form that is sent to database for compilation, before actually
being used.
• Each time you use it, you simply replace some of the marked parameters (?) using some
setter methods.
• We can create PreparedStatement object by using prepareStatement
method of the connection class. The SQL query is passed to this method as an argument
as shown below.
PreparedStatement pStmt = con.prepareStatement (
“UPDATE tableName SET columnName =
? ” + “WHERE columnName = ? ” );

• Notices that we used marked parameters (?) in query. We will replace them later on by
using various setter methods.
• If we want to replace first ? with String value, we use setString method and to
replace second ? with int value, we use setInt method. This is shown in the
following code snippet:
pStmt.setString (1 , stringValue);
pStmt.setInt (2 , intValue)

Note: The first market parameter has index 1.

• Next, we can call executeUpdate (for INSERT, UPDATE or DELETE queries) or

executeQuery (for simple SELECT query) method.
pStmt.executeUpdate();

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 200

Web Design and Development (CS506)

Modify Example Code: Executing SQL DML using Prepared

Statements
This example code is modification to the last example code (JdbcDmlEx.java).The modifications
are highlighted as bold face.

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 201

Web Design and Development (CS506)

// File JdbcDmlEx.java
//step 1: import package
import java.sql.*;
public class JdbcDmlEx {
public static void main (String args[ ]) {
try {

//Step 2: load driver

Class.forName(“sun.jdbc.odbc.JdbcOdbcDriver”);

//Step 3: define the connection URL

String url = “jdbc:odbc:personDSN”;

//Step 4: establish the connection

Connection con = DriverManager.getConnection(url, ””, ””);
// make query and place ? where values are to
//be inserted later
String sql = “UPDATE Person SET address = ? “ + “
WHERE name = ? ”;
// creating statement using Connection object and passing
// sql statement as parameter
PreparedStatement pStmt = con.prepareStatement(sql);
// assigning first command line argument value
String addVar = args[0];
// assigning second command line argument value
String nameVar = args[1];

// setting first marked parameter (?) by using setString()

// method to address.
pStmt.setString(1 , addVar);

// setting second marked parameter(?) by using setString()

// method to name

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 202

Web Design and Development (CS506)

pStmt.setString(2 , nameVar);

// suppose address is “defence” & name is “ali”

// by setting both marked parameters, the query will look
// like:
// sql = “UPDATE Person SET address = “defence”
// WHERE name = “ali” ”
// executing update statemnt
int num = pStmt.executeUpdate();

// Step 7: process the results of the query

// printing number of records affected
System.out.println(num + “ records updated”);

//Step 8: close the connection

con.close();
}catch(Exception sqlEx){
System.out.println(sqlEx);
}
} // end main
} // end class

Compile & Execute

Execute this code in a similar way as we showed you in execution of the last program. Don’t
forget to pass the address & name values as the command line arguments.

15.3 References:
• Entire material for this handout is taken from the book JAVA A Lab Course by Umair
Javed. This material is available just for the use of VU students of the course Web
Design and Development and not for any other commercial purpose without the consent
of author.

Note: Coding exercises in working condition for this lecture are also available on “Downloads”
section of LMS.

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 203

Web Design and Development (CS506)

Lecture 16: Result Set

This handout will familiarize you with another technique of inserting, updating & deleting rows.
Before moving on, first we look at ResultSet.

16.1 ResultSet
• A ResultSet contains the results of the SQL query

o Represented by a table with rows and columns

o Maintains a cursor pointing to its current row of data.
o Initially the cursor positioned before the row (0).
o First row has index 1

16.1.1 Default ResultSet

• A default ResultSet object is not updatable and has a cursor that moves forward only.
• You can iterate over through it only once and only from the first row to last row.
• Until now, we have worked & used it in various examples.

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 204

Web Design and Development (CS506)

• For a quick overview, here how we create a default

ResultSet object.
String sql = “SELECT * FROM Person”;
PreparedStatement pStmt = con.prepareStatement(sql);
ResultSet rs = pStmt.executeQuery( );

16.1.2 Useful ResultSet’s Methods

Following methods are used often to work with default ResultSet object. We already seen and
used some of them in code examples.
16.1.2.1 next( )

• Attempts to move to the next row in the ResultSet, if available

• The next() method returns true or false depending upon whether the next row is
available (exist) or not.
• Before retrieving any data from ResultSet, always remember to call next()at least once
because initially cursor is positioned before first row.

16.1.2.2 getters

• To retrieve the data of the column of the current row you need to use the various getters
provided by the ResultSet
• These getters return the value from the column by specifying column name or column
index.
• For example, if the column name is “Name” and this column has index 3 in the ResultSet
object, then we can retrieve the values by using one of the following methods:
• String name = rs.getString(“Name”);
• String name = rs.getString(3);
• These getter methods are also available for other types like getInt( ), getDouble( )
etc. Consult the Java API documentation for more references.
Note: Remember that first column has an index 1, NOT zero (0).

16.1.2.3 close( )

• Used to release the JDBC and database resources

• The ResultSet is implicitly closed when the associated Statement object executes a new
query or closed by method call.

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 205

Web Design and Development (CS506)

16.1.2.4 Updatable and/or Scrollable ResultSet

• It is possible to produce ResultSet objects that are scrollable and/or updatable (since JDK
1.2)
• With the help of such ResultSet, it is possible to move forward as well as backward with
in ResultSet object.
• Another advantage is, rows can be inserted, updated or deleted by using updatable
ResultSet object.

16.1.2.5 Creating Updatable & Scrollable ResultSet

The following code fragment, illustrates how to make a ResultSet object that is scrollable and
updatable.

String sql = “SELECT * FROM Person”;

PreparedStatement pStmt = con.prepareStatement(sql,

ResultSet.TYPE_SCROLL_INSENSITIVE,
ResultSet.CONCUR_UPDATABLE);

ResultSet rs = pStmt.executeQuery( );

Two constants have been used of ResultSet class for producing a ResultSet rs that is
scrollable, will not show changes made by others and will be updatable
16.1.2.6 previous( )

• Moves the cursor to the previous row in the ResultSet object, if available
• Returns true if cursor is on a valid row, false it is off the result set.
• Throws exception if result type is TYPE_FORWARD_ONLY.

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 206

Web Design and Development (CS506)

Example Code 16.1: Use of previous ( ), next( ) & various getters

methods
The ResultSetEx.java shows the use of previous, next and getters methods. We are using
the same Person table of PersonInfo database, the one we had created earlier in this example
and later on.

1. // File ResultSetEx.java
2. import java.sql.*;
3. public class ResultSetEx {
4. public static void main (String args[ ]) {
5. try {
6. //Step 2: load driver
7. Class.forName(“sun.jdbc.odbc.JdbcOdbcDriver”);

8. //Step 3: define the connection URL 9. String url =

“jdbc:odbc:personDSN”;

10. //Step 4: establish the connection

11. Connection con = DriverManager.getConnection(url);

12.//Step 5: creating PrepareStatement by passing sql and

13.//ResultSet’s constants so that the ResultSet that will
14.//produce as a result of executing query will be
15.//scrollable & updatable
16.String sql = “SELECT * FROM Person”;
17.PreparedStatement pStmt = con.prepareStatement(sql,
ResultSet.TYPE_SCROLL_INSENSITIVE,
ResultSet.CONCUR_UPDATABLE);
20 //Step 6: execute the query
21 ResultSet rs = pStmt.executeQuery();
22 // moving cursor forward i.e. first row
23 rs.next( );

24 // printing column “name” value of current row (first)

25 System.out.println(“moving cursor forward”);
26 String name = rs.getString(“Name”);
27 System.out.println(name);

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 207

Web Design and Development (CS506)

28 // moving cursor forward i.e. on to second row

29 rs.next( );

30 // moving cursor backward i.e to first row

31 rs.previous( );
32.// printing column “name” value of current row (first)
33.System.out.println(“moving cursor forward”);
34.name = rs.getString(“Name”);
35.System.out.println(name);
36.//Step 8: close the connection
37.con.close();
38.}catch(Exception sqlEx){
39.System.out.println(sqlEx);
40.}
41.} // end main
42.} // end class

Compile & Execute:

The sample output is given below:

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 208

Web Design and Development (CS506)

16.1.2.7 absolute(int)

• Moves the cursor to the given row number in the ResultSet object.
• If given row number is positive, moves the cursor forward with respect to beginning of
the result set.
• If the given row number is negative, the cursor moves to the absolute row position with
respect to the end of the result set.
• For example, calling absolute(-1) positions the cursor on the last row; calling absolute(-2)
moves the cursor to next-to-last row, and so on.
• Throws Exception if ResultSet type is TYPE_FORWARD_ONLY

16.1.2.8 updaters (for primitives, String and Object)

• Used to update the column values in the current row or in insert row (discuss later) •
Do not update the underlying database
• Each update method is overloaded; one that takes column name while other takes
column index. For example String updater are available as:

updateString(String columnName, String value)

updateString(String columnIndex, String value)
16.1.2.9 updateRow( )

• Updates the underlying database with new contents of the current row of this ResultSet
object

Example Code 16.2: Updating values in existing rows

The following code example updates the Name column in the second row of the ResultSet
object rs and then uses the method updateRow to update the Person table in database.

This code is the modification of the last one. Changes made are shown in bold face.

1. // File ResultSetEx.java
2. import java.sql.*;
3. public class ResultSetEx {
4. public static void main (String args[ ]) {
5. try {
6. //Step 2: load driver
7. Class.forName(“sun.jdbc.odbc.JdbcOdbcDriver”);

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 209

Web Design and Development (CS506)

8. //Step 3: define the connection URL

9. String url = “jdbc:odbc:personDSN”;
10.//Step 4: establish the connection
11.Connection con = DriverManager.getConnection(url);
12.//Step 5: create PrepareStatement by passing sql and
13.// ResultSet appropriate fields
14.String sql = “SELECT * FROM Person”;
15.PreparedStatement pStmt = con.prepareStatement(sql,
16.ResultSet.TYPE_SCROLL_INSENSITIVE,
17.ResultSet.CONCUR_UPDATABLE);
18.//Step 6: execute the query
19.ResultSet rs = pStmt.executeQuery();
20.// moving cursor to second row
21.rs.absolute(2);
22.// update address column of 2nd row in rs
23.rs.updateString(“Address”, “model town”);
24.// update the row in database
25.rs.updateRow( );
26.//Step 8: close the connection
27.con.close();
28.}catch(Exception sqlEx){
29.System.out.println(sqlEx);
30.}
31.} // end main
32.} // end class

Compile & Execute

Given below are two states of Person table. Notice that address of 2nd row is updated.

Person table: Before execution

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 210

Web Design and Development (CS506)

Person table: After execution

16.1.2.10 moveToInsertRow(int)

• An updatable resultset object has a special row associate with it i.e. insert row • Insert
row - a buffer, where a new row may be constructed by calling updater methods.
• Doesn’t insert the row into a result set or into a database.
• For example, initially cursor is positioned on the first row as shown in the diagram:

• By calling moveToInsertRow( ), the cursor is moved to insert row as shown below:

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 211

Web Design and Development (CS506)

• Now, by calling various updaters, we can insert values into the columns of insert row as
shown below.

16.1.2.11 insertRow( )

• Inserts the contents of the current row into this ResultSet object and into the database too.
• Moves the cursor back to the position where it was before calling
moveToInsertRow()
• This is shown in the given below diagram

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 212

Web Design and Development (CS506)

Note: The cursor must be on the insert row before calling this method or exception would be
raised.

Example Code 16. 3: Inserting new row

The following code example illustrates how to add/insert new row into the ResultSet as
well into the database.

This code is the modification of the last one. Changes made are shown in bold face.

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 213

Web Design and Development (CS506)

1. // File ResultSetEx.java
2. import java.sql.*;
3. public class ResultSetEx {
4. public static void main (String args[ ]) {
5. try {
6. //Step 2: load driver
7. Class.forName(“sun.jdbc.odbc.JdbcOdbcDriver”);

8. //Step 3: define the connection URL 9. String url =

“jdbc:odbc:personDSN”;

10.//Step 4: establish the connection

11.Connection con = DriverManager.getConnection(url);

12.//Step 5: create PrepareStatement by passing sql and

13.// ResultSet appropriate fields
14.String sql = “SELECT * FROM Person”;
15.PreparedStatement pStmt = con.prepareStatement(sql,
ResultSet.TYPE_SCROLL_INSENSITIVE,
ResultSet.CONCUR_UPDATABLE);
18.//Step 6: execute the query

19.ResultSet rs = pStmt.executeQuery();
20.// moving cursor to insert row
21.rs.moveToInsertRow();
22.// updating values in insert row
23.rs.updateString( “Name” , “imitiaz” );
24.rs.updateString( “Address” , “cantt” );
25.rs.updateString( “phoneNum” , “9201211” );
26.// inserting row in resultset & into database
27.rs.insertRow( );
28.//Step 8: close the connection

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 214

Web Design and Development (CS506)

29.con.close();
30.}catch(Exception sqlEx){
31.System.out.println(sqlEx);
32.}
33.} // end main
34.} // end class

Compile & Execute

Given below are two states of Person table. Note that after executing program, a newly added
row is present.

Person table: Before execution

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 215

Web Design and Development (CS506)

16.1.2.12 last( ) & first( )

• Moves the cursor to the last & first row of the ResultSet object respectively.
• Throws exception if the ResultSet is TYPE_FORWARD_ONLY

16.1.2.13 getRow( )

• Returns the current row number

• As mentioned earlier, the first row has index 1 and so on.

16.1.2.14 deleteRow( )

• Deletes the current row from this ResultSet object and from the underlying database.
• Throws exception if the cursor is on the insert row.

Example Code 16. 4: Deleting existing row

The given below example code shows the usage of last( ), getRow( )and deleteRow(
) method.

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 216

Web Design and Development (CS506)

This code is also the modification of the last one. Changes made are shown in bold face.

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 217

Web Design and Development (CS506)

1. // File ResultSetEx.java
2. import java.sql.*;
3. public class ResultSetEx {
4. public static void main (String args[ ]) {
5. try {

6. //Step 2: load driver

7. Class.forName(“sun.jdbc.odbc.JdbcOdbcDriver”);

8. //Step 3: define the connection URL 9. String url =

“jdbc:odbc:personDSN”;

10. //Step 4: establish the connection

11. Connection con = DriverManager.getConnection(url);
12. //Step 5: create PrepareStatement by passing sql and
13. // ResultSet appropriate fields
14. String sql = “SELECT * FROM Person”;

15. PreparedStatement pStmt = con.prepareStatement(sql,

16. ResultSet.TYPE_SCROLL_INSENSITIVE,
17. ResultSet.CONCUR_UPDATABLE);

18. //Step 6: execute the query

19. ResultSet rs = pStmt.executeQuery();

20. // moves to last row of the resultset

21. rs.last();

22. // retrieving the current row number

23. int rNo = rs.getRow();

24. System.out.println(“current row number” + rNo);

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 218

Web Design and Development (CS506)

25. // delete current row from rs & db i.e. 4 because

26. // previously we have called last() method
27. rs.deleteRow( );
28. //Step 8: close the connection

29. con.close();
30. }catch(Exception sqlEx){
31. System.out.println(sqlEx);
32. }

33. } // end main

34. } // end class

Compile & Execute

The first diagram shows the Person table before execution.

Person table: Before execution

Execution program from command prompt will result in displaying current row number on
console. This can be confirmed from following diagram.

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 219

Web Design and Development (CS506)

Executing Program from Command Prompt

After execution, the last row (4) is deleted from ResultSet as well as from database.
The Person table is shown after execution

Person table: After execution

16.2 References:
• Entire material for this handout is taken from the book JAVA A Lab Course by Umair

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 220

Web Design and Development (CS506)

Javed. This material is available just for the use of VU students of the course Web
Design and Development and not for any other commercial purpose without the consent
of author.

Note: Coding exercises in working condition for this lecture are also available on “Downloads”
section of LMS.

Lecture 17: Meta Data

In simple terms, Meta Data is data (information) about data. The actual data has no meaning
without existence of Meta data. To clarify this, let’s look at an example. Given below are listed
some numeric values

1000

2000
4000
What this information about? We cannot state accurately. These values might be representing
some one’s salaries, price, tax payable & utility bill etc. But if we specify Meta data about this
data like shown below:

Salary
1000
2000
4000

Now, just casting a glance on these values, you can conclude that it’s all about some ones
salaries.

17.1 ResultSet Meta data

ResultSet Meta Data will help you in answering such questions

• How many columns are in the ResultSet?

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 221

Web Design and Development (CS506)

• What is the name of given column?

• Are the column name case sensitive?
• What is the data type of a specific column?
• What is the maximum character size of a column?
• Can you search on a given column?

17.1.1 Creating ResultSetMetaData object

From a ResultSet (the return type of executeQuery()), derive a

ResultSetMetaData object by calling getMetaData() method as shown in the given
code snippet (here rs is a valid ResultSet object):

ResultSetMetaData rsmd = rs.getMetaData();

Now, rsmd can be used to look up number, names & types of columns.
17.1.2 Useful ResultSetMetaData methods

17.1.2.1 getColumnCount ( )

• Returns the number of columns in the result set

17.1.2.2 getColumnDisplaySize (int)

• Returns the maximum width of the specified column in characters

17.1.2.3 getColumnName(int) / getColumnLabel (int)

• The getColumnName() method returns the database name of the column

• The getColumnLabel() method returns the suggested column label for printouts

17.1.2.4 getColumnType (int)

• Returns the SQL type for the column to compare against types in java.sql.Types

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 222

Web Design and Development (CS506)

Example Code 17.1: Using ResultSetMetaData

The MetaDataEx.java will print the column names by using ResultSetMetaData
object and column values on console. This is an excellent example of the scenario where we have
no idea about the column names in advance.

Note: For this example code and for the coming ones, we are using the same database
(PersonInfo) the one we created earlier and repeatedly used. Changes are shown in bold face

44. // File MetaDataEx.java

45. import java.sql.*;
46. public class MetaDataEx {
47. public static void main (String
args[ ]) {
48. try {
49. //Step 2: load driver
50. Class.forName(“sun.jdbc.odbc.JdbcO
dbcDriver”);
51. //Step 3: define the connection
URL
52. String url =
“jdbc:odbc:personDSN”;
53. //Step 4: establish the connection
54. Connection con = null;
55. con =
DriverManager.getConnection(url,
“”, “”);
56. //Step 5: create PrepareStatement
by passing sql and
57. // ResultSet appropriate fields
58.
59. String sql = “SELECT * FROM
Person”;
60.
61. PreparedStatement pStmt =
con.prepareStatement(sql,

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 223

Web Design and Development (CS506)

62. ResultSet.TYPE_SCROLL_INSENSITIVE,
63. ResultSet.CONCUR_UPDATABLE);
64.
65. //Step 6: execute the query
66. ResultSet rs =
pStmt.executeQuery();
67.
68. // get ResultSetMetaData object
from rs
69. ResultSetMetaData rsmd =
rs.getMetaData( );
70.
71. // printing no. of column
contained by rs
72. int numColumns =
rsmd.getColumnCount();
73. System.out.println(“Number of
Columns:” + numColumns);
74.
75. // printing all column names by
using for loop
76. String cName;
77. for(int i=1; i<= numColumns; i++)
{
78. cName = rsmd.getColumnName(i);
79. System.out.println(cName);
80. System.out.println(“\t”);
81. }
82.
83. // changing line or printing an
empty string
84. System.out.println(“ ”);
85.

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 224

Web Design and Development (CS506)

86. // printing all values of

ResultSet by iterating over it
87. String id, name, add, ph;
88. while( rs.next() )
89. {
90. id = rs.getString(1);
91. name = rs.getString(2);
92. add = rs.getString(3);
93. ph = rs.getString(4);
94. System.out.println(id);
95. System.out.println(“\t”);
96. System.out.println(name);
97. System.out.println(“\t”);
98. System.out.println(add);
99. System.out.println(“\t”);
100. System.out.println(ph);
101. System.out.println(“ ”);
102. }
103. //Step 8: close the connection
104. con.close();
105. }catch(Exception sqlEx){
106. System.out.println(sqlEx); }
107. } // end main
100.} // end class

Compile & Execute:

The database contains the following values at the time of execution of this program. The
database and the output are shown below:

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 225

Web Design and Development (CS506)

17.2 DatabaseMetaData
Database Meta Data will help you in answering such questions

• What SQL types are supported by DBMS to create table?

• What is the name of a database product?
• What is the version number of this database product?
• What is the name of the JDBC driver that is used?
• Is the database in a read-only mode?

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 226

Web Design and Development (CS506)

17.2.1 Creating DatabaseMetaData object

From a Connection object, a DataBaseMetaData object can be derived. The following code
snippet demonstrates how to get DataBaseMetaData object.

Connection con= DriverManager.getConnection(url, usr, pwd);

DatabaseMetaData dbMetaData = con.getMeataData();
Now, you can use the dbMetaData to gain information about the database.

17.2.2 Useful ResultSetMetaData methods

17.2.2.1 getDatabaseProductName( )

• Returns the name of the database’s product name

17.2.2.2 getDatabaseProductVersion( )

• Returns the version number of this database product

17.2.2.3 getDriverName( )

• Returns the name of the JDBC driver used to established the connection
17.2.2.4 isReadOnly( )

• Retrieves whether this database is in read-only mode

• Returns true if so, false otherwise

Example Code 17.2: using DatabaseMetaData

This code is modification of the example code 17.1. Changes made are shown in bold face.

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 227

Web Design and Development (CS506)

102. // File MetaDataEx.java

103. import java.sql.*;
104. public class MetaDataEx {
105. public static void main (String args[ ]) {
106. try {
107. //Step 2: load driver
108. Class.forName(“sun.jdbc.odbc.JdbcOdbcDriver”);
109. //Step 3: define the connection URL 110. String url =
“jdbc:odbc:personDSN”;
111. //Step 4: establish the connection
112. Connection con = null;
113. con = DriverManager.getConnection(url, “”, “”);
114. // getting DatabaseMetaDat object
115.
116. DatabaseMetaData dbMetaData = con.getMetaData();
117.
118. // printing database product name
119. String pName = dbMetaData.getDatabaseProductName();
120. System.out.println(“DataBase: ” + pName);
121.
122. // printing database product version
123. String pVer = dbMetaData.getDatabaseProductVersion();
124. System.out.println(“Version: ” + pVer);
125.
126. // printing driver name used to establish connection &
127. // to retrieve data
128. String dName = dbMetaData.getDriverName();
125. System.out.println(“Driver: ” + dName);
126.
127. // printing whether database is read-only or not
128. boolean rOnly = dbMetaData.isReadOnly();
129. System.out.println(“Read-Only: ” + rOnly);

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 228

Web Design and Development (CS506)

130.
131. // you can create & execute statements and can
132. // process results over here if needed
133. //Step 8: close the connection
134. con.close();
135. }catch(Exception sqlEx){
136. System.out.println(sqlEx);
137. }
138. } // end main
137.} // end class

Compile & Execute

On executing the above program, the following output will produce:

17.3 JDBC Driver Types

• JDBC Driver Types are divided into four types or levels.
• Each type defines a JDBC driver implementation with increasingly higher level of
platform independence, performance, deployment and administration.
• The four types are:
o Type - 1: JDBC - ODBC Bridge

o Type 2: Native - API/partly Java driver

o Type 3: Net - protocol/all-Java driver

o Type 4: Native - protocol/all-Java driver

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 229

Web Design and Development (CS506)

Now, let’s look at each type in more detail

17.3.1 Type - 1: JDBC - ODBC Bridge

• Translates all JDBC calls into ODBC (Open Database Connectivity) calls and send them
to the ODBC Driver
• Generally used for Microsoft database.
• Performance is degraded

17.3.2 Type - 2: Native - API/partly Java driver

• Converts JDBC calls into database-specific calls such as SQL Server, Informix,
Oracle or Sybase.
• Partly-Java drivers communicate with database-specific API (which may be in
C/C++) using the Java Native Interface.
• Significantly better Performance than the JDBC-ODBC bridge.

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 230

Web Design and Development (CS506)

17.3.3 Type - 3: Net - protocol/all-Java driver4

• Follows a three-tiered approach whereby the JDBC database requests () are passed
through the network to the middle-tier server
• Pure Java client to server drivers which send requests that are not database- specific to a
server that translates them into a database-specific protocol.
• If the middle-tier server is written in java, it can use a type 1or type 2JDBC driver to do
this

17.3.4 Type - 4: Native - protocol / all - java driver

• Converts JDBC calls into the vendor-specific DBMS protocol so that client application
can communicate directly with the database server
• Completely implemented in Java to achieve platform independence and eliminate
deployment issues.
• Performance is typically very good

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 231

Web Design and Development (CS506)

17.4 Online Resources

• Sun’s JDBC Site
http://java.sun.com/products/jdbc/
• JDBC Tutorial http://java.sun.com/docs/books/tutorial/jdbc/
• List of available JDBC Drivers http://industry.java.sun.com/products/jdbc/drivers/
• RowSet Tutorial http://java.sun.com/developer/Books/JDBCTutorial/chapter5.html
• JDBC RowSets Implementation Tutorial

http://java.sun.com/developer/onlineTraining/ Database/jdbcrowsets.pdf

17.5 References:
• Java API documentation 5.0
• Java - A Lab Course by Umair Javed
• JDBC drivers in the wild
• http://www.javaworld.com/javaworld/jw-07-2000/jw-0707-jdbc_p.html

Note: Coding exercises in working condition for this lecture are also available on “Downloads”
section of LMS.

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 232

Web Design and Development (CS506)

Lecture 18: Java Graphics

18.1 Painting
Window is like a painter’s canvas. All window paints on the same surface. More importantly,
windows don’t remember what is under them. There is a need to repaint when portions are newly
exposed.

Java components are also able to paint themselves. Most of time, painting is done automatically.
However sometimes you need to do drawing by yourself.

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 233

Web Design and Development (CS506)

18.1.1
How painting works?

Let’s take windows example. Consider the following diagram in which the blue area is
representing the desktop. The one frame (myApp) is opened in front of desktop with some
custom painting as shown below.

myApp consist of a JPanel. The JPanel contains a JButton. Two rectangles, a circle & a lines are
also drawn on the JPanel.

After opening notepad and windows explorer window, diagram will look like this:

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 234

Web Design and Development (CS506)

Lets shuts off the windows explorer, the repaint event is sent to desktop first and then to myApp.
The figure shown below describes the situation after desktop repaint event get executed. Here
you can clearly see that only desktop repaints itself and window explorer remaining part is still
opened in front of myApp.

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 235

Web Design and Development (CS506)

The following figure shows the situation when myApp’s JPanel calls its repaint method. Notice
that some portion of window explorer is still remains in front of JButton because yet not repaint
event is sent to it.

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 236

Web Design and Development (CS506)

Next, JPanel forwards repaint event to JButton that causes the button to be displayed in its
original form.

This is all done automatically and we cannot feel this process cause of stunning speed of modern
computers that performs all these steps in flash of eye.

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 237

Web Design and Development (CS506)

18.1.2 Painting a Swing Component

Three methods are at the heart of painting a swing component like JPanel etc. For instance,
paint() gets called when it's time to render -- then Swing further factors the paint() call into
three separate methods, which are invoked in the following order:
protected void paintComponent(Graphics g)
protected void paintBorder(Graphics g)
protected void paintChildren(Graphics g)

Let’s look at these methods in order in which they get executed

18.1.2.1 paintComponent( )

• It is a main method for painting

• By default, it first paints the background
• After that, it performs custom painting (drawing circle, rectangles etc.)

18.1.2.2 paintBorder( )

• Tells the components border (if any) to paint.

• It is suggested that you do not override or invoke this method

18.1.2.3 paintChildren( )

• Tells any components contained by this component to paint themselves

• It is suggested that you do not override or invoke this method too.

Example: Understanding methods calls

Consider the following figure

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 238

Web Design and Development (CS506)

The figure above illustrates the order in which each component that inherits from
JComponent paint itself.

Figure 1 to 2 -painting the background and performing custom painting is performed by the
paintComponent method

In Figure 3 - paintBorder is get called

And finally
in figure 4 - paintChildern is called that causes the JButton to render itself.

Note: The important thing to note here is for JButton (since it is a JComponent), all these
methods are also called in the same order.

Your Painting Strategy

• You must follow the three steps in order to perform painting.

Subclass JPanel
• class MyPanel extends JPanel
• Doing so MyPanel also becomes a JPanle due to inheritance

Override the paintComponent(Graphics g) method

• Inside method using graphics object, do whatever drawing you want to do

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 239

Web Design and Development (CS506)

Install that JPanel inside a JFrame

• When frame becomes visible through the paintChildren() method your panel become
visible
• To become visible your panel will call paintComponent() method which will do your
custom drawing

Example Code 18.1:

Suppose we want to draw one circle & rectangle and a string “Hello World”.

// importing required
packages import
javax.swing.*;
import java.awt.*;
// extending class from JPanel public class
MyPanel extends JPanel { // overriding
paintComponent method
public void paintComponent(Graphics g){
// erasing behaviour - this will clear all
the previous painting

super.paintComponent(g);

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 240

Web Design and Development (CS506)

// Down casting Graphics object to Graphics2D

Graphics2D g2 = (Graphics2D) g;
// drawing rectangle

g2.drawRect(20,20,20,20);
// changing the color to
blue

g2.setColor(Color.blue);
// drawing filled oval with color i.e. blue

g2.fillOval(50,50,20,20);
// drawing string

g2.drawString("Hello World", 120, 50);

}// end paintComponent
} // end Test class
The Test class that contains the main method as well uses MyPanel (previously built) class is
given below:

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 241

Web Design and Development (CS506)

// importing required
packages import
javax.swing.*; import
java.awt.*; public class
Test {
JFrame f;
// declaring Reference of MyPanel class
MyPanel p;
// parameter less constructor public Test(){
f = new JFrame();
Container c = f.getContentPane();
c.setLayout(new
BorderLayout()); //
instantiating reference
p = new MyPanel();
// adding MyPanel into container
c.add(p);
f.setSize(400,400);
f.setVisible(true);
f.setDefaultCloseOperation(JFrame.EXIT_ON_CLOSE);
} // end constructor
// main method
public static void main(String args[ ]){
Test t = new Test();
}
} // end Test class

Note: Here we have used only some methods (drawRect( ) & fillOval( ) etc. ) of Graphics class.
For a complete list, see the Java API documentation.

Note: Coding exercises in working condition for this lecture are also available on “Downloads”
section of LMS.

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 242

Web Design and Development (CS506)

Lecture 19: How to Animate?

If we want to animate something like ball, moving from one place to another, we constantly need
to call paintComponent( ) method and to draw the shape (ball etc.) at new place means at new
coordinates.

Painting is managed by system, so calling paintComponent() directly is not recommended at all.

Similarly calling paint( ) method is also not recommended. Why? Because such code may be
invoked at times when it is not appropriate to paint -- for instance, before the component is
visible or has access to a valid Graphics object.

Java gives us a solution in the form of repaint( ) method. Whenever we need to repaint, we call
this method that in fact makes a call to paint( ) method at appropriate time.

19.1 Problem & Solution

• What to do to move the shapes present in example code 18.1 (last example) when a
mouse is dragged
• First time painting is what we already have done
• When a mouse is clicked find the co-ordinates of that place and paint Rectangle at that
place by requesting, using repaint() call
• Here instead of Hard-coding the position of co-ordinates uses some variables. For
example mx , my
o In the last example code, we draw a rectangle by passing hard-coded values like
20
g.drawRect(20,20,20,20);
o Now, we’ll use variables so that change in a variable value causes to display a
rectangle at a new location
g.drawRect(mx,my,20,20);

• Similarly, you have seen a tennis game (during lecture). Now, what to do code the paddle
movement.
• In the coming up example. We are doing it using mouse, try it using mouse.

Example Code 19.1

The following outputs were produced when mouse is dragged from one location to anther

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 243

Web Design and Development (CS506)

First we examine the MyPanel.java class that is drawing a filled rectangle.

import javax.swing.*;
import java.awt.*;

// extending class from JPanel

public class MyPanel extends JPanel {

// variables used to draw rectangles at different

locations

int mX = 20; int mY = 20;

// overriding paintComponent method

public void paintComponent(Graphics g){
// erasing behaviour - this will clear all the previous painting

super.paintComponent(g);

// Down casting Graphics object to Graphics2D

Graphics2D g2 = (Graphics2D)g;

// changing the color to blue

g2.setColor(Color.blue);

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 244

Web Design and Development (CS506)

// drawing filled oval with color i.e. blue

// using instance variables

g2.fillRect(mX,mY,20,20);
}// end paintComponent
} // end MyPanel class
The Test class is given below. Additionally this class also contains the code for handling mouse
events.

// importing required
packages import
javax.swing.*; import
java.awt.*; import
java.awt.event.*; public
class Test {
JFrame f;
// declaring Reference of MyPanel class
MyPanel p;
// parameter less
constructor public Test(){
f = new JFrame();
Container c = f.getContentPane();
c.setLayout(new
BorderLayout()); //
instantiating reference p =
new MyPanel();
// adding MyPanel into container
c.add(p);
f.setSize(400,400);
f.setVisible(true);

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 245

Web Design and Development (CS506)

f.setDefaultCloseOperation(JFrame.EXIT_ON_CLOSE);
// creating inner class object
Handler h = new Handler();
// registering MyPanel to handle events
p.addMouseMotionListener(h);
} // end constructor
// inner class used for handling events public
class Handler extends MouseMotionAdapter{
// capturing mouse dagged events public
void mouseDragged(MouseEvent me){
// getting the X-Position of mouse and assigning
// value to instance variable mX of MyPanel class
p.mX = me.getX();
// getting the Y-Position of mouse and assigning //
value to instance variable mX of MyPanel class p.mY
= me.getY();
// call to repaint causes rectangle to be drawn on
// new location
p.repaint() ;
} // end mouseDragged
} // end Handler class
// main method
public static void main(String args[ ]){
Test t = new Test();
}
} // end MyPanel class
On executing this program, when you drag mouse from one location to another, rectangle is also
in sync with the movement of mouse. Notice that previously drawn rectangle is erased first.
If we exclude or comment out the following line from MyPanel class
super.paintComponent(g);
Dragging a mouse will produce a similar kind of output shown next

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 246

Web Design and Development (CS506)

Example Code 19.2: Ball Animation

The ball is continuously moving freely inside the corner of the frames. The sample outputs are
shown below:

First we examine the MyPanel.java class that is drawing a filled oval.

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 247

Web Design and Development (CS506)

import javax.swing.*;
import java.awt.*;
// extending class from JPanel
public class MyPanel extends JPanel {
// variables used to draw oval at different
locations int mX = 200; int mY = 0;
// overriding paintComponent method public
void paintComponent(Graphics g){ // erasing
behaviour - this will clear all the
// previous painting
super.paintComponent(g);
// Down casting Graphics object to Graphics2D
Graphics2D g2 = (Graphics2D)g;
// changing the color to blue
g2.setColor(Color.blue);
// drawing filled oval with blue color
// using instance
variables
g2.fillOval(mX,mY,20,20);
}// end paintComponent }
// end MyPanel class
The Test class is given below. Additionally this class also contains the code for handling mouse
events.
// importing required
packages import
javax.swing.*; import
java.awt.*; import
java.awt.event.*;
public class AnimTest implements ActionListener {
JFrame f;

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 248

Web Design and Development (CS506)

MyPanel p;
// used to control the direction of
ball int x, y; public AnimTest(){ f
= new JFrame();
Container c = f.getContentPane();
c.setLayout(new
BorderLayout()); x = 5; y =
3;
p = new MyPanel(); c.add(p);
f.setSize(400,400);
f.setVisible(true);
f.setDefaultCloseOperation(JFrame.EXIT_ON_CLOSE);
// creating a Timer class object, used for firing
// one or more action events after a specified delay
// Timer class constructor requires time in
// milliseconds and object of class that handles
// action events
Timer t = new Timer (5, this);
// starts the timer, causing it to start
sending // action events to listeners
t.start();
} // end constructor
// event handler method
public void actionPerformed(ActionEvent ae){ //
if ball reached to maximum width of frame minus
// 40 since diameter of ball is 40 then change
the
// X-direction of ball if
(f.getWidth()-40 == p.mX)
x = -5;
// if ball reached to maximum height of frame
// minus 40 then change the Y-direction of
ball if (f.getHeight()-40 == p.mY) y = -3;
// if ball reached to min. of width of frame,
// change the X-direction of
ball if (p.mX == 0 ) x = 5;
// if ball reached to min. of height of frame,
// change the Y-direction of
ball if (p.mY == 0 ) y = 3;

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 249

Web Design and Development (CS506)

// Assign x,y direction to MyPanel’s mX & mY

p.mX += x;
p.mY += y;

// call to repaint() method so that ball is drawn on

// new locations
p.repaint();
} // end actionPerformed() method
// main method
public static void main(String args[ ]){
AnimTest at = new AnimTest();
}
} // end AnimTest class

19.2 References
• Java, A Lab Course by Umair Javed

• Painting in AWT & Swing

http://java.sun.com/products/jfc/tsc/articles/painting/index.html

• Performing Custom Painting

http://java.sun.com/docs/books/tutorial/uiswing/14painting/index.html

Note: Coding exercises in working condition for this lecture are also available on “Downloads”
section of LMS.

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 250

Web Design and Development (CS506)

Lecture 20: Applets

20.1 Basic Definition
• A small program written in Java and included in a HTML page.
• It is independent of the operating system on which it runs
• An applet is a Panel that allows interaction with a Java program
• A applet is typically embedded in a Web page and can be run from a browser
• You need special HTML in the Web page to tell the browser about the applet
• For security reasons, applets run in a sandbox: they have no access to the client’s file
system

20.2 Applets Support

• Most modern browsers support Java 1.4 if they have the appropriate plugin
• Sun provides an application appletviewer to view applets without using browser.
• In general you should try to write applets that can be run with any browser

20.3 What an Applet is?

• You write an applet by extending the class Applet or JApplet

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 251

Web Design and Development (CS506)

• Applet is just a class like any other; you can even use it in applications if you want
• When you write an applet, you are only writing part of a program
• The browser supplies the main method

20.4 The genealogy of Applet

The following figure shows the inheritance hierarchy of the JApplet class. This hierarchy
determines much of what an applet can do and how, as you'll see on the next few pages.

Example Code 20.1: Writing a Simple Applet

Below is the source code for an applet called HelloApplet. This displays a “Hello World”
string. Note that no main method has been provided.

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 252

Web Design and Development (CS506)

// File HelloApplet.java

//step 1: importing required

packages

import java.awt.*;
import javax.swing.*;

// extending class from JApplet so that our class also becomes

an
//applet

public class HelloApplet extends JApplet {

// overriding paint method

public void paint(Graphics g) {
// write code here u want to display & draw by using
// Graphics object
g.drawString(“Hello World”, 30 , 30);

}
} // end class

After defining the HelloApplet.java, the next step is to write .html file. Below is the
source code of Test.html file. The Test.html contains the ordinary html code except one.
<html>
<head>
<title> Simple Applet </title> </head>

<body>

<!-- providing the class name of applet with width &

height
-->
<applet code="HelloApplet.class”
width=150 height=100>
</applet>
</body>

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 253

Web Design and Development (CS506)

</html>

Compile & Execute

By simply double clicking on Test.html file, you can view the applet in your browser. However,
you can also use the appletviewer java program for executing or running applets.

The applet viewer is invoked from the command line by the command

appletviewer htmlfile

where htmlfile is the name of the file that contains the html document. For our example, the
command looks like this:

appletviewer Test.html

As a result, you will see the following output

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 254

Web Design and Development (CS506)

20.5 Applet Life Cycle Methods

When an applet is loaded, an instance of the applet's controlling class (an Applet subclass) is
created. After that an applet passes through some stages or methods, each of them are build for
specific purpose.

An applet can react to major events in the following ways:

• It can initialize itself.

• It can start running.
• It can stop running.
• It can perform a final cleanup, in preparation for being unloaded

The applet’s life cycle methods are called in the specific order shown below. Not every applet
needs to override every one of these methods.

Let’s take a look on each method in detail and find out what they do:

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 255

Web Design and Development (CS506)

20.5.1 init( )
• Is called only once.
• The purpose of init( ) is to initialize the applet each time it's loaded (or reloaded).
• You can think of it as a constructor
20.5.2 start( )
• To start the applet's execution
• For example, when the applet's loaded or when the user revisits a page that contains the
applet
• start( ) is also called whenever the browser is maximized

20.5.3 paint( )
• paint( ) is called for the first time when the applet becomes visible
• Whenever applet needs to be repainted, paint( ) is called again
• Do all your painting in paint( ), or in a method that is called from paint( )

20.5.4 stop( )
• To stop the applet's execution, such as when the user leaves the applet's page or quits the
browser.
• stop( ) is also called whenever the browser is minimized
20.5.5 destroy( )
• Is called only once.
• To perform a final cleanup in preparation for unloading

Example Code 20.2: Understanding Applet Life Cycle Methods

The following code example helps you in understanding the calling sequence of applet’s life
cycle methods. These methods are only displaying debugging statements on the console.

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 256

Web Design and Development (CS506)

// File AppletDemo.java
//step 1: importing required
packages import java.awt.*; import
javax.swing.*;
// extending class from JApplet so that our class also becomes
an
//applet
public class AppletDemo extends JApplet {
// overriding init method
public void init ( ) {
System.out.println("init() called");
}
// overriding start method
public void start ( ){
System.out.println("start() called");
}
// overriding paint method public
void paint(Graphics g){
System.out.println("paint()
called");
}
// overriding stop method
public void stop(){
System.out.println("stop() called");
}
// overriding destroy method
public void destroy(){
System.out.println("destroy() called");
}
} // end class
The DemoTest.html file is using this applet. The code snippet of it given below:

<html>
<head>
<title> Applet Life Cycle Methods </title> </head>

<body>

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 257

Web Design and Development (CS506)

<!-- providing the class name of applet with width &

height
-->
<applet code="AppletDemo.class”
width=150 height=100>
</applet>
</body>
</html>

Compile & Execute

To understand the calling sequence of applet life cycle methods, you have to execute it by
using appletviewer command. Do experiments like maximizing, minimizing the applet,
bringing another window in front of applet and keep an eye on console output.

Example Code 20.3: Animated Java Word

Sample Output

The browser output of the program is given below:

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 258

Web Design and Development (CS506)

Design Process
• The Program in a single call of paint method o Draws string “java” on 40 random
locations
o For every drawing, it selects random font out of 4 different fonts o For every
drawing, it selects random color out of 256 * 256 * 256 RGB colors
• Repaint is called after every 1000 ms.
• After 10 calls to repaint, screen is cleared
Generating Random Numbers

• Use static method random of Math class

o Math.random() ;

• Returns positive double value greater than or equal to 0.0 or less than 1.0.
•
• Multiply the number with appropriate scaling factor to increase the range and type cast
it, if needed.

o int i = (int)( Math.random() * 5 ); // will generate random numbers between 0 & 4.

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 259

Web Design and Development (CS506)

Program’s Modules
The program is build using many custom methods. Let’s discuss each of them one
by one that will help in understanding the overall logic of the program.

• drawJava( )

As name indicates, this method will be used to write String “java” on random locations.
The code is given below:

// method drawJava
public void drawJava(Graphics2D g2) {

// generate first number randomly. The panel width is 1000

int x = (int) (Math.random() * 1000);

// generate second number randomly. The panel height is 700

int y = (int) (Math.random() * 700);

// draw String on these randomly selected

numbers g2.drawString("java", x, y); }

• chooseColor( )
This method will choose color randomly out of 256 * 256 * 256 possible colors. The
code snippet is given below:

// method chooseColor public Color

chooseColor() {

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 260

Web Design and Development (CS506)

// choosing red color value randomly

int r = (int) (Math.random() * 255);

// choosing green color value randomly

int g = (int) (Math.random() * 255);

// choosing blue color value randomly

int b = (int) (Math.random() * 255);

// constructing a color by providing R-G-B values

Color c = new Color(r, g, b);

// returning color
return c;
}

• chooseFont( )

This method will choose a Font for text (java) to be displayed out of 4 available fonts.
The code snippet is given below:

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 261

Web Design and Development (CS506)

// method chooseFont
public Font chooseFont() {

// generating a random value that helps in choosing a font

int fontChoice = (int) (Math.random() * 4) + 1;

// declaring font reference

Font f = null;

// using switch based logic for selecting font

switch (fontChoice) {
case 1: f = new Font("Serif", Font.BOLD +
Font.ITALIC, 20);
break;

case 2:
f = new Font("SansSerif", Font.PLAIN, 17);
break;

case 3: f = new Font("Monospaced",

Font.ITALIC, 23);
break;

case 4:
f = new Font("Dialog", Font.ITALIC, 30);
break;
} // end switch

// returns Font object

return f;

} //end chooseFont

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 262

Web Design and Development (CS506)

• paint( )

The last method to be discussed here is paint(). By overriding this method, we will print
string “java” on 40 random locations. For every drawing, it selects random font out of 4
different fonts & random color out of 256 * 256 * 256 RGB colors.

Let’s see, how it happens:

// overriding method paint

public void paint(Graphics g) {

// incrementing clear counter variable.

clearCounter++;
// printing 40 “java” strings on different locations by
// selcting random font & color
for (int i = 1; i <= 40; i++) {
// choosing random color by calling chooseColor() method
Color c = chooseColor();
// setting color
g2.setColor(c);
// choosing random Font by calling chooseColor() method
Font f = chooseFont();
g2.setFont(f);
// drawing string “java” by calling drawJava() method
drawJava(g2);
}
// end for loop
Graphics2D g2 = (Graphics2D) g;
// checking if paint is called 10 times then clears the
// screen and set counter again to zero
if (clearCounter == 10) {
g2.clearRect(0, 0, 1000, 700);
clearCounter = 0;
}
} // end paint method

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 263

Web Design and Development (CS506)

Merging Pieces

By inserting all method inside JavaAnim.java class, the program will look like one given below.
Notice that it contains methods discussed above with some extra code with which you are
already familiar.

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 264

Web Design and Development (CS506)

// File JavaAnim.java

//step 1: importing required

packages import java.awt.*; import
java.awt.event.*; import
javax.swing.*;
public class JavaAnim extends JApplet implements ActionListener
{
// used to count how many times paint is called
int clearCounter;

// declaring Timer reference

Timer t;

// overriding init method, used to initialize

variables
public void init() { setBackground(Color.black);
clearCounter = 0;
Timer t = new Timer(1000, this);
t.start();
}
// overriding paint method - discussed above
public void paint(Graphics g) {

clearCounter++;
Graphics2D g2 = (Graphics2D) g;
if (clearCounter == 10) {
g2.clearRect(0, 0, 1000, 700); clearCounter = 0;
}
for (int i = 1; i <= 40; i++) {

Color c = chooseColor(); g2.setColor(c);

Font f = chooseFont(); g2.setFont(f);

drawJava(g2);
}
}
// overriding actionPerformed()of ActionListener interface
// called by Timer object

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 265

Web Design and Development (CS506)

public void actionPerformed(ActionEvent ae) {

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 266

Web Design and Development (CS506)

repaint();
}

// chooseColor method - discussed above

public Color chooseColor() {

int r = (int) (Math.random() * 255);

int g = (int) (Math.random() * 255);
int b = (int) (Math.random() * 255);

Color c = new Color(r, g, b);

return c;
} // chooseFont method - discussed above
public Font chooseFont() {
int fontChoice = (int) (Math.random() * 4) + 1;
Font f = null; switch (fontChoice) { case 1: f
= new Font("Serif", Font.BOLD + Font.ITALIC, 20);
break; case 2: f = new Font("SansSerif",
Font.PLAIN, 17); break; case 3: f = new
Font("Monospaced", Font.ITALIC, 23); break; case
4: f = new Font("Dialog", Font.ITALIC, 30);
break; }
return f;
}
// drawJava() method - discussed above
public void drawJava(Graphics2D g2) {
int x = (int) (Math.random() * 1000);
int y = (int) (Math.random() * 700);
g2.drawString("java", x, y);
}
} // end class

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 267

Web Design and Development (CS506)

The AnimTest.html file is using this applet. The code snippet of it given below:

<html>
<head>
<title> Animated Java Word </title> </head>
<body>
<applet code="JavaAnim.class" width=1000 height=700> </applet>
</body>
</html>

Compile & Execute

You can execute it directly using browser or by using appletviewer application. For having
fun, you can use “your name” instead of “java” and watch it in different colors.

20.6 References:
• Java, A Lab Course by Umair Javed
• Writing Applets o http://java.sun.com/docs/books/tutorial/applet/

Note: Coding exercises in working condition for this lecture are also available on “Downloads”
section of LMS.

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 268

Web Design and Development (CS506)

Lecture 21: Socket Programming

21.1 Basic Definition
• A socket is one endpoint of a two-way communication link between two programs running
generally on a network.
• A socket is a bi-directional communication channel between hosts. A computer on a
network often termed as host.
21.2 Socket Dynamics
• As you have already worked with files, you know that file is an abstraction of your hard
drive. Similarly you can think of a socket as an abstraction of the network.
• Each end has input stream (to send data) and output stream (to receive data) wired up to
the other host.
• You store and retrieve data through files from hard drive, without knowing the actual
dynamics of the hard drive. Similarly you send and receive data to and from network
through socket, without actually going into underlying mechanics.
• You read and write data from/to a file using streams. To read and write data to socket,
you will also use streams.

21.3 What is Port?

• It is a transport address to which processes can listen for connections request.
• There are different protocols available to communicate such as TCP and UDP. We will
use TCP for programming in this handout
• There are 64k ports available for TCP sockets and 64k ports available for UDP, so at
least theoretically we can open 128k simultaneous connections.
• There are well-known ports which are
o below 1024
o provides standard services
o Some well-known ports are:
FTP works on port 21
HTTP works on port 80
TELNET works on port 23 etc.

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 269

Web Design and Development (CS506)

21.4 How Client - Server Communicate

• Normally, a server runs on a specific computer and has a socket that is bound to a
specific port number.
• The server just waits, listening to the socket for a client to make a connection request.
• On the client side: The client knows the hostname of the machine on which the server is
running and the port number to which the server is connected.

• As soon as client creates a socket that socket attempts to connect to the specified server.
• The server listens through a special kind of socket, which is named as server socket.
• The sole purpose of the server socket is to listen for incoming request; it is not used for
communication.
• If everything goes well, the server accepts the connection. Upon acceptance, the server
gets a new socket, a communication socket, bound to a different port number.
• The server needs a new socket (and consequently a different port number) so that it can
continue to listen through the original server socket for connection requests while
tending to the needs of the connected client. This scheme is helpful when two or more
clients try to connect to a server simultaneously (a very common scenario).

• On the server side, if the connection is accepted, a socket is successfully created and the
client can use the socket to communicate with the server.
• Note that the socket on the client side is not bound to the port number used to make
contact with the server. Rather, the client is assigned a port number local to the machine
on which the client is running.

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 270

Web Design and Development (CS506)

• The client and server can now communicate by writing to or reading from their sockets.

21.5 Steps - To Make a Simple Client

To make a client, process can be split into 5 steps. These are:

21.5.1 Import required package

You have to import two packages

• java.net.*;
• java.io.*;

21.5.2 Connect / Open a Socket with Server

Create a client socket (communication socket)

Socket s = new Socket(“serverName”, serverPort) ;

• serverName: Name or address of the server you wanted to connect such as
http://www.google.com or 172.2.4.98 etc. For testing if you are running client and server
on the same machine then you can specify “localhost” as the name of server

• serverPort : Port number you want to connect to

The scheme is very similar to our home address and then phone number.

21.5.3 Get I/O Streams of Socket

Get input & output streams connected to your socket
• For reading data from socket

As stated above, a socket has input stream attached to it.

InputStream is = s.getInputStream();
// now to convert byte oriented stream into character oriented buffered reader
// we use intermediary stream that helps in achieving above stated purpose
InputStreamReader isr= new InputStreamReader(is);
BufferedReader br = new BufferedReader(isr);

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 271

Web Design and Development (CS506)

• For writing data to socket

A socket has also output stream attached to it. Therefore,

OutputStream os = s.getOutputStream();
// now to convert byte oriented stream into character oriented print writer
// here we will not use any intermediary stream because PrintWriter constructor
// directly accepts an object of OutputStream
PrintWriter pw = new PrintWriter(os, true);
Here notice that true is also passed to so that output buffer will flush.

21.5.4 Send / Receive Message

Once you have the streams, sending or receiving messages isn’t a big task. It’s very much similar
to the way you did with files

• To send messages
pw.println(“hello world”);

• To read messages
String recMsg = br.readLine();
21.5.5 Close Socket
Don’t forget to close the socket, when you finished your work
s.close();

21.6 Steps - To Make a Simple Server

To make a server, process can be split into 7 steps. Most of these are similar to steps
used in making a client. These are:

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 272

Web Design and Development (CS506)

21.6.1 Import required package

You need the similar set of packages you have used in making of client

• java.net.*;
• java.io.*;

21.6.2 Create a Server Socket

In order to create a server socket, you will need to specify port no eventually on which server
will listen for client requests.

ServerSocket ss = new
ServerSocket(serverPort) ;

• serverPort: port local to the server i.e. a free port on the server machine. This is the same
port number that is given in the client socket constructor

21.6.3 Wait for Incoming Connections

The job of the server socket is to listen for the incoming connections. This listening part is done
through the accept method.

Socket s = ss.accept();

The server program blocks ( stops ) at the accept method and waits for the incoming client
connection when a request for connection comes it opens a new communication socket (s) and
use this socket to communicate with the client.

21.6.4 Get I/O Streams of Socket

Once you have the communication socket, getting I/O streams from communication socket is
similar to the way did in making a client

• For reading data from socket

InputStream is = s.getInputStream();
InputStreamReader isr= new

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 273

Web Design and Development (CS506)

InputStreamReader(is);

BufferedReader br = new
BufferedReader(isr);

• For writing data to socket

OutputStream os = s.getOutputStream();
PrintWriter pw = new PrintWriter(os, true);
21.6.5 Send / Receive Message

Sending and receiving messages is very similar as discussed in making of client

• To send messages:
pw.println(“hello world”);

• To read messages
String recMsg = br.readLine();

21.6.6 Close Socket

s.close();

Example Code 21.1: Echo Server & Echo Client

The client will send its name to the server and server will append “hello” with the name send by
the client. After that, server will send back the name with appended “hello”.

EchoServer.java

Let’s first see the code for the server

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 274

Web Design and Development (CS506)

// step 1: importing required

package

import java.net.*;
import java.io.*;
import javax.swing.*;
public class EchoServer{
public static void main(String args[]){
try {

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 275

Web Design and Development (CS506)

//step 2: create a server socket

ServerSocket ss = new ServerSocket(2222);
System.out.println("Server started...");

/* Loop back to the accept method of the server

socket and wait for a new connection request. So
server will continuously listen for requests
*/
while(true) {

// step 3: wait for incoming connection

Socket s = ss.accept();
System.out.println("connection request recieved");

// step 4: Get I/O streams

InputStream is = s.getInputStream();
InputStreamReader isr= new InputStreamReader(is);
BufferedReader br = new BufferedReader(isr);

OutputStream os = s.getOutputStream();
PrintWriter pw = new PrintWriter(os,true);

// step 5: Send / Receive message

// reading name sent by client

String name = br.readLine();

// appending “hello” with the received name

String msg = "Hello " + name + " from Server";

// sending back to client

pw.println(msg);

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 276

Web Design and Development (CS506)

// closing communication

sockey
s.close(); } // end while
}catch(Exception ex){
System.out.println(ex);
}
}
} // end class
EchoClient.java

The code of the client is given below

// step 1: importing required

package

import java.net.*;
import java.io.*;
import javax.swing.*;
public class EchoClient{

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 277

Web Design and Development (CS506)

public static void main(String args[]){

try {

//step 2: create a communication socket

/* if your server will run on the same machine then you can
pass “localhost” as server address.Notice that port no is
similar to
one passed while creating server socket */

Socket s = new Socket(“localhost”, 2222);

// step 3: Get I/O streams

InputStream is = s.getInputStream();
InputStreamReader isr= new InputStreamReader(is);
BufferedReader br = new BufferedReader(isr);

OutputStream os = s.getOutputStream();
PrintWriter pw = new PrintWriter(os,true);

// step 4: Send / Receive message

// asking user to enter his/her name

String msg = JOptionPane.showInputDialog( "Enter your name");

// sending name to server
pw.println(msg);
// reading message (name appended with hello) from
// server
msg =
br.readLine();
// displaying received message

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 278

Web Design and Development (CS506)

JOptionPane.showMessageDialog(null , msg);
// closing communication socket
s.close();
}catch(Exception ex){
System.out.println(ex);
}
}
} // end class
Compile & Execute
After compiling both files, run EchoServer.java first, from the command prompt window. You’ll
see a message of “server started” as shown in the figure below. Also notice that cursor is
continuously blinking since server is waiting for client request

Now, open another command prompt window and run EchoClient.java from it. Look at
EchoServer window; you’ll see the message of “request received”. Sooner, the
EchoClient program will ask you to enter name in input dialog box. After entering name press
ok button, with in no time, a message dialog box will pop up containing your name with
appended “hello” from server. This whole process is illustrated below in pictorial form:

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 279

Web Design and Development (CS506)

Sending name to server

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 280

Web Design and Development (CS506)

Response from server

Notice that server is still running, you can run again EchoClient.java as many times untill server
is running.

To have more fun, run the server on a different computer and client on a different. But before
doing that find the IP of the computer machine on which your EchoServer will eventually run.
Replace “localhost” with the new IP and start conversion over network

21.7 References
• Entire material for this handout is taken from the book JAVA A Lab Course by Umair
Javed. This material is available just for the use of VU students of the course Web
Design and Development and not for any other commercial purpose without the consent
of author.

Note: Coding exercises in working condition for this lecture are also available on “Downloads”
section of LMS.

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 281

Web Design and Development (CS506)

Lecture 22: Serialization

22.1 Problem

22.1.1 What?
• You want to send an object to a stream.

22.1.2 Motivation
• A lot of code involves boring conversion from a file to memory
• As you might recall that AddressBook program reads data from file and then parses
it
• This is a common problem

22.1.3 Revisiting AddressBook

We read record from a text file named persons.txt. The person record was present in the file in
the following format:

Ali,defence,9201211

Usman,gulberg,5173940

Salman,LUMS,5272670

persons.txt

The code that was used to construct Person objects after reading information from the file is
given below. Here only the part of code is shown, for complete listing, see AddressBook code in
your earlier handout.

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 282

Web Design and Development (CS506)

………………………
FileReader fr = new FileReader("persons.txt");
BufferedReader br = new BufferedReader(fr);

String line = br.readLine();

while ( line != null ) {

tokens =
line.split(",");
name = tokens[0];
add = tokens[1];
ph = tokens[2];
PersonInfo p = new PersonInfo(name, add,
ph); // you can add p into arraylist, if
needed line = br.readLine(); }
As you have seen a lot of parsing code is required for converting a line into PersonInfo objects.
Serialization mechanism eases developer’s life by achieving all above in a very simple way.

22.2 Serialization in Java

• Java provides an extensive support for serialization

• Object knows how to read or write themselves to streams

• Problem:

o As you know, objects get created on heap and have some values therefore
Objects have some state in memory
o You need to save and restore that
state.
o The good news is that java serialization takes care of it automatically

22.2.1 Serializable Interface

• By implementing this interface a class declares that it is willing to be read/written by
automatic serialization machinery
• Found in java.io package

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 283

Web Design and Development (CS506)

• Tagging interface - has no methods and serves only to identify the semantics of being
serializable

22.2.2 Automatic Writing

• System knows how to recursively write out the state of an object to stream
• If an object has the reference of another object, the java serialization mechanism takes
care of it and writes it too.
22.2.3 Automatic Reading
• System knows how to read the data from Stream and re-create object in memory
• The recreated object is of type “Object” therefore Down-casting is required to convert it
into actual type.
22.2.4 Serialization: How it works?
• To write an object of PersonInfo, ObejctOutputStream and its method writeObject( ) will
be used
PersonInfo p = new PersonInfo( );
ObejctOutputStream out; //
writing PersonInfo’s object p
out.writeObject(p);

• To read that object back, ObejctInputStream and its method

readObject() will be used
ObejctInputStream in;
// reading PersonInfo’s object. Remember type
casting // is required
PersonInfo obj = (PersonInfo)in.readObject( );

Example Code 22.1: Reading / Writing PersonInfo objects

We want to send PersonInfo object to stream. You have already seen this class number of times
before. Here it will also implement serializable interface.

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 284

Web Design and Development (CS506)

PersonInfo.java
import javax.swing.*;
import java.io.* ;
class PersonInfo implements Serializable{

String name;
String address;
String phoneNum;
//parameterized constructor
public PersonInfo(String n, String a, String p)
{ name = n; address = a; phoneNum = p;
}
//method for displaying person record on GUI
public void printPersonInfo( ) {
JOptionPane.showMessageDialog(null ,
“name: ” + name + “address:” +address + “phone no:” +
phoneNum);
}
} // end class

WriteEx.java

The following class will serialize PersonInfo object to a file

import java.io.*;
public class WriteEx{
public static void main(String args[ ]){
PersonInfo pWrite = new PersonInfo("ali", "defence",
"9201211");
try {
// attaching FileOutput stream with “ali.dat”
FileOutputStream fos = new FileOutputStream("ali.dat");
// attaching ObjectOutput stream over FileOutput stream
ObjectOutputStream out = new ObjectOutputStream(fos);
//serialization
// writing object to ‘ali.dat’
out.writeObject(pWrite);
// closing streams

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 285

Web Design and Development (CS506)

out.close();
fos.close();
} catch (Exception ex){ System.out.println(ex);
}
}
} // end class
ReadEx.java

The following class will read serialized object of PersonInfo from

file i.e “ali.data”
import java.io.*;
public class ReadEx{
public static void main(String args[ ]){
try {
// attaching FileInput stream with “ali.dat”
FileInputStream fis = new FileInputStream("ali.dat");
// attaching FileInput stream over ObjectInput stream
ObjectInputStream in = new ObjectInputStream(fis);
//de-serialization
// reading object from ‘ali.dat’
PersonInfo pRead = (PersonInfo)in.readObject( );
// calling printPersonInfo method to confirm that
// object contains same set of values before
// serializatoion
pRead.printPersonInfo();
// closing streams
in.close();
fis.close();
} catch (Exception ex){
System.out.println(ex); }
}//end main function
} // end class

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 286

Web Design and Development (CS506)

Compile & Execute

After compilation, first run the WriteEx.java file and visit the “ali.dat” file. Then run

ReadEx.java from different command or same command prompt.

22.3 Object Serialization & Network

• You can read / write to a network using sockets.
• All you need to do is attach your stream with socket rather than file.
• The class version should be same on both sides (client & network) of the network .

Example Code 22.2: Sending/Reading Objects to/from Network

We are going to use same PersonInfo class listed in example code 22.1. An object of
PersonInfo class will be sent by client on network using sockets and then be read by server
from network.

Sending Objects over Network

The following class ClientWriteNetEx.java will send an object on network

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 287

Web Design and Development (CS506)

import java.net.*;
import java.io.*;
import javax.swing.*;
public class ClientWriteNetEx{
public static void main(String
args[]){
try {
PersonInfo p = new PersonInfo(“ali”, “defence”, “9201211”);
// create a communication socket
Socket s = new Socket(“localhost”, 2222);
// Get I/O streams
OutputStream is = s.getOutputStream();
// attaching ObjectOutput stream over Input stream
ObjectOutputStream oos= new ObjectOutputStream(is);
// writing object to network
oos.writeObject(p);
// closing communication socket
s.close();
}catch(Exception ex){
System.out.println(ex); }
}} // end class
Reading Objects over Network

The following class ServerReadNetEx.java will read an object of PersonInfo sent by client.

import java.net.*;
import java.io.*;
import javax.swing.*;
public class
ServerReadNetEx{

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 288

Web Design and Development (CS506)

public static void main(String args[]){

try {
// create a server socket
ServerSocket ss = new ServerSocket(2222);
System.out.println("Server started...");
/* Loop back to the accept method of the
server socket and wait for a new connection
request. So server will continuously listen
for requests
*/
while(true) {
// wait for incoming connection
Socket s = ss.accept();
System.out.println("connection request recieved");
// Get I/O streams
InputStream is = s.getInputStream();
// attaching ObjectOutput stream over Input stream
ObjectInputStream ois = new ObjectInputStream(is);
// read PersonInfo object from network
PersonInfo p = (PersonInfo)ois.readObject( );
p.printPersonInfo();
// closing communication
socket
s.close(); } // end while
}catch(Exception ex){
System.out.println(ex); }
}} // end class
Compile & Execute
After compiling both files, run ServerReadNetEx.java first, from the command prompt
window. Open another command prompt window and run ClientWriteNetEx.java from
it. The ClientWriteNetEx.java will send an Object of PersonInfo to
ServerReadNetEx.java that displays that object values in dialog box after reading it from
network.

22.4 Preventing Serialization

• Often there is no need to serialize sockets, streams & DB connections etc because they
do not represent the state of object, rather connections to external resources
• To do so, transient keyword is used to mark a field that should not be serialized

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 289

Web Design and Development (CS506)

• So we can mark them as,

• transient Socket s;
• transient OutputStream os;
• transient Connection con;
• Transient fields are returned as null on reading

Example Code 22. 3: transient

Assume that we do not want to serialize phoneNum attribute of PersonInfo class, this can be
done as shown below

PersonInfo.java
import javax.swing.*;
import java.io.*;
class PersonInfo implements Serializable{
String name;
String address;
transient String phoneNum;
public PresonInfo(String n, String a, String p)
{ name = n; address = a; phoneNm = p;
}
public void printPersonInfo( ) {
JOptionPane.showMessageDialog(null ,
“name: ” + name + “address:” +address + “phone no:”
+ phoneNum); } } // end class

22.5 References

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 290

Web Design and Development (CS506)

Entire material for this handout is taken from the book JAVA A Lab Course by Umair Javed.
This material is available just for the use of VU students of the course Web Design and
Development and not for any other commercial purpose without the consent of author.

Note: Coding exercises in working condition for this lecture are also available on “Downloads”
section of LMS.

Lecture 23: Multithreading

23.1 Introduction

Multithreading is the ability to do multiple things at once within the same application. It provides
finer granularity of concurrency. A thread — sometimes called an execution context or a
lightweight process — is a single sequential flow of control within a program.

Threads are light weight as compared to processes because they take fewer resources then a
process. A thread is easy to create and destroy. Threads share the same address space i.e.
multiple threads can share the memory variables directly, and therefore may require more
complex synchronization logic to avoid deadlocks and starvation.

23.2 Sequential Execution vs. Multithreading

Every program has atleast one thread. Programs without multithreading executes sequentially.
That is, after executing one instruction the next instruction in sequence is executed. If a function
is called then until the completion of the function the next instruction is not executed. Similarly if

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 291

Web Design and Development (CS506)

there is a loop then instructions after loop only gets executed when the loop gets completed.
Consider the following java program having three loops in it.
// File ThreeLoopTest.java
public class ThreeLoopTest {
public static void main (String args[ ]) {
//first loop
for (int i=1; i<= 5; i++)
System.out.println(“first ” +i);

// second loop
for (int j=1; j<= 5; j++)
System.out.println(“second ” + j);
// third loop
for (int k=1; k<= 5; k++)
System.out.println(“third ” + k);

} // end main
} // end class
When the program executes, the loops are executed sequentially, one after the other. It generates
the following output.

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 292

Web Design and Development (CS506)

Note: Each loop has 5 iterations in the ThreeLoopTest program.

However, if we use multithreading — with one thread per loop — the program may generate the
following output.

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 293

Web Design and Development (CS506)

Note: Each loop has 10 iterations in the ThreadTest program. Your output can be different from
the one given above.
Notice the difference between the outputs of the two programs. In ThreeLoopTest each loop
generated a sequential output while in ThreadTest the output of the loops got intermingled i.e.
concurrency took place and loops executed simultaneously.
Let us code our first multithreaded program and try to learn how Java supports multithreading.

23.3 Java Threads

Java includes built-in support for threading. While other languages have threads bolted on to an
existing structure i.e. threads were not the part of the original language but latter came into
existence as the need arose.

All well known operating systems these days support multithreading. JVM transparently maps
Java Threads to their counter-parts in the operating system i.e. OS Threads. JVM allows threads
in Java to take advantage of hardware and operating system level advancements. It keeps track of
threads and schedules them to get CPU time. Scheduling may be pre-emptive or cooperative. So it
is the job of JVM to manage different tasks of thread. Let’s see how we can create threads?

23.3.1 Creating Threads in Java

There are two approaches to create threads in Java.

• Using Interface
• Using Inheritance

Following are the steps to create threads by using Interface:

• Create a class where you want to put some code that can run in parallel with some other
code and let that class implement the Runnable interface.
• Runnable interface has the run() method therefore provide the implementation for the
run() method and put your code that you want to run in parallel here.
• Instantiate Thread class object by passing Runnable object in constructor

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 294

Web Design and Development (CS506)

• Start thread by calling start() method

Following are the steps to create threads by using Inheritance:

• Inherit a class from java.lang.Thread class

• Override the run() method in the subclass
• Instantiate the object of the subclass
• Start thread by calling start() method

23.3.1.1 Threads Creation Steps Using Interface

To write a multithreaded program using Runnable interface, follow these steps:

• Step 1 - Implement the Runnable Interface

class Worker implements Runnable
• Step 2 - Provide an Implementation of run() method public void run( ){ //
write thread behavior
// code that will be executed by the thread

• Step 3 - Instantiate Thread class object by passing Runnable object in the constructor
Worker w = new Worker (“first”);
Thread t = new Thread (w);

• Step 4 - Start thread by calling start() method

t.start();

23.3.1.2 Threads Creation Steps Using Inheritance

To write a multithreaded program using inheritance from Thread class, follow these steps:

• Step 1 - Inherit from Thread Class

class Worker extends Thread

• Step 2 - Override run() method public void run( ){ // write thread

behavior

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 295

Web Design and Development (CS506)

// code that will execute by thread

• Step 3 - Instantiate subclass object

Worker w = new Worker(“first”);

• Step 4 - Start thread by calling start() method

w.start();

23.4 Three Loops: Multi-Threaded Execution

So far we have explored:

• What is multithreading?
• What are Java Threads?
• Two ways to write multithreaded Java programs

Now we will re-write the ThreeLoopTest program by using Java Threads. At first we will use the
Interface approach and then we will use Inheritance.
Code Example using Interface

// File Worker.java
public class Worker implements Runnable {
private String job ;
//Constructor of Worker class
public Worker (String j ){
job = j;
}
//Implement run() method of Runnable
interface public void run ( ) { for(int
i=1; i<= 10; i++)
System.out.println(job + " = " + i);
}

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 296

Web Design and Development (CS506)

} // end class

// File ThreadTest.java
public class ThreadTest{
public static void main (String args[ ]){
//instantiate three objects
Worker first = new Worker (“first job”);
Worker second = new Worker (“second job”);
Worker third = new Worker (“third job”);
//create three objects of Thread class & passing worker
//(runnable) to them
Thread t1 = new Thread (first );
Thread t2 = new Thread (second);
Thread t3 = new Thread
(third); //start threads to
execute t1.start();
t2.start(); t3.start();
}//end main
} // end class

Code Example using Inheritance

Following code is similar to the code given above, but uses Inheritance instead of interface:
// File Worker.java
public class Worker extends Thread{ private
String job ; //Constructor of Worker class
public Worker (String j ){
job = j;
}

//Override run() method of Thread class public void run ( )

{ for(int i=1; i<= 10; i++)
System.out.println(job + " = " + i);

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 297

Web Design and Development (CS506)

} // end class

// File ThreadTest.java
public class ThreadTest{
public static void main (String args[ ]) {

//instantiate three objects of Worker (Worker class is now

//becomes a Thread because it is inheriting from it)class

Worker first = new Worker (“first job”);

Worker second = new Worker (“second job”);
Worker third = new Worker (“third job”);

//start threads to execute

first.start();
second.start();
third.start();

}//end main

} // end class

23.5 Thread Priorities

Threads provide a way to write concurrent programs. But on a single CPU, all the threads do not
run simultaneously. JVM assigns threads to the CPU based on thread priorities. Threads with
higher priority are executed in preference to threads with lower priority. A thread’s default
priority is same as that of the creating thread i.e. parent thread.

A Thread’s priority can be any integer between 1 and 10. We can also use the following
predefined constants to assign priorities.

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 298

Web Design and Development (CS506)

Thread.MAX_PRIORITY (typically 10)

Thread.NORM_PRIORITY (typically 5)
Thread.MIN_PRIORITY (typically 1)

To change the priority of a thread, we can use the following method

setPriority(int priority)

It changes the priority of this thread to integer value that is passed. It throws an
IllegalArgumentException if the priority is not in the range MIN_PRIORITY to MAX_PRIORITY
i.e. (1-10).

For example, we can write the following code to change a thread’s priority.

Thread t = new Thread (RunnableObject);

// by using predefined constant
t.setPriority (Thread.MAX_PRIORITY);
// by using integer constant
t.setPriority (7);

23.5.1 Thread Priority Scheduling

The Java runtime environment supports a very simple, deterministic scheduling algorithm called
fixed-priority scheduling. This algorithm schedules threads on the basis of their priority relative
to other Runnable threads.

At any given time, when multiple threads are ready to be executed, the runtime system chooses
for execution the Runnable thread that has the highest priority. Only when that thread stops,
yields (will be explained later), or becomes Not Runnable will a lowerpriority thread start
executing. If two threads of the same priority are waiting for the CPU, the scheduler arbitrarily
chooses one of them to run. The chosen thread runs until one of the following conditions
becomes true:

• A higher priority thread becomes Runnable.

• It yields, or its run() method exits.
• On systems that support time-slicing, its time allotment has expired.

Then the second thread is given a chance to run, and so on, until the interpreter exits.

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 299

Web Design and Development (CS506)

Consider the following figure in which threads of various priorities are represented by capital
alphabets A, B, …, K. A and B have same priority (highest in this case). J and K have same
priority (lowest in this case). JVM start executing with A and B, and divides CPU time between
these two threads arbitrarily. When both A and B comes to an end, it chooses the next thread C to
execute.

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 300

Web Design and Development (CS506)

Code Example: Thread Priorities

Try following example to understand how JVM executes threads based on their priorities.

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 301

Web Design and Development (CS506)

// File PriorityEx.java
public class PriorityEx{
public static void main (String args[ ]){
//instantiate two objects
Worker first = new Worker (“first job”);
Worker second = new Worker (“second job”);
//create two objects
Thread t1 = new Thread (first );
Thread t2 = new Thread (second);
//set thread priorities
t1.setPriority (Thread.MIN_PRIORITY);
t2.setPriority (Thread.MAX_PRIORITY);
//start threads to
execute t1.start();
t2.start(); }//end main
} // end class

Output

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 302

Web Design and Development (CS506)

23.5.2 Problems with Thread Priorities

However, when using priorities with Java Threads, remember the following two issues:

First a Java thread priority may map differently to the thread priorities of the underlying OS. It
is because of difference in priority levels of JVM and underlying OS.
For example

• Solaris has 232-1 priority levels

• Windows NT has only 7 user priority levels
Second, starvation can occur for lower-priority threads if the higher-priority
threads never terminate, sleep, or wait for I/O indefinitely.
23.6 References:
• Java, A Practical Guide by Umair Javed.
• Java How to Program by Deitel and Deitel.
• CS193j handouts on Stanford.

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 303

Web Design and Development (CS506)

Note: Coding exercises in working condition for this lecture are also available on “Downloads”
section of LMS.

Lecture 24: More on Multithreading

In this handout, we’ll cover different aspects of multithreading. Some examples are given to
make you understand the topic of multithreading. First we will start with an example that reads
data from two text files simultaneously.

Example Code: Reading Two Files Simultaneously

The task is to read data from file “first.txt” & “second.txt” simultaneously. Suppose that files
contain the following data as shown below:

first 1
first 2
first 3
first 4
first 5
first 6
first 7
first 8

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 304

Web Design and Development (CS506)

first 9
first 10
first.txt

second 1
second 2
second 3
second 4
second 5
second 6
second 7
second 8

second 9
second 10

second.txt
Following is the code of ReadFile.java that implements Runnable interface. The file reading
code will be written inside run ( ) method
// File ReadFile.java
import java.io.*;
public class ReadFile implements Runnable{
//attribute used for name of file
String fileName; // param
constructor public
ReadFile(String fn){
fileName = fn;

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 305

Web Design and Development (CS506)

}
// overriding run method
// this method contains the code for file
reading public void run ( ){ try
{
// connecting FileReader with attribute fileName
FileReader fr = new FileReader(fileName);
BufferedReader br = new BufferedReader(fr);

String line = "";

// reading line by line data from
file // and displaying it on console
line = br.readLine(); while(line !=
null) { System.out.println(line);
line = br.readLine();
}
fr.close();
br.close();

}catch (Exception e){

System.out.println(e);
}
} // end run() method
}

Next, look at the Test.java class that contains the main() method.

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 306

Web Design and Development (CS506)

// File Test.java
public class Test {
public static void main (String args[]){

// creating ReadFile objects by passing file names to them

ReadFile first = new ReadFile("first.txt");
ReadFile second = new ReadFile("second.txt");
// Instantiating thread objects and passing
// runnable (ReadFile) objects to them
Thread t1 = new Thread(first);
Thread t2 = new Thread(second);
// starting threads that cause threads to read data from
// two different files
simultaneously t1.start();
t2.start();
}
}
Output
On executing Test class, following kind output would be generated:

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 307

Web Design and Development (CS506)

24.1 Useful Thread Methods

Now let’s discuss some useful thread class methods.

24.1.1 sleep(int time) method

• Causes the currently executing thread to wait for the time (milliseconds) specified
• Waiting is efficient equivalent to non-busy. The waiting thread will not occupy the
processor
• Threads come out of the sleep when the specified time interval expires or when
interrupted by some other thread

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 308

Web Design and Development (CS506)

• Thread coming out of sleep may go to the running or ready state depending upon the
availability of the processor. The different states of threads will be discussed later
• High priority threads should execute sleep method after some time to give low priority
threads a chance to run otherwise starvation may occur
• sleep() method can be used for delay purpose i.e. anyone can call
Thread.sleep()method
• Note that sleep() method can throw InterruptedException. So, you need
try-catch block
Example Code: Demonstrating sleep ( ) usage
Below the modified code of Worker.java is given that we used in the previous
handout.

// File Worker.java
public class Worker implements Runnable {
private String job ;
//Constructor of Worker class
public Worker (String j ){
job = j;
}
//Implement run() method of Runnable
interface public void run ( ) { for(int
i=1; i<= 10; i++) {
try {
Thread.sleep(100);
// go to sleep for 100 ms
}catch (Exception ex){
System.out.println(ex);
}
System.out.println(job + " = " + i); } // end for
} // end run
} // end class
Below is the code of SleepEx.java that contains the main() method. It will use the
Worker class created above.

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 309

Web Design and Development (CS506)

// File SleepEx.java
public class SleepEx {
public static void main (String args[ ]){
// Creating Worker objects
Worker first = new Worker (“first job”);
Worker second = new Worker (“second job”);
// Instantiating thread class objects
Thread t1 = new Thread (first );
Thread t2 = new Thread (second);
// starting thread
t1.start();
t2.start();
}
} // end class

Output
On executing SleepEx.java, the output will be produced with exact alternations between
first thread & second thread. On starting threads, first thread will go to sleep for 100 ms. It gives
a chance to second thread to execute. Later this thread will also go to sleep for 100 ms. In the
mean time the first thread will come out of sleep and got a chance on processor. It will print job
on console and again enters into sleep state and this cycle goes on until both threads finished the
run() method.

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 310

Web Design and Development (CS506)

Example Code: Using sleep ( ) for delay purpose

Before jumping on to example code, lets reveal another aspect about main() method. When
you run a Java program, the VM creates a new thread and then sends the main(String[]
args) message to the class to be run! Therefore, there is always at least one running thread in
existence. However, we can create more threads which can run concurrently with the existing
default thread.
sleep()method can be used for delay purpose. This is demonstrated in the DelayEx.java
given below:

// File DelayEx.java
public class DelayEx {
public static void main (String args[ ]){
System.out.println(“main thread going to sleep”);
try {
// the main thread will go to sleep causing delay
Thread.sleep(100);
}catch (Exception ex){
System.out.println(ex);
}
System.out.println(“main thread coming out of sleep”); }
// end main()

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 311

Web Design and Development (CS506)

} // end class

Output
On executing DelayEx class, you will experience a delay after the first statement displayed.
The second statement will print when the time interval expired. This has been show below in the
following two diagrams:

24.1.2 yield( ) method

• Allows any other threads of the same priority to execute (moves itself to the end of the
priority queue)
• If all waiting threads have a lower priority, then the yielding thread resumes execution on
the CPU
• Generally used in cooperative scheduling schemes

Example Code: Demonstrating yield ( ) usage

Below the modified code of Worker.java is given

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 312

Web Design and Development (CS506)

// File Worker.java
public class Worker implements Runnable {
private String job ;
//Constructor of Worker class
public Worker (String j ){
job = j;
}
//Implement run() method of Runnable interface
public void run ( )
{
for(int i=1; i<= 10; i++) {
// giving chance to a thread to execute of same priority
Thread.yield( );
System.out.println(job + " = " + i);
} // end for
} // end run
} // end class

Below is the code of YieldEx.java that contains the main () method. It will use the
Worker class created above.

// File YieldEx.java
public class YieldEx {
public static void main (String args[ ]){
// Creating Worker objects
Worker first = new Worker (“first job”);
Worker second = new Worker (“second job”);
// Instantiating thread class objects
Thread t1 = new Thread (first );
Thread t2 = new Thread (second);
// starting thread
t1.start();
t2.start();
}
} // end class

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 313

Web Design and Development (CS506)

Output
Since both threads have the same priority (until we change the priority of some thread
explicitly). Therefore both threads will execute on alternate basis. This can be confirmed from
the output given below:

24.2 Thread States: Life Cycle of a Thread

A thread can be in different states during its lifecycle as shown in the figure.

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 314

Web Design and Development (CS506)

Some Important states are:

24.2.1 New state

• When a thread is just created

24.2.2 Ready state

• Thread’s start() method invoked
• Thread can now execute
• Put it into the Ready Queue of the scheduler

24.2.3 Running state

• Thread is assigned a processor and now is running

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 315

Web Design and Development (CS506)

24.2.4 Dead state

• Thread has completed or exited
• Eventually disposed of by system

24.3 Thread’s Joining

• Used when a thread wants to wait for another thread to complete its run() method
• For example, if thread2 sent the thread2.join() message, it causes the currently executing
thread to block efficiently until thread2 finishes its run() method
• Calling join method can throw InterruptedException, so you must use try-catch block to
handle it

Example Code: Demonstrating join( ) usage

Below the modified code of Worker.java is given. It only prints the job of the worker

// File Worker.java
public class Worker implements Runnable
{ private String job ; public Worker
(String j ){ job = j;
}
public void run ( ) {
for(int i=1; i<= 10; i++) {
System.out.println(job + " = " + i); } // end for
} // end run
} // end class

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 316

Web Design and Development (CS506)

The class JoinEx will demonstrate how current running (main) blocks until the remaining
threads finished their run ()

// File JoinEx.java
public class JoinEx {
public static void main (String args[ ]){
Worker first = new Worker ("first job");
Worker second = new Worker ("second job");
Thread t1 = new Thread (first );
Thread t2 = new Thread (second);
System.out.println("Starting...");
// starting threads
t1.start();
t2.start();
// The current running thread (main) blocks until both
//workers have finished
try {
t1.join();
t2.join();
}
catch (Exception ex) {
System.out.println(ex);
}
System.out.println("All done ");
} // end main
}

Output
On executing JoinEx, notice that “Starting” is printed first followed by printing workers
jobs. Since main thread does not finish until both threads have finished their run ().
Therefore “All done” will be print on last.

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 317

Web Design and Development (CS506)

24.4 References:
• Java, A Practical Guide by Umair Javed
• Java tutorial by Sun: http://java.sun.com/docs/books/tutorial/
• CS193j handouts on Stanford

Note: Coding exercises in working condition for this lecture are also available on “Downloads”
section of LMS.

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 318

Web Design and Development (CS506)

Lecture 25: Web Application Development

25.1 Introduction

Because of the wide spread use of internet, web based applications are becoming vital part of IT
infrastructure of large organizations. For example web based employee performance
management systems are used by organizations for weekly or monthly reviews of employees. On
the other hand online course registration and examination systems can allow students to study
while staying at their homes.

25.2 Web Applications

In general a web application is a piece of code running at the server which facilitates a remote
user connected to web server through HTTP protocol. HTTP protocol follows stateless
Request-Response communication model. Client (usually a web-browser) sends a request to
Server, which sends back appropriate response or error message.

A Typical Web Application

A web server is software which provides users, access to the services that are present on the
internet. These servers can provide support for many protocols used over internet or intranet like
HTTP, FTP, telnet etc

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 319

Web Design and Development (CS506)

25.3 HTTP Basics

A protocol defines the method and way of communication between two parties. For example
when we talk to our teacher we use a certain way which is different from the way that we adopt
with our friends or parents. Similarly there are many different protocols used by computers to
communicate with each other depending on applications.

For example an Echo Server only listens to incoming name messages and sends back hello
message, while HTTP protocol uses various types of request-response messages.

HTTP Communication Model

25.3.1 Parts of an HTTP request

• Request Method: It tells the server the type of action that a client wants to perform
• URI: Uniform Resource Indicator specifies the address of required document or resource
• Header Fields: Optional headers can be used by client to tell server extra information
about request e.g. client software and content type that it understands.

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 320

Web Design and Development (CS506)

HTTP Request Example

• Body: Contains data sent by client to the server

• Other request headers like FROM (email of the person responsible for request) and VIA
(used by gateways and proxies to show intermediate sites the request passes) can also be
used.
• Request Parameters o Request can also contain addition information in form of request
parameters In URL as query string e.g.
http://www.gmail.com/register?name=ali&state=punjab
As part of request body (see Figure 3)

25.3.2 Parts of HTTP response

• Result Code: A numeric status code and its description.
• Header Fields: Servers use these fields to tell client about server information like
configurations and software etc.
• Body: Data sent by server as part of response that is finally seen by the user.

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 321

Web Design and Development (CS506)

Figure 4: HTTP Response Example

25.3.3 HTTP Response Codes

• An HTTP Response code tell the client about the state of the response i.e. whether it’s a
valid response or some error has occurred etc. HTTP Response codes fall into five
general categories

o 100-199
Codes in the 100s are informational, indicating that the client should
respond with some other action.
100: Continue with partial request.

o 200-299
Values in the 200s signify that the request was successful.
200: Means everything is fine.

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 322

Web Design and Development (CS506)

o 300-399
Values in the 300s are used for files that have moved and usually include a
Location header indicating the new address.
300: Document requested can be found several places; they'll be listed in
the returned document.
o 400-499
Values in the 400s indicate an error by the client.
404: Indicates that the requested resource is not available.
401: Indicates that the request requires HTTP authentication.
403: Indicates that access to the requested resource has been denied.

o 500-599
Codes in the 500s signify an error by the server.
503: Indicates that the HTTP server is temporarily overloaded and unable
to handle the request.

404: Indicates That The Requested Resource Is Not Available

401: Indicates That Request Requires HTTP Authentication

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 323

Web Design and Development (CS506)

25.4 Server Side Programming

Web server pages can be either static pages or dynamic pages. A static web page is a simple
HTML (Hyper Text Transfer Language) file. When a client requests an HTML page the server
simple sends back response with the required page.

Static Web Page Request And Response

An example of static web page is given below

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 324

Web Design and Development (CS506)

While in case of dynamic web page s server executes an application which generates HTML
web pages according to specific requests coming from client. These dynamically generated web
pages are sent back to client with the response.

25.4.1 Why build Pages Dynamically?

We need to create dynamic web pages when the content of site changes frequently and client
specific response is required. Some of the scenarios are listed below

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 325

Web Design and Development (CS506)

• The web page is based on data submitted by the user e.g. results page from search engines
and order confirmation pages at on line stores.

• The Web page is derived from data that changes frequently e.g. a weather report or news
headlines page.

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 326

Web Design and Development (CS506)

• The Web page uses information from databases or other server-side resources e.g. an
ecommerce site could use a servlet to build a Web page that lists the current price and
availability of each item that is for sale.

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 327

Web Design and Development (CS506)

Server side programming involves

• Using technologies for developing web pages that include dynamic content.
• Developing web based applications which can produce web pages that contain
information that is connection-dependent or time-dependent.

25.4.2 Dynamic Web Content Technologies Evolution

Dynamic web content development technologies have evolved through time in speed, security,
ease of use and complexity. Initially C based CGI programs were on the server. Then template
based technologies like ASP and PHP were then introduced which allowed ease of use for
designing complex web pages. Sun Java introduced Servlets and JSP that provided more speed
and security as well as better tools for web page creation.

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 328

Web Design and Development (CS506)

Dynamic Web Content Technologies Evolution

25.5 Layers & Web Application

Normally web applications are partitioned into logical layers. Each layer performs a specific
functionality which should not be mixed with other layers. Layers are isolated from each other to
reduce coupling between them but they provide interfaces to communicate with each other.

Simplified View Of A Web Application And Its Layers

25.5.1 Presentation Layer:

• Provides a user interface for client to interact with application. This is the only part of
application visible to client.

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 329

Web Design and Development (CS506)

25.5.2 Business Layer

• The business or service layer implements the actual business logic or functionality of the
application. For example in case of online shopping systems this layer handles transaction
management.

25.5.3 Data Layer

• This layer consists of objects that represent real-world business objects such as an Order,
OrderLineItem, Product, and so on.
25.6 Java - Web Application Technologies
There are several Java technologies available for web application development which includes
Java Servlets, JavaServer Pages, and JavaServer Faces etc.

Java Web Application Technologies (Presentation/Web Tier)

25.7 References:
• Java, A Practical Guide by Umair Javed.
• Java tutorial by Sun: http://java.sun.com/docs/books/tutorial/ .

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 330

Web Design and Development (CS506)

Note: Coding exercises in working condition for this lecture are also available on “Downloads”
section of LMS.

Lecture 26: Java Servlets

Servlets are java technology’s answer to CGI programming. CGI was widely used for generating
dynamic content before Servlets arrived. They were programs written mostly in C, C++ that run
on a web server and used to build web pages.

As you can see in the figure below, a client sends a request to web server, server forwards that
request to a servlet, servlet generates dynamic content, mostly in the form of HTML pages, and
returns it back to the server, which sends it back to the client. Hence we can say that servlet is
extending the functionality of the webserver (The job of the earlier servers was to respond only
to request, by may be sending the required html file back to the client, and generally no
processing was performed on the server)

26.1 What Servlets can do?

• Servlets can do anything that a java class can do. For example, connecting with database,
reading/writing data to/from file etc.
• Handles requests sent by the user (clients) and generates response dynamically (normally
HTML pages).

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 331

Web Design and Development (CS506)

• The dynamically generated content is send back to the user through a webserver
(client)

26.2 Servlets vs. other SSP technologies

The java’s servlet technology has following advantage over their counter parts:

26.2.1 Convenient
Servlets can use the whole java API e.g. JDBC. So if you already know java, why learn Perl or
C. Servlets have an extensive infrastructure for automatically parsing and decoding HTML form
data, reading and sending HTTP headers, handling cookies and tracking session etc and many
more utilities.

26.2.2 Efficient
With traditional CGI, a new process is started for each request while with servlets each request is
handled by a lightweight java thread, not a heavy weight operating system process. (more on this
later)

26.2.3 Powerful
Java servlets let you easily do several things that are difficult or impossible with regular CGI.
For example, servlets can also share data among each other

26.2.4 Portable
Since java is portable and servlets is a java based technology therefore they are generally
portable across web servers

26.2.5 Inexpensive
There are numbers of free or inexpensive web servers available that are good for personal use or
low volume web sites. For example Apache is a commercial grade webserver that is absolutely

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 332

Web Design and Development (CS506)

free. However some very high end web and application servers are quite expensive e.g. BEA
weblogic. We’ll also use Apache in this course

26.3 Software Requirements

To use java servlets will be needed

• J2SE
• Additional J2EE based libraries for servlets such as servlet-api.jar and
jspapi.jar. Since these libraries are not part of J2SE, you can download these APIs
separately. However these APIs are also available with the web server you’ll be using.
• A capable servlet web engine (webserver)

26.4 Jakarta Servlet Engine

(Tomcat)
Jakarta is an Apache project and tomcat is one of its subprojects. Apache Tomcat is an open
source web server, which is used as an official reference implementation of Java Servlets and
Java Server Pages technologies.

Tomcat is developed in an open and participatory environment and released under the Apache
software license

26.4.1 Environment Setup

To work with servlets and JSP technologies, you first need to set up the environment. Tomcat
installation can be performed in two different ways (a) using .zip file (b) using .exe file.
This setup process is broken down into the following steps:

1. Download the Apache Tomcat Server

2. Install Tomcat
3. Set the JAVA_HOME variable
4. Set the CATALINA_HOME variable
5. Set the CLASSPATH variable
6. Test the Server

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 333

Web Design and Development (CS506)

26.4.2 Environment Setup Using .zip File

Let’s take a detail look on each step and get some hands on experience of environment setup.

26.4.2.1 Download the Apache Tomcat Server

From the http://tomcat.apache.org, download the zip file for the current release (e.g.
jakarta-tomcat-5.5.9.zip or any latest version) on your C:\ drive. There are different releases
available on site. Select to download .zip file from the Binary Distributions core section.

Note: J2SE 5.0 must be installed prior to use the 5.5.9 version of tomcat.

26.4.2.2 Installing Tomcat using .zip file

• Unzip the file into a location (e.g. C:\). (Rightclick on the zip file and select
unziphere option )
• When the zip file will unzipped a directory structure will be created on your computer
such as:

• The C:\jakarta-tomcat-5.5.9 folder is generally referred as root directory or

CATALINA_HOME

Note: After extraction, make sure C:\jakarta-tomcat-5.5.9 contains a bin

subdirectory. Sometimes students create their own directory and unzip the file there such as

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 334

Web Design and Development (CS506)

C:\jakarta-tomcat-5.5.9\jakarta-tomcat-5.5.9.This causes problems while giving path

information
26.4.2.3 Set the JAVA_HOME variable

• JAVA_HOME indicates the root directory of your jdk. Set the JAVA_HOME
environment variable to tell Tomcat, where to find java
• This variable should list the base JDK installation directory, not the bin subdirectory
• To set it, right click on My Computer icon. Select the advanced tab, a System Properties
window will appear in front of you like shown below. Select the Environment Variables
button to proceed.

• On clicking Environment Variable button, the Environment Variables window will open
as shown next

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 335

Web Design and Development (CS506)

• Create a new User variable by clicking New button as shown above, the New User
Variable window will appear
• Set name of variable JAVA_HOME

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 336

Web Design and Development (CS506)

• The value is the installation directory of JDK (for example C:\Program

Files\j2sdk_nb\j2sdk1.4.2). This is shown below in the picture. Please note
that bin folder is not included in the path.

• Press Ok button to finish

26.4.2.4 Set the CATALINA_HOME variable

CATALINA_HOME is used to tell the system about the root directory of the TOMCAT.
There are various files (classes, exe etc) needed by the system to run.
CATALINA_HOME is used to tell your system (in this case your web server Tomcat) where the
required files are.

• To Set the CATALINA_HOME environment variable, create another User Variable.

• Type CATALINA_HOME as the name of the environment variable.
• Its value should be the path till your top-level Tomcat directory. If you have unzipped the
Tomcat in C drive. It should be C:\jakarta-tomcat-5.5.9.
This is shown below:

• Press Ok button to finish

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 337

Web Design and Development (CS506)

Note: To run Tomcat (web server) you need to set only the two environment variables and
these are JAVA_HOME & CATALINA_HOME

26.4.2.5 Set the CLASSPATH variable

Since servlets and JSP are not part of the Java 2 platform, standard edition, you have to identify
the servlet classes to the compiler. The server already knows about the servlet classes, but the
compiler (i.e., javac) you use for compiling source files of servlet does not. So if you don't set
your CLASSPATH, any attempt to compile servlets, tag libraries, or other classes that use the
servlet API will fail with error messages about unknown classes.

• To Set the CLASSPATH environment variable, create another User Variable.

• Type CLASSPATH as the name of the environment variable.
• Its value should be the path for servlet-api.jar and jsp-api.jar.
These file can be found on following path:

• Press OK button to finish the setting of CLASSPATH variable

26.4.2.6 Test the server

Before making your own servlets and JSP, verify that the server is working properly.
Follow these steps in order to do that:

• Open the C:\jakarta-tomcat-5.5.9\bin folder and locate the startup.batfile.

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 338

Web Design and Development (CS506)

• Double clicking on this file will open up a DOS window, which will disappear, and
another DOS window will appear, the second window will stay there. If it does not your
paths are not correctly set.
• Now to check whether your server is workig or not, open up a browser window and type
http://localhost:8080. This should open the default page of omcat as shown in next
diagram:

Note: If default page doesn’t displayed, open up an internet explorer window, move on to Tools
Internet Options Connections LAN Settings. Make sure that option of “Bypass proxy server
for local addresses” is unchecked.

There is another easier way to carry out the environment setup using .exe file. However, it is
strongly recommended that you must complete the environment setup using .zip file to know the
essential fundamentals.

26.4.3 Environment Setup Using .exe File

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 339

Web Design and Development (CS506)

Let’s look at the steps involved to accomplish the environment setup using .exe file.
26.4.3.1 Download the Apache Tomcat Server

From the http://tomcat.apache.org, download the .exe file for the current release (e.g.
jakarta-tomcat-5.5.9.zip) on your C:\ drive. There are different releases available on site. Select
to download Windows executable (.exe) file from Binary Distributions Core section.
Note: J2SE 5.0 must be installed to use the 5.5.9 version of tomcat.

26.4.3.2 Installing Tomcat using .exe file

• Run the .exe file by double clicking on it.

• Moving forward in setup, you will reach to the following window

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 340

Web Design and Development (CS506)

• Select install type “Full” and press Next button to proceed.

• Choose the folder in which you want to install Apache Tomcat and press Next to proceed.
• The configuration window will be opened. Leave the port unchanged (since by default
web
servers run on port 8080, you can change it if you really want to). Specify the user name
& password in the specified fields and press Next button to move forward. This is also
shown in the diagram coming next:

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 341

Web Design and Development (CS506)

• The setup will automatically select the Java Virtual Machine path. Click
• Install button to move ahead.
• Finish the setup with the Run Apache Tomcat option selected. It will cause the tomcat
server to run in quick launch bar as shown in diagram below. The Apache Tomcat
shortcuts will also added to Programs menu.

• Double clicking on this button will open up Apache Tomcat Properties window. From
here you can start or stop your web server. You can
also configure many options if you want to. This properties window is shown below:

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 342

Web Design and Development (CS506)

26.4.3.3 Set the JAVA_HOME variable

Choosing .exe mode does not require completing this step.

26.4.3.4 Set the CATALINA_HOME variable

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 343

Web Design and Development (CS506)

Choosing .exe mode does not require completing this step.

26.4.3.5 Set the CLASSPATH variable

Same as step 5 of .zip installation mode

26.4.3.6 Test the server

If tomcat installation is made using .exe file, follow these steps

• Open the Apache Tomcat properties window by clicking on the Apache Tomcat button
from Quick Launch.
• Start the tomcat server if it is not running by clicking on Start button.
• Open up a browser window and type http://localhost:8080. This should open the default
page of Tomcat as shown in the next diagram:

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 344

Web Design and Development (CS506)

Note: If default page doesn’t displayed, open up an internet explorer window, move on to Tools
Internet Options Connections LAN Settings. Make sure that option of “Bypass proxy server
for local addresses” is unchecked.

26.5 References:
• Java, A Lab Course by Umair Javed.
• Java Servlet & JSP tutotrial http://www.apl.jhu.edu/~hall/java/Servlet-Tutorial/ .

Note: Coding exercises in working condition for this lecture are also available on “Downloads”
section of LMS.

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 345

Web Design and Development (CS506)

Lecture 27: Creating a Simple Web Application in Tomcat

In this handout, we’ll discuss the standard tomcat directory structure, a pre-requisite for building
any web application. Different nuts and bolts of Servlets will also be discussed. In the later part
of this handout, we’ll also learn how to make a simple web application using servlet.
27.1 Standard Directory Structure of a J2EE Web Application
A web application is defined as a hierarchy of directories and files in a standard layout. Such
hierarchies can be used in two forms

• Unpack

o Where each directory & file exists in the file system separately

o Used mostly during development

• Pack

o Known as Web Archive (WAR) file

o Mostly used to deploy web applications
The webapps folder is the top-level Tomcat directory that contains all the web applications
deployed on the server. Each application is deployed in a separate folder often referred as
“context”.

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 346

Web Design and Development (CS506)

To make a new application e.g myapp in tomcat you need a specific folder hierarchy.

• Create a folder named myapp in C:\jakarta-tomcat-5.5.9\webapps folder.

This name will also appear in the URL for your application. For example
http://localhost:8080/myapp/index.html
• All JSP and html files will be kept in main application folder (C:\jakarta-
tomcat-5.5.9\webapps\myapp)
• Create another folder inside myapp folder and change its name to WEB-INF.
Remember WEB-INF is case sensitive and it is not WEB_INF
• Configuration files such as web.xml will go in WEB-INF folder
(C:\jakarta-tomcat-5.5.9\webapps\myapp\WEB-INF)
• Create another folder inside WEB-INF folder and change its name to classes.
Remember classes name is also case sensitive.
• Servlets and Java Beans will go in classes folder (C:\jakarta-tomcat-
5.5.9\webapps\myapp\WEB-INF\classes)

That’s the minimum directory structure required in order to get started. This is also shown in the
figure below:

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 347

Web Design and Development (CS506)

• To test application hierarchy, make a simple html file e.g. index.html file.
Write some basic HTML code into it and save it in main application directory i.e.
C:\jakarta-tomcat-5.5.9\webapps\myapp\
• Restart the server and access it by using the URL
http://localhost:8080/myapp/index.html
• A more detailed view of the Tomcat standard directory structure is given below.

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 348

Web Design and Development (CS506)

• Here you can see some other folders like lib & tags under the WEB-INF.
• The lib folder is required if you want to use some achieve files (.jar). For example an
API in jar format that can help generating .pdf files.
• Similarly tags folder is helpful for building custom tags or for using .tag files.

Note: Restart Tomcat every time you create a new directory structure, a servlet or a java bean so
that it can recognize it. For JSP and html files you don’t have to restart the server.
27.2 Writing Servlets

27.2.1 Servlet Types

• Servlet related classes are included in two main packages javax.servlet and
javax.servlet.http.
• Every servlet must implement the javax.servlet.Servlet interface, it contains
the servlet’s life cycle methods etc. (Life cycle methods will be discussed in next
handout)

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 349

Web Design and Development (CS506)

• In order to write your own servlet, you can subclass from GernericServlet or
HttpServlet

27.2.1.1 GenericServlet class

• Available in javax.servlet package

• Implements javax.servlet.Servlet
Extend your class from this class if you are interested in writing protocol independent
servlets

27.2.1.2 HttpServlet class

• Available in javax.servlet.http package

• Extends from GenericServlet class
• Adds functionality for writing HTTP specific servlets as
compared to GernericServlet
• Extend your class from HttpServlet, if you want to write HTTP based servlets

27.3 Servlet Class Hierarchy

The Servlet class hierarchy is given below. Like all java classes GenericServlet also
inherits from Object class. Apart from GenericServlet and HttpServlet classes,
ServletRequest, HttpServletRequest, ServeltResponse and
HttpServletResponse are also helpful in writing a servlet.

As you can guess ServletRequest & ServletResponse are used in conjunction

with GenericServlet. These classes are used for processing protocol independent requests
and generating protocol independent responses respectively.

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 350

Web Design and Development (CS506)

HttpServletRequest & HttpServletRespose are used for processing HTTP

protocol specific requests and generating HTTP specific response. Obviously these classes will
be used in conjunction with HttpServet class, which means you are making a HTTP protocol
specific servlet.

27.4 Types of HTTP requests

HTTP supports different types of request to be sent over to server. Each request has some
specific purpose. The most important ones are get & post. Given below a brief overview of each
request type is given. You can refer to RFC of HTTP for further details.

• GET: Requests a page from the server. This is the normal request used when browsing
web pages.
• POST: This request is used to pass information to the server. Its most common use is
with HTML forms.
• PUT: Used to put a new web page on a server.
• DELETE: Used to delete a web page from the server.
• OPTIONS: Intended for use with the web server, listing the supported options.
• TRACE: Used to trace servers

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 351

Web Design and Development (CS506)

27.5 GET & POST, HTTP request types

Some details on GET and POST HTTP request types are given below.

• GET

o Attribute-Value pair is attached with requested URL after ‘?’.

o For example if attribute is ‘name’ and value is ‘ali’ then the request will be
http://www.gmail.com/register?name=ali
o For HTTP based servlet, override doGet () methods of HttpServlet class
to handle these type of requests.

• POST

o Attribute-Value pair attached within the request body. For your reference HTTP
request diagram is given below again:

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 352

Web Design and Development (CS506)

o Override doPost()method of HttpServlet class to handle POST type requests.

27.6 Steps for making a Hello World Servlet

To get started we will make a customary “HelloWorldServlet”. Let’s see what are
the steps involved in writing a servlet that will produce “Hello World”

1. Create a directory structure for your application (i.e. helloapp). This is a one time process
for any application
2. Create a HelloWorldServlet source file by extending this class from
HttpServlet and overriding your desired method. For example doGet() or
doPost().
3. Compile it (If get error of not having required packages, check your class path)
4. Place the class file of HelloWorldServlet in the classes folder of your web
application (i.e. myapp).
a. Note: If you are using packages then create a complete structure under classes
folder
5. Create a deployment descriptor (web.xml) and put it inside WEB-INF folder
6. Restart your server if already running
7. Access it using Web browser

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 353

Web Design and Development (CS506)

Example Code: HelloWorldServlet.java

//File HelloWorldServlet.java
// importing required
packages import java.io.*;
import javax.servlet.*;

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 354

Web Design and Development (CS506)

import javax.servlet.http.*; //
extending class from HttpServelt
public class HelloWorldServlet extends HttpServlet {
/* overriding doGet() method because writing a URL in the browser
by default generate request of GET type As you can see,
HttpServletRequest and HttpServletResponse are passed to this
method. These objects will help in processing of HTTP request and
generating response for HTTP This method can throw
ServletException or IOException, so we mention these exception
types after method signature
*/
public void doGet(HttpServletRequest
request, HttpServletResponse response)
throws ServletException, IOException
{

/* getting output stream i.e PrintWriter from response object by

calling getWriter method on it As mentioned, for generating
response, we will use HttpServletResponse object
*/

PrintWriter out = response.getWriter();

/* printing Hello World in the browser using PrintWriter

object. You can also write HTML like
out.println(“<h1> Hello World </h1>”)
*/
out.println(“Hello World! ”);

} // end doGet()
} // end HelloWorldServlet

Example Code: web.xml

eXtensible Markup Language (xml) contains custom defined tags which convey
information about the content. To learn more about XML visit http://ww.w3schools.com.

Inside web.xml, the <web-app> is the root tag representing the web application. All other
tags come inside of it.

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 355

Web Design and Development (CS506)

<?xml version="1.0" encoding="ISO-8859-1"?>

<web-app>
<servlet>
<servlet-name> HelloWorldServlet </servlet-name>
<servlet-class> HelloWorldServlet </servlet-class> </servlet>
<servlet-mapping>
<servlet-name> HelloWorldServlet </servlet-name> <url-pattern>
/myfirstservlet </url-pattern>
</servlet-mapping>
</web-app>

The <servlet> tag represents one’s servlet name and its class. To specify the name of servlet,
<servlet-name> tag is used. Similarly to specify the class name of servlet (it is the same
name you used for making a servlet), <servlet-class> tag is used.

Note: It is important to note here that you can specify any name for a servlet inside
<servlet-name> tag. This name is used for referring to servlet in later part of web.xml.
You can think of it as your id assigned to you by your university while you have actually
different name (like <servlet-class>).

Next we will define the servlet mapping. By defining servlet mapping we are specifying URL to
access a servlet. <servlet-mapping> tag is used for this purpose.

Inside <servlet-mapping> tag, first you will write the name of the servlet for which you
want to specify the URL mapping using <servlet-name> tag and then you will define the URL
pattern using <url-pattern> tag. Notice the forward slash (/ ) is used before specifying the
url. You can specify any name of URL. The forward slash indicates the root of your application.
<url-pattern> /myfirstservlet </url-pattern>

Now you can access HelloWorldServelt (if it is placed in myapp application) by giving the
following url in the browser

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 356

Web Design and Development (CS506)

http://localhost:8080/myapp/myfirstservlet

Note: Save this web.xml file by placing double quotes(“web.xml”) around it as you did to save
.java files.

27.7 Compiling and Invoking Servlets

• Compile HelloWorldServlet.java using javac command.
• Put HelloWorldServlet.class in C:\jakarta-tomcat-
5.5.9/webapps/myapp/WEB-INF/classes folder
• Put web.xml file in C:\jakarta-tomcat-
5.5.9/webapps/myapp/WEB-INF folder
• Invoke your servlet by writing following URL in web browser. Don’t forget to restart your
tomcat server if already running http://localhost:8080/myapp/myfirstservlet

Note: By using IDEs like netBeans® 4.1, you don’t have to write web.xml by yourself or
even to worry about creating directory structure and to copy files inappropriate locations.
However manually undergoing this process will strengthen your concepts and will help you to
understand the underlying mechanics.
27.8 References:
• Entire material for this handout is taken from the book JAVA A Lab Course by Umair
Javed. This material is available just for the use of VU students of the course Web
Design and Development and not for any other commercial purpose without the consent
of author.

Note: Coding exercises in working condition for this lecture are also available on “Downloads”
section of LMS.

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 357

Web Design and Development (CS506)

Lecture 28: Servlets Lifecycle

In the last handout, we have seen how to write a simple servlet. In this handout we will look
more specifically on how servlets get created and destroyed. What different set of method are
invoked during the lifecycle of a typical servlet.

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 358

Web Design and Development (CS506)

The second part consists on reading HTML form data through servlet technology. This will be
explored in detail using code example

28.1 Stages of Servlet Lifecycle

A servlet passes through the following stages in its life.

• Initialize
• Service
• Destroy

As you can conclude from the diagram below, that with the passage of time a servlet passes
through these stages one after another.

28.1.1 Initialize
When the servlet is first created, it is in the
initialization stage. The webserver invokes he
init() method of the servlet in this stage. It
should be noted here that init() is only called once
and is not called for each request. Since there is no
constructor available in Servlet so this urges its use
for one time initialization (loading of
resources, setting of parameters etc) just as the
init() method of applet.

Initialize stage has the following characteristics and usage

• Executed once, when the servlet gets loaded for the first time
• Not called for each client request
• The above two points make it an ideal place to perform the startup tasks which are done
in constructor in a normal class.
28.1.2 Service
The service() method is the engine of the servlet, which actually processes the client’s request.
On every request from the client, the server spawns a new thread and calls the service()
method as shown in the figure below. This makes it more efficient as compared to the
technologies that use single thread to respond to requests.

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 359

Web Design and Development (CS506)

The figure below show both

versions of the implementation of
service cycle. In the upper part of
diagram, we assume that servlet is
made by sub-classing from
GenericServlet.
(Remember, GenericServlet is
used for constructing protocol
independent servlets.). To provide the desired functionality, service() method is
overridden. The client sends a request to the web server; a new thread is created to serve this
request followed by calling the service() method. Finally a response is prepared and sent
back to the user according to the request.

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 360

Web Design and Development (CS506)

The second part of the figure illustrates a situation in which servlet is made using
HttpServlet class. Now, this servlet can only serves the HTTP type requests. In these
servlets doGet() and doPost() are overridden to provide desired behaviors. When a
request is sent to the web server, the web server after creating a thread, passes on this request to
service() method. The service() method checks the HTTP requests type (GET, POST
etc) and calls the doGet() or doPost() method depending on how the request is originally
sent. After forming the response by doGet() or doPost() method, the response is sent
back to the service() method that is finally sent to the user by the web server.
28.1.3 Destroy
The web server may decide to remove a previously loaded servlet instance, perhaps because it is
explicitly asked to do so by the server administrator, or perhaps servlet container shuts down or
the servlet is idle for a long time, or may be the server is overloaded. Before it does, however it
calls the servlets destroy() method. This makes it a perfect spot for releasing the acquired
resources.

28.2 Summary
• A Servlet is constructed and initialized. The initialization can be performed inside of
init() method.
• Servlet services zero or more requests by calling service() method that may decide
to call further methods depending upon the Servlet type (Generic or HTTP specific)
• Server shuts down, Servlet is destroyed and garbage is collected
The following figure can help to summarize the life cycle of the Servlet

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 361

Web Design and Development (CS506)

The web sever creates a servlet instance. After successful creation, the servlet enters into
initialization phase. Here, init() method is invoked for once. In case web server fails in
previous two stages, the servlet instance is unloaded from the server.

After initialization stage, the Servlet becomes available to serve the clients requests and to
generate response accordingly. Finally, the servlet is destroyed and unloaded from web server.
28.3 Reading HTML Form Data Using Servlets
In the second part, the required concepts and servlet technology is explored in order to read
HTML form data. To begin with, let’s first identify in how many ways a client can send data

28.3.1 HTML & Servlets

Generally HTML is used as a Graphics User Interface for a Servlet. In the figure below, HTML
form is being used as a GUI interface for MyServlet. The data entered by the user in HTML form

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 362

Web Design and Development (CS506)

is transmitted to the MyServlet that can process this data once it read out. Response may be
generated to fulfil the application requirements.

28.3.2 Types of Data send to Web Server

When a user submits a browser request to a web server, it sends two categories of data:

• Form Data
Data that the user explicitly type into an HTML form. For example: registration
information provided for creating a new email account.
• HTTP Request Header Data
Data, which is automatically, appended to the HTTP Request from the client for
example, cookies, browser type, and browser IP address.

Based on our understanding of HTML, we now know how to create user forms. We also know
how to gather user data via all the form controls: text, password, select, checkbox, radio buttons,
etc. Now, the question arises: if I submit form data to a Servlet, how do I extract this form data
from servlet? Figuring this out, provides the basis for creating interactive web applications that
respond to user requests.

28.3.2.1 Reading HTML Form Data from Servlet

Now let see how we can read data from “HTML form” using Servlet. The

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 363

Web Design and Development (CS506)

HttpServletRequest object contains three main methods for extractingform data submitted by the
user:

• getParameter(String name)

o Used to retrieve a single form parameter and returns String corresponding to name
specified.
o Empty String is returned in the case when user does not enter any thing in the
specified form field. o If the name specified to retrieve the value does not exist, it
returns null.

Note: You should only use this method when you are sure that the parameter has only
one value. If the parameter might have more than one value, use
getParamterValues().

• getParameterValues(String name)

o Returns an array of Strings objects containing all of the given values of the given
request parameter.
o If the name specified does not exist, null is returned

• getParameterNames()

o If you are unsure about the parameter names, this method will be helpful o It
returns Enumeration of String objects containing the names of the parameters that
come with the request.
o If the request has no parameters, the method returns an empty Enumeration.

Note: All these methods discussed above work the same way regardless of the request
type(GET or POST). Also remember that form elements are case sensitive for example,
“userName” is not the same as the “username.”

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 364

Web Design and Development (CS506)

Example Code: Reading Form Data using Servlet

This example consists of one HTML page (index.html), one servlet (MyServlet.java) and one
xml file (web.xml) file. The HTML page contains two form parameters: firstName and
surName. The Servlet extracts these specific parameters and echoes them back to the browser
after appending “Hello”.

Note: The example given below and examples later in coming handouts are built using
netBeans®4.1. It’s important to note that tomcat server bundled with netBeans® runs on 8084
port by default. index.html

Let’s have a look on the HTML code used to construct the above page.

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 365

Web Design and Development (CS506)

<html>
<head>
<title> Reading Two Parameters </title> </head>
<body>
<H2> Please fill out this form: </H2>
<FORM METHOD="GET"
ACTION="http://localhost:8084/paramapp/formservlet"
NAME="myform" >
<BR> Firstname:
<INPUT TYPE = “text” NAME="firstName">
<BR> Surname:
<INPUT TYPE = “text” NAME="surName">
<BR>

<INPUT TYPE="submit" value="Submit Form">

<INPUT TYPE="reset" value="Reset">

</FORM>
</body>
</html>

Let’s discuss the code of above HTML form. As you can see in the <FORM> tag, the attribute
METHOD is set to “GET”. The possible values for this attribute can be GET and POST. Now
what do these values mean?

• Setting the method attribite to “GET” means that we want to send the HTTP request
using the GET method which will evantually activate the doGet() method of the
servlet. In the GET method the information in the input fields entered by the user, merges
with the URL as the query string and are visible to the user.
• Setting METHOD value to “POST” hides the entered information from the user as this
information becomes the part of request body and activates doPost() method of the
servlet.

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 366

Web Design and Development (CS506)

Attribute ACTION of<FROM>tag is set to http://localhost:8084/paramapp/formservlet.

The form data will be transmitted to this URL. paramapp is the name of web application
created using netBeans. formservlet
is the value of <url-pattern> defined in the web.xml. The code of web.xml is
given at the end.

The NAME attribute is set to “myform” that helps when the same page has more than one forms.
However, here it is used only for demonstration purpose.

To create the text fields where user can enter data, following lines of code come into play

<INPUT TYPE = “text” NAME="firstName">

<INPUT TYPE = “text” NAME="surName">

Each text field is distinguished on the basis of name assigned to them. Later these names
also help in extracting the values entered into these text fields.

MyServlet.java

Now let’s take a look at the servlet code to which HTML form data is submitted.
import java.io.*; import
javax.servlet.*; import
javax.servlet.http.*;
public class MyServlet extends HttpServlet
{
public void doGet(HttpServletRequest req,
HttpServletResponse res) throws ServletException, IOException
{
// reading first name parameter/textfield
String fName = req.getParameter(“firstName”);
// reading surname parameter/textfield
String sName = req.getParameter(“surName”);
// gettting stream from HttpServletResponse object
PrintWriter out = res.getWriter();
out.println("Hello: " + fName + " " + sName);
out.close();
}

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 367

Web Design and Development (CS506)

}// end FormServlet

We started the code with importing three packages.

import java.io.*, import

javax.servlet.*; import
javax.servlet.http.*;

These packages are imported to have the access on PrintWriter, HttpServlet,

HttpServletRequest, HttpServletResponse, ServletException and
IOException classes.

The class MySevlet extends from HttpServlet to inherit the HTTP specific
functionality. If you recall HTML code (index.html) discussed above, the value of
mehtod attribute was set to “GET”. So in this case, we only need to override doGet()
Method.

Entering inside doGet() method brings the crux of the code. These are:

String fName = req.getParameter(“firstName”);

String sName = req.getParameter(“surName”);

Two String variables fName and sName are declared that receive String values returned by
getParameter() method. As discussed earlier, this method returns String corresponds to
the form parameter. Note that the values of name attributes of input tags used in index.html
have same case with the ones passed to getParameter() methods as parameters. The part
of HTML code is reproduced over here again:

<INPUT TYPE = “text” NAME="firstName">

<INPUT TYPE = “text” NAME="surName">

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 368

Web Design and Development (CS506)

In the last part of the code, we get the object of PrintWriter stream from the object of
HttpServletResponse. This object will be used to send data back the response. Using
PrintWriter object (out), the names are printed with appended “Hello” that becomes
visible in the browser.

web.xml

<?xml version="1.0" encoding="ISO-8859-1"?> <web-app>

<servlet>
<servlet-name> FormServlet </servlet-name>
<servlet-class> MyServlet </servlet-class> </servlet>
<servlet-mapping>
<servlet-name> FormServlet </servlet-name>
<url-pattern> /formservlet </url-pattern> </servlet-mapping>
</web-app>

The <servlet-mapping> tag contains two tags <servlet-name> and

<urlpatteren> containing name and pattern of the URL respectively. Recall the value of
action attribute of the <form> element in the HTML page. You can see it is exactly the same
as mentioned in <url-pattern> tag.

http://localhost:8084/paramapp/formservlet

28.4 References:
• JAVA a Lab Course by Umair Javed
• Java API documentation
• Core Servlets and JSP by Marty Hall

Note: Coding exercises in working condition for this lecture are also available on “Downloads”
section of LMS.

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 369

Web Design and Development (CS506)

Lecture 29: More on Servlets

The objective of this handout is to learn about the use and implementation of initialization
parameters for a Servlet. Moreover different ways of redirecting response and forwarding or
including requests also discussed in detail.

29.1 Initialization Parameters

Some times at the time of starting up the application we need to provide some initial information
e,g, name of the file where server can store logging information, DSN for database etc. Initial
configuration can be defined for a Servlet by defining some string parameters in web.xml. This
allows a Servlet to have initial parameters from outside. This is similar to providing command
line parameters to a standard console based application.

Example: setting init parameters in web.xml

Let’s have a look on the way of defining these parameters in web.xml

<init-param> //defining param 1

<param-name> param1 </param-name>
<param-value> value1 </param-value>
</init-param>
<init-param> //defining param 2
<param-name> param2 </param-name>
<param-value> value2 </param-value> </init-param>

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 370

Web Design and Development (CS506)

In the above code, it is shown that for each parameter we need to define separate
<initparam> tag that have two sub tags <param-name> and <param-value>, which
contain the name and values of the parameter respectively.

29.1.1 ServletConfig
Every Servlet has an object called ServletConfig associated with it as shown in the fig. below. It
contains relevant information about the Servlet like initialization parameters defined in
web.xml

29.1.2 Reading Initialization Parameters

Now let’s see, how we can access init parameters inside the Servlet. The method
getInitParameter()of ServletConfig is usually used to access init parameters. It
takes a String as parameter, matches it with <param-name> tag under all
<init-param> tags and returns <param-value> from the web.xml
One way is to override init() method as shown in the code below. The
ServletConfig object can then be used to read initialization parameter.

public void init(ServletConfig config) throws

ServletException {
String name = config.getInitParameter(“paramName”); }

Another way to read initialization parameters out side the init () method is

• Call getServletConfig() to obtain the ServletConfig object

• Use getInitParameter() of ServletConfig to read initialization
parameters

public void anyMethod() // defined inside servlet

{

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 371

Web Design and Development (CS506)

ServletConfig config = getServletConfig();

String name = config.getInitParameter(“param_name"); }

Example Code: Reading init parameters

MyServlet.java will read the init parameter (log file name) defined inside web.xml. The
code is given below:

import java.io.*;
import java.net.*;
import javax.servlet.*;
import
javax.servlet.http.*;
public class MyServlet extends HttpServlet {
// attribute used to store init-parameter
value
String fileName;
// overriding init() method
public void init(ServletConfig config) throws ServletException{
super.init(config);
// reading init-parameter “logfilename” stored in web.xml
fileName = config.getInitParameter("logfilename");

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 372

Web Design and Development (CS506)

/*
Both doGet() & doPost() methods are override over here.
processRequest() is called from both these methods. This makes
possible for a servlet to handle both POST and GET requests
identically.
*/
// Handles the HTTP GET request type
protected void doGet(HttpServletRequest
request, HttpServletResponse response)
throws ServletException, IOException
{
processRequest(request, response);
}
// Handles the HTTP POST request type
protected void doPost(HttpServletRequest
request, HttpServletResponse response) throws
ServletException, IOException
{
processRequest(request, response);
}
// called from doGet() & doPost()
protected void processRequest(HttpServletRequest
request, HttpServletResponse response) throws
ServletException, IOException
{
PrintWriter out = response.getWriter();

// writing init-parameter value that is store in

fileName out.println(fileName); out.close();
}

} // end MyServlet

web.xml

<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> <web-app>

<servlet>

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 373

Web Design and Development (CS506)

<servlet-name> MyServlet </servlet-name>

<servlet-class> MyServlet </servlet-class>
<init-param>
<param-name> logfilename </param-name>
<param-value> logoutput.txt </param-value> </init-param>
</servlet>

<servlet-mapping>
<servlet-name> MyServlet </servlet-name>
<url-pattern> /myservlet </url-pattern> </servlet-mapping>
</web-app>

29.1.3 Response Redirection

We can redirect the response of the Servlet to another application resource (another Servlet, an
HTML page or a JSP) but the resource (URL) must be available to the calling Servlet, in the
same Servlet context (discussed later).

There are two forms of response redirection that can be possible:

• Sending a standard redirect

• Sending a redirect to an error page

29.1.4 Sending a standard Redirect

• Using response.sendRedirect(“myHtml.html”) method, a new request is
generated which redirects the user to the specified URL.
• If the URL is of another Servlet, that second Servlet will not have access to the original
request object. For example, if the request is redirected from servlet1 to servlet2, then
servlet2 would not be able to access the request object of servlet1.

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 374

Web Design and Development (CS506)

• To have access to the original request object, you must use the request dispatching
technique (discussed later) instead of redirect.

29.1.5 Sending a redirect to an error page

Instead of using response.sendRedirect (), we can useresponse.sendEorror () to show user an

error page. This method takes two parameters, first the error number that is a predefined constant
of the response class (listed below) and seconds the appropriate error message. The steps to
redirect the user to an error page are:

• An error code is sent as a parameter of response.sendError (int, msg)

method
• The error page is displayed with the msg passed to method
• The error numbers are predefined constants of the HttpServletResponse class.
For example:

o SC_NOT_FOUND (404)
o SC_NO_CONTENT (204)
o SC_REQUEST_TIMEOUT (408)

Example Code: Response Redirection

The example given below demonstrates a typical sign on example in which a user is asked to
provide login/password, providing correct information leads to welcome page or otherwise to a
registration page. This example consists of login.html, welcome.html, register.html and
MyServlet.java files. Let’s examine these one after another.

login.html

This page contains two text fields; one for entering username and another for password. The data
from this page is submitted to MyServlet.java.

<html>
<body>
<h2> Please provide login details</h2>
<FORM METHOD="POST"
ACTION="http://localhost:8084/redirectionex/myservlet"
NAME="myForm" >

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 375

Web Design and Development (CS506)

<BR> User Id:

<INPUT TYPE="text" name="userid"/>
<BR> Password:
<INPUT TYPE="password" name="pwd"/>
<BR> <BR>
<input type="submit" value="Submit Form"/>
</form>
</body> </html>

welcome.html

The user is directed to this page only if user provides correct login / password. This page only
displays a successfully logged-in message to the user.

<html>
<body>
<h2> You have successfully logged in </h2> </body> </html>

register.html

The user is redirected to this page in case of providing incorrect login/password information. The
user can enter user id, address and phone number here to register.

Note: The code given below will only show fields to the user. It does not register user as no such
functionality is added into this small example.

<html>
<body>
<h2>Your login is incorrect. Please register yourself</h2>
<FORM METHOD="POST" ACTION="" NAME="myForm">
<BR> Name:
<INPUT TYPE="text" NAME="userid"/>
<BR> Address:

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 376

Web Design and Development (CS506)

<INPUT TYPE="text" NAME="address"/>

<BR> Phone No:
<INPUT TYPE="text" NAME="phoneno"/>
<BR> <BR>
<input type="submit" value="Register"/>
</FORM>
</body>
</html>

MyServlet.java

MyServlet.java accepts requests from login.html and redirects the user to welcome.html or
register.html based on the verification of username & password provided. Username & password
are compared with fix values in this example, however you can verify these from database or
from a text file etc.

import java.io.*; import

java.net.*; import
javax.servlet.*; import
javax.servlet.http.*;
public class MyServlet extends HttpServlet {

// Handles the HTTP GET request type

protected void doGet(HttpServletRequest
request, HttpServletResponse response)
throws ServletException, IOException
{
processRequest(request, response);
}
// Handles the HTTP POST request type
protected void doPost(HttpServletRequest
request, HttpServletResponse response) throws
ServletException, IOException
{
processRequest(request, response);
}
protected void processRequest(HttpServletRequest
request, HttpServletResponse response) throws
ServletException, IOException {

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 377

Web Design and Development (CS506)

String id = request.getParameter("userid");
String pwd = request.getParameter("pwd");
// comparing id & password with fix values
if(id.equals("ali") && pwd.equals("vu")) {
// redirectign user to welcome.html
response.sendRedirect("welcome.html");
} else {
// redirecting user to register.html
response.sendRedirect("register.html");
/* if you want to display an error message to the
user, you can use the following method
response.sendError(
response.SC_PROXY_AUTHENTICATION_REQUIRED, "Send Error Demo" );
*/
} // end else
}

29.2 ServletContext

ServletContext belongs to one web application. Therefore it can be used for sharing resources
among servlets in the same web application.

As initialization parameters, for a single servlet are stored in ServletConfig, ServetContext can
store initialization parameters for the entire web application. These parameters are also called
context attributes and exist for the lifetime of the application. The following figure illustrates the
sharing of context attributes among all the servlets of a web application.

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 378

Web Design and Development (CS506)

Note:

• There is a single ServletContext per web application

• Different Sevlets will get the same ServletContext object, when calling
getServletContext() during different sessions
29.3 Request Dispatcher
RequestDispatcher provides a way to forward or include data from another source. The method
getRequestDispatcher(String path) of ServletContext returns a RequestDispatcher object
associated with the resource at the given path passed as a parameter.

Two important methods of RequestDispatcher are:

• forward(ServletRequest req, ServletResponse resp)

• include(ServletRequest req, ServletResponse resp)

29.4 RequestDispatcher: forward

Characteristics of forward methods are:

• It allows a Servlet to forward the request to another resource (Servlet, JSP or HTML
file) in the same Servlet context.
• Forwarding remains transparent to the client unlike
res.sendRedirect(String location). You can not see the changes in the URL.
• Request Object is available to the called resource. In other words, it remains in
scope.

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 379

Web Design and Development (CS506)

• Before forwarding request to another source, headers or status codes can be set, but
output content cannot be added.

To clarify the concepts, lets take the help from following figure. User initates the request to
servlet1. servlet1 forwards the request to servlet2 by calling forward(request,
response). Finally a response is returned back to the user by servlet2.

29.5 RequestDispatcher: include

It allows a Servlet to include the results of another resource in its response. The two major
differences from forward are:

• Data can be written to the response before an include

• The first Servlet which receive the request, is the one which finishes the response

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 380

Web Design and Development (CS506)

It will be more cleared from the following figure. User sends a HTTPRequest to Servlet1.
Serlet2 is called by Servlet1 by using include(request, response) method. The response
generated by Servlet2 sends back to Servlet1. Servlet1 can also add its own response content and
finally send it back to user.

29.6 References:
• Java A Lab Course by Umair Javed
• Core Servlets and JSP by Marty Hall
• Java API documentation

Note: Coding exercises in working condition for this lecture are also available on “Downloads”
section of LMS.

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 381

Web Design and Development (CS506)

Lecture 30: Dispatching Requests

In this handout we will start with request dispatching techniques and give some examples related
to that. Further more some methods of HttpResponse and HttpRequest will also be discussed.
Finally, this handout will be concluded by discussing the importance of session racking. Before
starting, let’s take a look at the summery of the previous lecture.

30.1 Recap
In the previous lecture we had some discussion about Response Redirection and Request
Dispatcher. We said that Response Redirection was used to redirect response of the Servlet to
another application resource. This resource might be another Servlet or any JSP page.

Two forms of Response redirection were discussed. These were:

30.1.1 Sending a standard request:

Using response.sendRedirect(“path of resource”) method, a new request is generated which

redirects the user to the given URL. If the URL is of another servlet, that second servlet will not
be able to access the original request object.

30.1.2 Redirection to an error page:

An error code is passed as a parameter along with message to response.sendError(int, msg)
method. This method redirects the user to the particular error page in case of occurrence of
specified error.

Similarly request dispatching provides us the facility to forward the request processing to another
servlet, or to include the output of another resource (servlet, JSP or HTML etc) in the response.
Unlike Response Redirection, request object of calling resource is available to called resource.
The two ways of Request Dispatching are:

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 382

Web Design and Development (CS506)

30.1.3 Forward:

Forwards the responsibility of request processing to another resource.

30.1.4 Include:

Allows a servlet to include the results of another resource in its response. So unlike forward, the
first servlet to receive the request is the one which finishes the response.

Example Code: Request Dispatching - include

Lets start with the example of include. We will see how a Servlet includes the output of another
resource in its response. The following example includes a calling Servlet MyServlet and
Servlet IncludeServlet, who’s output will be included in the calling Servlet.

The code of MyServlet.java servlet is given below.

MyServlet.java

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 383

Web Design and Development (CS506)

import java.io.*; import

java.net.*; import
javax.servlet.*; import
javax.servlet.http.*;

public class MyServlet extends HttpServlet {

/* this method is being called by both doGet() and doPost().We

usually follow this practice, when we are not sure about the
type of incoming request to the servlet. So the actual
processing is being done in the processRequest().
*/
protected void processRequest(HttpServletRequest request,
HttpServletResponse response)
throws ServletException, IOException {

response.setContentType("text/html");
PrintWriter out = response.getWriter();

out.println("<html>");
out.println("<body>");
out.println("<h1>Start of include request </h1>");
out.flush();

// getting the object of ServletContext, that will be used to

// obtain the object of RequestDispacther
ServletContext context = getServletContext();

// getting the object of RequestDispatcher by passing the path

// of included resource as a parameter
RequestDispatcher rd =
context.getRequestDispatcher("/includeservlet");

// calling include method of RequestDispatcher by passing

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 384

Web Design and Development (CS506)

// request and response objects as parameters. This will

execute //the second servlet and include its output in the
first servlet rd.include(request, response);

/* the statements below will be executed after including the

output of the /includeservlet */

out.println("<h1>End of include request

</h1>"); out.println("</body>");
out.println("</html>");

// closing PrintWriter stream

out.close();
}

// This method only calls processRequest()

protected void doGet(HttpServletRequest
request, HttpServletResponse response) throws
ServletException, IOException {
processRequest(request, response);
}

// This method only calls processRequest()

protected void doPost(HttpServletRequest
request, HttpServletResponse response) throws
ServletException, IOException {
processRequest(request, response);
}

} // end MyServlet

Include Servlet
Now let’s take a look at the code of IncludeServlet.java

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 385

Web Design and Development (CS506)

import java.io.*; import

java.net.*; import
javax.servlet.*; import
javax.servlet.http.*;

public class IncludeServlet extends HttpServlet {

// this method is being called by both doGet() and doPost()

protected void processRequest(HttpServletRequest request,
HttpServletResponse response)
throws ServletException, IOException {

// Obtaining the object of PrintWriter, this will return the

// same PrintWriter object we have in MyServlet
PrintWriter out = response.getWriter();
// Including a HTML tag using PrintWriter
out.println("<h1> <marquee>I am included
</marquee></h1>"); }
protected void doGet(HttpServletRequest request,

HttpServletResponse response) throws

ServletException, IOException {
processRequest(request, response);
}
protected void doPost(HttpServletRequest
request, HttpServletResponse response) throws
ServletException, IOException {
processRequest(request, response);
}

} // end IncludeServlet

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 386

Web Design and Development (CS506)

In the processRequest(), firstly we get the PrintWriter stream from the

HttpServletResponse object. Then we include an HTML tag to the output of the calling
servlet. One thing that must be considered is that PrintWriter stream is not closed in the
end, because it is the same stream that is being used in the calling servlet and this stream may
also be used in the calling servlet again. So, if it is closed over here, it can not be used again in
the calling servlet.

web.xml

<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>

<web-app>

<servlet>
<servlet-name>MyServlet</servlet-name>
<servlet-class>MyServlet</servlet-class>
</servlet>

<servlet>
<servlet-name>IncludeServlet</servlet-name>
<servlet-class>IncludeServlet</servlet-class>
</servlet>

<servlet-mapping>
<servlet-name>MyServlet</servlet-name>
<url-pattern>/myservlet</url-pattern>
</servlet-mapping>

<servlet-mapping>
<servlet-name>IncludeServlet</servlet-name>
<url-pattern>/includeservlet</url-pattern>
</servlet-mapping>

</web-app>

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 387

Web Design and Development (CS506)

Code Example: Request Dispatcher – forward

As discussed earlier, we can forward the request processing to another resource using forward
method of request dispatcher. In this example, the user enters his/her name and salary on the
index.html and submits the form to FirstServlet, which calculates the tax on salary
and forwards the request to another servlet for further processing i.e. SecondServlet.

index.html
<html>
<body>

<form method="POST" ACTION = “firstservlet" NAME="myForm">

<h2> Enter your name</h2>

<INPUT TYPE="text" name="name"/>
<br/>

<h2> Salary</h2>
<INPUT TYPE="text" name="salary"/>
<BR/><BR/>

<INPUT type="submit" value="Submit"/>

</form>

</body>
</html>

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 388

Web Design and Development (CS506)

FirstServlet.java
import java.io.*; import
java.net.*; import
javax.servlet.*; import
javax.servlet.http.*;

public class FirstServlet extends HttpServlet {

// this method is being called by both doGet() and doPost()

protected void processRequest(HttpServletRequest request,
HttpServletResponse response)
throws ServletException, IOException {

// getting value of salary text filed of the HTML form

String salary = request.getParameter("salary");

// converting it to the integer.

int sal = Integer.parseInt(salary);

// calculating 15% tax

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 389

Web Design and Development (CS506)

int tax = (int)(sal * 0.15);

// converting tax into string
String taxValue = tax + "";

// request object can store values in key-value form, later it

// can be retrieved by using getAttribute() method
request.setAttribute("tax", taxValue);

// getting object of servletContext

ServletContext sContext = getServletContext();
// getting object of request dispatcher
RequestDispatcher rd =
sContext.getRequestDispatcher("/secondservlet");

// calling forward method of request dispatcher

rd.forward(request, response);

// This method is calling processRequest()

protected void doGet(HttpServletRequest
request, HttpServletResponse response) throws
ServletException, IOException {
processRequest(request, response);
}

// This method is calling processRequest()

protected void doPost(HttpServletRequest
request, HttpServletResponse response) throws
ServletException, IOException {
processRequest(request, response);
}
}

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 390

Web Design and Development (CS506)

Note: It the case of Forward, it is illegal to make the reference of PrintWriter stream in the
calling Servlet. Only the called resource can use PrintWriter stream to generate response

SecondServlet.java

import java.io.*; import

java.net.*; import
javax.servlet.*; import
javax.servlet.http.*;

public class SecondServlet extends HttpServlet

{

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 391

Web Design and Development (CS506)

// this method is being called by both doGet() and doPost()

protected void processRequest(HttpServletRequest request,
HttpServletResponse response)
throws ServletException, IOException {

response.setContentType("text/html");
PrintWriter out = response.getWriter();

// obtaining values of name and salary text fields of

index.html
String name = request.getParameter("name");
String salary = request.getParameter("salary");

/* getting attribute value that has been set by the calling

servlet i.e. FirstServlet */
String tax = (String)request.getAttribute("tax");

// generating HTML tags using PrintWriter

out.println("<html>");
out.println("<head>");
out.println("<title>SecondServlet</title>");
out.println("</head>");
out.println("<body>");
out.println("<h1> Welcome " + name+ "</h1>");

out.println("<h3> Salary " + salary+ "</h3>");

out.println("<h3> Tax " + tax+ "</h3>");

out.println("</body>");
out.println("</html>");
out.close();
}
// This method is calling processRequest()
protected void doGet(HttpServletRequest

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 392

Web Design and Development (CS506)

request, HttpServletResponse response) throws

ServletException, IOException {
processRequest(request, response);
}
// This method is calling processRequest()
protected void doPost(HttpServletRequest
request, HttpServletResponse response) throws
ServletException, IOException {
processRequest(request, response);
}
}

web.xml

<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>

<web-app>

<servlet>
<servlet-name>FirstServlet</servlet-name>
<servlet-class>FirstServlet</servlet-class>
</servlet>

<servlet>
<servlet-name>SecondServlet</servlet-name>
<servlet-class>SecondServlet</servlet-class>
</servlet>

<servlet-mapping>
<servlet-name>FirstServlet</servlet-name>
<url-pattern>/firstservlet</url-pattern>
</servlet-mapping>

<servlet-mapping>
<servlet-name>SecondServlet</servlet-name>
<url-pattern>/secondservlet</url-pattern>

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 393

Web Design and Development (CS506)

</servlet-mapping>

</web-app>

30.2 HttpServletRequest Methods

Let’s discuss some methods of HttpServletRequest class

30.2.1 setAttribute(String, Object)

We can put any object to the context using setAttribute() method in the key-value pair form..
These attributes are also set or reset between requests. These are often used in conjunction with
Request Dispatcher. This has also been illustrated in the above example. These attributes are
available every where in the same web application so that any other Servlet or JSP resource can
access them by using getAttribute() method.

30.2.2 getAttribute(String)

The objects set by the setAttribute() method can be accessed using getAttribute() method.
Passing the key in the form of string as a parameter to this method will return the object
associated with that particular key in the context. Cast the object into its appropriate type.

30.2.3 getMethod()
This method returns the name of HTTP method which was used to send the request. The
two possible returning values could be, get or post.
30.2.4 getRequestURL()

It can be used to track the source of Request. It returns the part of the request’s URL with
out query string.

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 394

Web Design and Development (CS506)

30.2.5 getProtocol()
It returns the name and version of the protocol used.

30.2.6 getHeaderNames()
It returns the enumeration of all available header names that are contained in the request.

30.2.7 getHearderName()
It takes a String parameter that represents the header name and returns that appropriate header.
Null value is returned if there is no header exists with the specified name.

30.3 HttpServletResponse Methods

Let’s discuss some methods of HttpServletResponse class

30.3.1 setContentType()

Almost every Servlet uses this header. It is used before getting the PrintWriter Stream. It is used
to set the Content Type that the PrintWriter is going to use. Usually we set “text/html”, when we
want to send text output or generate HTML tags on the client’s browser.

30.3.2 setContentLength()
This method is used to set the content length. It takes length as an integer parameter.

30.3.3 addCookie()
This method is used to add a value to the Set-Cookie header. It takes a Cookie object as a
parameter and adds it to the Cookie-header. We will talk more about Cookies in the session
tracking part.

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 395

Web Design and Development (CS506)

30.3.4 sendRedirect()
This method redirects the user to the specific URL. This method also accepts the relative URL. It
takes URL string as parameter and redirects the user to that resource.

30.4 Session Tracking

Many applications require a series of requests from the same client to be associated withone
another. For example, any online shopping application saves the state of a user's shopping cart
across multiple requests. Web-based applications are responsible for maintaining such state,
because HTTP protocol is stateless. To support applications that need to maintain state, Java
Servlet technology provides an API for managing sessions and allows several mechanisms for
implementing sessions.

Before looking inside the session tracking mechanism lets see the limitation of HTTP protocol to
get the real picture of problems that can happen with out maintaining thesession.

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 396

Web Design and Development (CS506)

30.4.1 Continuity problem- user’s point of view

Suppose a user logs on to the online bookshop, selects some books and adds them to his cart. He
enters his billing address and finally submits the order. HTTP cannot track session as it is
stateless in nature and user thinks that the choices made on page1 are remembered on page3.

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 397

Web Design and Development (CS506)

30.4.2Continuity problem- Server’s point of view

The server has a very different point of view. It considers each request independent from other
even if the requests are made by the same client.
30.5 References:
• Java A Lab Course by Umair Javed
• Core Servlet and JSP by Marty Hall

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 398

Web Design and Development (CS506)

Note: Coding exercises in working condition for this lecture are also available on “Downloads”
section of LMS.

Lecture 31: Session Tracking

We have discussed the importance of session tracking in the previous handout. Now, we’ll
discover the basic techniques used for session tracking. Cookies are one of these techniques and
remain our focus in this handout. Cookies can be used to put small information on the client’s
machine and can be used for various other purposes besides session tracking. An example of
simple “Online Book Store”, using cookies, will also be surveyed.

As mentioned elsewhere, HTTP is a stateless protocol. Every request is considered independent

of every other request. But many applications need to maintain a conversational state with the
client. A shopping cart is a classical example of such conversational state.

31.1 Store State Somewhere

To maintain the conversational state, the straightforward approach is to store the state. But
where? These states either can be stored on server or on client. However, both options have their
merits and demerits. Let’s cast a glance on these options:

Storing state on server side makes server really complicated as states needed to be stored for
each client. Some one can imagine how much space and processing is required in this scenario
as some web servers are hit more than hundred times in a second. E.g. Google, Yahoo etc.

What if states are stored on client side in order to maintain a conversation? Do all the clients
permit you doing that? What if client (user) wiped out these states from the machine?

Concluding this discussion, state is stored neither completely on server side nor on client. States
are maintained by the mutual cooperation of both client & server. Generally modern servers give

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 399

Web Design and Development (CS506)

the capability to store state on the server side and some information (e.g. client ID/state ID)
passed from the client will relate each client with its corresponding state.

31.2 Post-Notes
In order to maintain the conversational state, server puts little notes (some text, values etc) on the
client slide. When client submits the next form, it also unknowingly submits these little notes.
Server reads these notes and able to recall who the client is.
31.3 Three Typical Solutions
Three typical solutions come across to accomplish session tracking. These are:

1. Cookies
2. URL Rewriting
3. Hidden Fields

31.3.1Cookies

31.3.1.1 What a cookie is?

Don’t be tempted? These are not, what you might be thinking off. In fact, in computer
terminology, “a cookie is a piece of text that a web server can store on a client’s(user)hard
disk”.

Cookies allow the web sites to store information on a client machine and later retrieve it. The
pieces of information are stored as name-value pair on the client. Later while reconnecting to the
same site (or same domain depending upon the cookie settings), client returns the same
name-value pair to the server.

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 400

Web Design and Development (CS506)

31.3.1.2 Cookie’s Voyage

To reveal the mechanism of cookies, let’s take an example. We are assuming here
that the web application we are using will set some cookies
• If you type URL of a Web site into your browser, your browser sends a request for that
web page o For example, when you type www.amazon.com a request is send to the
Amazon’s server
• Before sending a request, browser looks for cookie files that amazon has set o If browser
finds one or more cookie files related to amazon, it will send it along with the request
o If not, no cookie data will be sent with the request
• Amazaon web server receives the request and examines the request for cookies
If cookies are received, amazon can use them o If no cookie is received, amazon knows
that you have not visited before or the cookies that were previously set got expired.
o Server creates a new cookie and send to your browser in the header of HTTP
Response so that it can be saved on the client machine.

31.3.2 Potential Uses of Cookies

Whether cookies have more pros or cons is arguable. However, cookies are helpful in the
following situations

• identifying a user during an e-commerce session. For example, this book is added into
shopping cart by this client.
• Avoiding username and password as cookies are saved on your machine
• customizing a site. For example, you might like email-inbox in a different look form
others. This sort of information can be stored in the form of cookies on your machine and
latter can be used to format inbox according to your choice.
• Focused Advertising. For example, a web site can store information in the form of
cookies about the kinds of books, you mostly hunt for.
31.3.3 Sending Cookies to Browser
Following are some basic steps to send a cookie to a browser (client).

1. Create a Cookie Object

A cookie object can be created by calling the Cookie constructor, which takes two strings: the
cookie name and the cookie value.
Cookie c = new Cookie (“name”, “value”);

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 401

Web Design and Development (CS506)

2. Setting Cookie Attributes

Before adding the cookie to outgoing headers (response), various characteristics of the cookie can
be set. For example, whether a cookie persists on the disk or not. If yes then how long.

A cookies by default, lasts only for the current user session (i.e. until the user quits the session) and
will not be stored on the disk.

Using setMaxAge(int lifetime) method indicates how much time (in seconds) should
elapse before the cookie expires.

c.setMaxAge(60); // expired after one hour

3. Place the Cookie into HTTP response

After making changes to cookie attributes, the most important and unforgettable step is to add this
currently created cookie into response. If you forget this step, no cookie will be sent to the browser.

response.addCookie(c);

31.3.4 Reading Cookies from the Client

To read the cookies that come back from the client, following steps are generally followed.

1. Reading incoming cookies

To read incoming cookies, get them from the request object of the
HttpServeltRequest by calling following method

Cookie cookies[] = request.getCookies();

This call returns an array of Cookies object corresponding to the name & values that came in the
HTT P request header.

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 402

Web Design and Development (CS506)

2. Looping down Cookies Array

Once you have an array of cookies, you can iterate over it. Two important methods of Cookie
class are getName() & getValue(). These are used to retrieve cookie name and value
respectively.

// looping down the whole cookies array

for(int i=0; i<cookies.length; i++) {
// getting each cookie from the array
Cookie c = cookies[i];
// in search for particular cookie
if( c.getName().equals(“someName”) {

/* if found, you can do something with cookie

or with the help of cookie.
If don’t want to process further, loop can also be stopped
using break statement
*/
}
} // end for

Example Code1: Repeat Visitor

In the example below, servlet checks for a unique cookie, named “repeat”. If the cookie is present,
servlet displays “Welcome Back”. Absence of cookie indicates that the user is visiting this site for
the first time thus servlet displays a message “Welcome Aboard”.

This example contains only one servlet “RepeatVisitorServlet.java” and its code is
given below. A code snippet of web.xml is also accompanied.

Note: As a reminder, all these examples are built using netBeans4.1. This IDE will write
web.xml for you. However, here it is given for your reference purpose only, or for those which
are not using any IDE to strengthen their concepts

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 403

Web Design and Development (CS506)

RepeatVisitorServlet.java

import java.io.*; import

java.net.*; import
javax.servlet.*; import
javax.servlet.http.*;

public class RepeatVisitorServlet extends HttpServlet {

// Handles the HTTP <code>GET</code> method.

protected void doGet(HttpServletRequest request,

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 404

Web Design and Development (CS506)

HttpServletResponse
response)
throws ServletException, IOException
{
processRequest(request, response);
}

// Handles the HTTP <code>POST</code> method.

protected void doPost(HttpServletRequest
request, HttpServletResponse response) throws
ServletException, IOException
{
processRequest(request, response);
}
// called from both doGet() & doPost()
protected void processRequest(HttpServletRequest
request, HttpServletResponse response) throws
ServletException, IOException
{
response.setContentType("text/html");
PrintWriter out = response.getWriter();
// writing html
out.println("<html>");
out.println("<body>");
out.println("<h2>Cookie Example </h2>");
String msg = "";
boolean repeatVisitor = false;
// reading cookies
Cookie[] cookies = request.getCookies(); //
if cookies are returned from request object
if (cookies != null) { //search for cookie
-- repeat
for (int i = 0; i < cookies.length; i++) {

// retrieving one cookie out of array

Cookie c = cookies[i];

// retrieving name & value of the cookie

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 405

Web Design and Development (CS506)

String name = c.getName();

String val = c.getValue();

// confirming if cookie name equals “repeat” and

// value equals “yes”
if( name.equals("repeat") && val.equals("yes"))
{
msg= "Welcome Back";
repeatVisitor = true;
break;
}
} // end for
} // end if
// if no cookie with name “repeat” is found
if (repeatVisitor == false)
{
// create a new cookie
Cookie c1 = new Cookie("repeat", "yes");
// setting time after which cookies expires
c1.setMaxAge(60);
// adding cookie to the
response
response.addCookie(c1); msg =
"Welcome Aboard";
}
// displaying message value
out.println("<h2>" + msg + "</h2>");
out.println("</body>");
out.println("</html>");
out.close();
}
}// end RepeatVisitorServlet

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 406

Web Design and Development (CS506)

web.xml

<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> <web-app>

<servlet>
<servlet-name> RepeatVisitorServlet </servlet-name>
<servlet-class> RepeatVisitorServlet </servlet-class> </servlet>
<servlet-mapping>
<servlet-name> RepeatVisitorServlet </servlet-name>
<url-pattern> /repeatexample </url-pattern>
</servlet-mapping>
</web-app>

Output

On first time visiting this URL, an output similar to the one given below would be displayed

On refreshing this page or revisiting it within an hour (since the age of cookie was set to 60
mins), following output should be expected.

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 407

Web Design and Development (CS506)

Example Code2: Online Book Store using cookies

A scale down version of online book store is going to be built using cookies. For the first time,
cookies will be used to maintain the session.

Three books will be displayed to the user along with check boxes. User can select any check box
to add the book in the shopping cart. The heart of the application is, it remembers the books
previously selected by the user.

The following figure will help you understand the theme of this example. Books displayed
under the heading of “You have selected the following books” were added to cart one after
another. The important thing is server that remembers the previously added books by the same
user and thus maintains the session. Session management is accomplished using cookies.

Online Book Store example revolves around one ShoppingCartServlet.java. This

Servlet has one global HashMap (globalMap) in which HashMap of individual user

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 408

Web Design and Development (CS506)

(sessionInfo) are going to be stored. This (sessionInfo) HashMap stores the books selected by the
user.

What’s the part of cookies? Cookie (named JSESSIONID, with unique value) is used to keep
the unique sessionID associated with each user. This sessionID is passed back and forth
between user and the server and is used to retrieve the HashMap (sessionInfo) of the user
from the global HashMap at the server. It should be noted here that, HashMaps of individual
users are stored in a global HashMap against a sessionID.

ShoppingCartServlet.java

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 409

Web Design and Development (CS506)

import java.io.*; import

java.net.*; import
javax.servlet.*; import
javax.servlet.http.*;
import java.util.*;
public class ShoppingCartServlet extends HttpServlet {
// used to generate a unique value which is
// used as a cookie value
public static int S_ID = 1;
// used to store HashMaps of indiviual users
public static HashMap<String, HashMap> globalMap
=
<String, HashMap> new HashMap();

// Handles the HTTP GET method. protected void

doGet(HttpServletRequest request,
HttpServletResponse response) throws
ServletException, IOException
{
processRequest(request, response);
}

// Handles the HTTP <code>POST</code> method.

protected void doPost(HttpServletRequest
request, HttpServletResponse response) throws
ServletException, IOException
{
processRequest(request, response);
}

// called from both doGet() & doPost()

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 410

Web Design and Development (CS506)

protected void processRequest(HttpServletRequest

request, HttpServletResponse response) throws
ServletException, IOException {
response.setContentType("text/html;charset=UTF-8");

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 411

Web Design and Development (CS506)
// declaring user's HashMap
HashMap<String, String> sessionInfo = null;
String sID = "";

// method findCookie is used to determine whether browser

// has send any cookie named "JSESSIONID"
Cookie c = findCookie(request);

// if no cookies named "JSESSIONID" is recieved, means

that
// user is visiting the site for the first time.
if (c == null) {

// make a unique string

sID = makeUniqueString();

// creating a HashMap where books selected by the

// user will be stored
sessionInfo = new HashMap<String, String>();

// add the user's HashMap (sessionInfo) into the

// globalMap against unique string i.e. sID
globalMap.put(sID, sessionInfo);

// create a cookie named "JSESSIONID" alongwith

// value of sID i.e. unique string
Cookie sessionCookie = new Cookie("JSESSIONID", sID);

// add the cookie to the response

response.addCookie(sessionCookie);

} else {

// if cookie is found named "JSESSIONID",

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 412

Web Design and Development (CS506)
// retrieve a HashMap from the globalMap against
// cookie value i.e. unique string which is your
//sessionID
sessionInfo = (HashMap<String, String>) globalMap.get(
c.getValue() );
}

PrintWriter out = response.getWriter();

out.println("<html>");
out.println("<head>");
out.println("<title>Shooping Cart Example</title>");
out.println("</head>");
out.println("<body>");
out.println("<h1>Online Book Store</h1>");

String url =
"http://localhost:8084/cookiesessionex/shoppingcartex";

// user will submit the from to the same servlet

out.println("<form action=" + url +">" +

"<h3><input type=checkbox name=firstCB value=firstCB />" +
" java core servlts</h3>" +
"<br>"+

“<h3><input type=checkbox name=secondCB value=secondCB />"

+
" java how to program</h3>" +
"<br>"+

"<h3><input type=checkbox name=thirdCB value=thirdCB />" +

" java complete reference</h3>" +
"<br>"+

"<input type=submit value=\"Add to Cart\" />" +

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 413

Web Design and Development (CS506)
"</from>"
);
out.println("<br/>");
out.println("<h1>You have selected followig books</h1>");
out.println("<br/>");

//reteriving params of check boxes

String fBook = request.getParameter("firstCB");
String sBook = request.getParameter("secondCB");
String tBook = request.getParameter("thirdCB");

// if first book is selected then add it to //

user's HashMap i.e. sessionInfo if ( fBook !=
null && fBook.equals("firstCB") ) {
sessionInfo.put("firstCB", "java core
servlets");
}

// if second book is selected then add it to //

user's HashMap i.e. sessionInfo if (sBook != null
&& sBook.equals("secondCB")){
sessionInfo.put("secondCB", "java how to
program");
}
// if third book is selected then add it to
// user's HashMap i.e. sessionInfo if (tBook != null
&& tBook.equals("thirdCB")){
sessionInfo.put("thirdCB", "java complete
reference");
}
// used to display the books currently stored
in // the user's HashMap i.e. sessionInfo
printSessionInfo(out, sessionInfo);
out.println("</body>");
out.println("</html>"); out.close();
} // end processRequest()

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 414

Web Design and Development (CS506)
// method used to generate a unique
string public String makeUniqueString(){
return "ABC" + S_ID++;
}

// returns a reference global HashMap. public

static HashMap findTableStoringSessions(){
return globalMap;
}
// method used to find a cookie named "JSESSIONID"
public Cookie findCookie(HttpServletRequest request){

Cookie[] cookies = request.getCookies();

if (cookies != null) {

for(int i=0; i<cookies.length; i++) {

Cookie c = cookies[i];

if (c.getName().equals("JSESSIONID")){
// doSomethingWith cookie
return c;
}
} } return
null;
}
// used to print the books currently stored
in // user's HashMap. i.e. sessionInfo public
void printSessionInfo(PrintWriter out,
HashMap sessionInfo)
{
String title = "";
title= (String)sessionInfo.get("firstCB");
if (title != null){

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 415

 Web Design and Development (CS506)

out.println("<h3> "+ title +"</h3>");

}
title= (String)sessionInfo.get("secondCB");
if (title != null){
out.println("<h3> "+ title +"</h3>");
}
title= (String)sessionInfo.get("thirdCB");
if (title != null){
out.println("<h3> "+ title +"</h3>");
}
}
} // end ShoppingCartServlet

web.xml
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> <web-app>
<servlet>
<servlet-name> ShoppingCart </servlet-name>
<servlet-class> ShoppingCartServlet </servlet-class> </servlet>
<servlet-mapping>
<servlet-name> ShoppingCart </servlet-name>
<url-pattern> /shoppingcartex </url-pattern>
</servletmapping> </web-app>

31.4 References:
• Java A Lab Course by Umair Javed
• Core Servlets and JSP by Marty Hall
• Stanford Course - Internet Technologies
• Java API documentation

Note: Coding exercises in working condition for this lecture are also available on “Downloads”
section of LMS.

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 416

 Web Design and Development (CS506)

Lecture 32: Session Tracking 2

In the last handout we have discussed the solutions for session tracking and talked about one
important mechanism cookies in detail. We said cookies allow the server to store information on a
client machine and later retrieve it. Now we will see two more mechanisms that provide us
facility to maintain a session between user’s requests. These are URL Rewriting and Hidden
Form Fields. After that we will discuss a session tracking API provided by java.

32.1 URL Rewriting

URL rewriting provides another way for session tracking. With URL rewriting, the parameter
that we want to pass back and forth between the server and client is appended to the URL. This
appended information can be retrieve by parsing the URL. This information can be in the form of:

• Extra path information,

• Added parameters, or
• Some custom, server-specific URL change

Note: Due to limited space available in rewriting a URL, the extra information is usually limited
to a unique session ID.

The following URLs have been rewritten to pass the session ID 123

• Original -http://server: port/servlet /rewrite

• Extra path information -http://server: port/servlet/rewrite/123
• Added parameters -http://server: port/servlet/rewrite?id=123
• Custom change -http://server: port/servlet/rewrite;$id$123

32.1.1 Disadvantages of URL rewriting

The following Disadvantages of URL rewriting, are considerable: -

• What if the user bookmarks the page and the problem get worse if server is not assigning
a unique session id.
• Every URL on a page, which needs the session information, must be rewritten each time
page is served, which can cause

o Computationally expensive o Can

increase communication overhead

• unlike cookies, state information stored in the URL is not persistent

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 417

 Web Design and Development (CS506)
• this mechanism limits the client interaction with the server to HTTP GET request.

Example Code: Online Bookstore using URL Rewriting

This is the modified version of online book store (selling two books only, however you can add in
on your own) that is built using cookies in the last handout. Another important difference is books
are displayed in the form of hyperlink instead of check boxes. URL rewriting mechanism is used
to maintain session information.

How to make Query String

Before jumping on to example, one important technique is needed to be learned i.e. making on
query string. If you ever noticed the URL of a servlet in a browser that is receiving some HTML
form values, also contains the HTML fields name with values entered/selected by the user.

Now, if you want to pass some attribute and values along with URL, you can use the technique of
query string. Attribute names and values are written in pair form after the ?. For example, if you
want to send attribute “name” and its value “ali”, the URL will look like

Original URL
http://server:port/servletex /register

After adding parameters

http://server:port/servletex/register ?name=ali

If you want to add more than one parameter, all subsequent parameters are separated by & sign.
For example

Adding two parameters -

http://server:port/servletex/register ?name=ali&address=gulberg

URLRewriteServlet.java :

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 418

 Web Design and Development (CS506)
import java.io.*; import
java.net.*; import
javax.servlet.*; import
javax.servlet.http.*;
import java.util.*;

public class URLRewriteServlet extends HttpServlet {

// used to generate a unique value which is
// used as a cookie value
public static int S_ID = 1;

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 419

 Web Design and Development (CS506)

// used to store HashMaps of indiviual users

public static HashMap<String, HashMap> globalMap = new
HashMap<String, HashMap>();

// Handles the HTTP GET method. protected

void doGet(HttpServletRequest request,
HttpServletResponse response) throws
ServletException, IOException
{
processRequest(request, response);
}
// Handles the HTTP <code>POST</code> method.
protected void doPost(HttpServletRequest
request, HttpServletResponse response) throws
ServletException, IOException
{
processRequest(request, response);
}

// called from both doGet() & doPost()

protected void processRequest(HttpServletRequest request,
HttpServletResponse response)
throws ServletException, IOException {

// declaring user's HashMap

HashMap<String, String> sessionInfo = null;

// reading sessionId
String sID = request.getParameter(“JSESSIONID”);
/* if parameter JSESSIONID is received, means that user
is visiting the site for the first time. */ if (sID
== null)
{
// make a unique string
sID = makeUniqueString();
// creating a HashMap where books selected by the
// user will be stored
sessionInfo = new HashMap<String, String>();

// add the user's HashMap (sessionInfo) into the

// globalMap against unique string i.e. sID
globalMap.put(sID, sessionInfo);

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 420

 Web Design and Development (CS506)
}else {

// if parameter "JSESSIONID" has some value

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 421

 Web Design and Development (CS506)
// retrieve a HashMap from the globalMap against // sID
i.e. unique string which is your sessionID sessionInfo =
(HashMap<String, String>) globalMap.get(sID);
}
response.setContentType("text/html;charset=UTF-8");
PrintWriter out = response.getWriter();
out.println("<html>");
out.println("<head>");
out.println("<title>Shopping Cart
Example</title>"); out.println("</head>");
out.println("<body>");
out.println("<h1>Online Book Store</h1>");

// Making three URLS by using query string mechanism

// The attributes/parameters are JSSESSIONID and book name (like
// firstCB) along with values sID and book name respectively

String firsturl =
"http://localhost:8084/urlbookstore/urlrewriteservlet?JSESSIONID
=
" + sID + "&firstCB=firstCB";

String secondurl =
"http://localhost:8084/urlbookstore/urlrewriteservlet?JSESSIONID
=
" + sID + "&secondCB=secondCB";

out.println("<h3><a href=" + firsturl + ">" +

" java core servlts </a> </h3>" +
"<br>"

"<h3><a href=" + secondurl + ">" +

" java how to program </a> </h3>" +
"<br>" );
out.println("<br/>");
out.println("<h1>You have selected following books</h1>");
out.println("<br/>");
//retrieving params that are emebded in URLs
String fBook = request.getParameter("firstCB");
String sBook = request.getParameter("secondCB");
// if first book is selected then add it to
// user's HashMap i.e. sessionInfo
if ( fBook != null && fBook.equals("firstCB") ) {

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 422

 Web Design and Development (CS506)

sessionInfo.put("firstCB", "java core servlets");

}
// if second book is selected then add it to
// user's HashMap i.e. sessionInfo
if (sBook != null && sBook.equals("secondCB")){
sessionInfo.put("secondCB", "java how to program");
}

// used to display the books currently stored in

// the user's HashMap i.e. sessionInfo printSessionInfo(out,
sessionInfo);

out.println("</body>"); out.println("</html>");

out.close();
} // end processRequest()
// method used to generate a unique string
public String makeUniqueString(){ return
"ABC" + S_ID++;
}

// returns a reference global HashMap. public

static HashMap findTableStoringSessions(){
return globalMap;
}
// used to print the books currently stored in
// user's HashMap. i.e. sessionInfo
public void printSessionInfo(PrintWriter out,
HashMap sessionInfo)
{
String title = "";
title= (String)sessionInfo.get("firstCB"); if
(title != null){
out.println("<h3> "+ title +"</h3>");
}
title= (String)sessionInfo.get("secondCB"); if
(title != null){
out.println("<h3> "+ title +"</h3>");
}
}
} // end URLRewriteServlet

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 423

 Web Design and Development (CS506)

web.xml

<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> <web-app>

<servlet>
<servlet-name> URLRewriteServlet </servlet-name>
<servlet-class> URLRewriteServlet </servlet-class> </servlet>
<servlet-mapping>
<servlet-name> URLRewriteServlet </servlet-name>
<url-pattern> /urlrewriteservlet </url-pattern>
</servlet-mapping>
</web-app>

32.2 Hidden Form Fields

HTML forms can have an element that looks like the following:

<INPUT TYPE="HIDDEN" NAME="sessionid" VALUE="123" />

Hidden Forms Fields do not affect the appearance of HTML page. They actually
contain the information that is needed to send to the server. Thus, hidden fields
can also be used to store information (like sessionid) in order to maintain
session.

In the above figure you can see the use of Hidden form fields for storing particular information.
© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 424
 Web Design and Development (CS506)

32.3 Java Solution for Session Tracking

Java provides an excellent solution to all the problems that occurred in tracking a session. The
Servlet API provides several methods and classes specifically designed to handle session tracking.
In other words, servlets have built in session tracking.
Sessions are represented by an HttpSession object. HttpSession tacking API built on top
of URL rewriting and cookies. All cookies and URL rewriting mechanism is hidden and most
application server uses cookies but automatically revert to URL
rewriting when cookies are unsupported or explicitly disabled. Using HttpSession
API in servlets is straightforward and involves looking up the session object associated with the
current request, creating new session object when necessary, looking up information associated
with a session, storing information in a session, and discarding completed or abandoned sessions.

32.4 Working with HttpSession

Let’s have a look on HttpSession working step by step.

1. Getting the user’s session object

To get the user’s session object, we call the getSession() method of

HttpServeltRequest that returns the object of HttpSession

HttpSession sess = request.getSession(true);

If true is passed to the getSession() method, this method returns the current session
associated with this request, or, if the request does not have a session, it creates a new one. We
can confirm whether this session object (sess) is newly created or returned by using isNew()
method of HttpSession. In case of passing false, null is returned if the session doesn’t exist.

2. Storing information in a Session

To store information in Session object (sess), we use setAttribute() method of
HttpSession class. Session object works like a HashMap, so it is able to store any java object
against key. So you can store number of keys and their values in pair form. For example,
sess.setAttribute(“sessionid”, ”123”);

3. Looking up information associated with a Session

To retrieve back the stored information from session object, getAttribute()method of

HttpSession class is used. For example,

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 425

 Web Design and Development (CS506)
String sid=(String)sess.getAttribute(“sessionid”);

Note: - getAttribute() method returns Object type, so typecast is required.

4. Terminating a Session

After the amount of time, session gets terminated automatically. We can see its maximum
activation time by using getMaxInactiveInterval() method of HttpSession class.
However, we can also terminate any existing session manually. For this, we need to call
invalidate () method of HttpSession class as shown below.

sess.invalidate()

Example Code: Showing Session Information

To understand HttpSession API properly we need to have a look on an example. In
this example, we will get the session object and check whether it is a new user or not. If
the user is visiting for the first time, we will print “Welcome” and if we find the old one,
we’ll print “Welcome Back”. Moreover, we will print the session information and count the
number of accesses for every user

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 426

 Web Design and Development (CS506)
import java.io.*; import
java.net.*; import
javax.servlet.*; import
javax.servlet.http.*;

public class ShowSessionServlet extends HttpServlet {

// Handles the HTTP <code>GET</code> method.

protected void doGet(HttpServletRequest
request, HttpServletResponse response) throws
ServletException, IOException
{
processRequest(request, response);
}

// Handles the HTTP <code>POST</code> method.

protected void doPost(HttpServletRequest
request, HttpServletResponse response) throws
ServletException, IOException
{
processRequest(request, response);

// called from both doGet() & doPost()

protected void processRequest(HttpServletRequest
request, HttpServletResponse response) throws
ServletException, IOException

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 427

 Web Design and Development (CS506)
{

// used for displaying message (like Welcomem, Newcomer) to

// user
String heading;

response.setContentType("text/html");

// Getting session object

HttpSession session = request.getSession(true);

/* Getting stored information using getAttribute() method */

Integer accessCount =
(Integer)session.getAttribute("sessionCount");

/* If user comes for the first time, accessCount will be

assigned null, so we can guess easily that this a new user */

if (accessCount == null)
{
accessCount = new Integer(1);
heading = "Welcome, Newcomer";
} else
{
heading = "Welcome Back";

// Incrementing the value

accessCount = new Integer(accessCount.intValue() + 1);
}

/* Storing the new value of accessCount in the session using

setAttribute() method */

session.setAttribute("sessionCount", accessCount);
// Getting the PrintWriter

PrintWriter out = response.getWriter();

/*Generating HTML tags using PrintWriter to print session

info and no of times this user has accessed this page */
out.println("<HTML>" +
" <BODY>" +

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 428

 Web Design and Development (CS506)
" <h1>Session Tracking Example</h1>" +
" <H2>Information on Your Session:</H2>\n" +
" <H3> Session ID: " + session.getId() + "</H3>" +
" <H3>Number of Previous Accesses: " + accessCount +
" </H3>" +
" </BODY>" +
" </HTML>"
);

//Closing the PrintWriter stream out.close();

} // end processRequest
} // end ShowSessionServlet class

web.xml

<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>

<web-app>

<servlet>
<servlet-name> ShowSession </servlet-name>
<servlet-class> ShowSessionServlet </servlet-class>
</servlet>

<servlet-mapping>
<servlet-name> ShowSession </servlet-name>
<url-pattern> /showsession </url-pattern>
</servlet-mapping>

</web-app>

32.5 HttpSession – Behind the scenes

When we call getSession() method, there is a lot going on behind the scenes. For every
user, a unique session ID is assigned automatically. As the server deals with lot of users at a
time, this ID is used to distinguish one user from another. Now here is the question, how this
ID sends to the user? Answer is, there are two options

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 429

 Web Design and Development (CS506)
Option 1: If the browser supports cookies, the Servlet will automatically creates a
session cookie and store the session ID within that cookie.

Option 2: If the first option fails because of browser that does not support cookies
then the Servlet will try to extract the session ID from the URL

32.6 Encoding URLs sent to Client

Servlet will automatically switch to URL rewriting when cookies are not supported or disabled
by the client. When Session Tracking is based on URL rewriting, it requires additional help from
the Servlets. For a Servlet to support session tracking via URL rewriting, it has to rewrite
(encode) every local URL before sending it to the client. Now see how this encoding works

HttpServletResponse provides two methods to perform encoding

• String encodeURL(String URL)

• String encodeRedirectURL(String URL)
If Cookies are disabled, both methods encode (rewrite) the specific URL to include the session
ID and returns the new URL. However, if cookies are enabled, the URL is returned unchanged.

32.7 Difference between encodeURL() and encodeRedirectURL()

encodeURL() is used for URLs that are embedded in the webpage, that the servlet generates.
For example,

String URL = ”/servlet/sessiontracker”; String

eURL = response.encodeURL(URL); out.println(“<A
HREF=\” ” + eURL + ”\ ”> …… </A>”);
Whereas encodeRedirectURL() is used for URLs that refers yours site is in
sendRedirect() call. For example,

String URL = ”/servlet/sessiontracker”;

String eURL = response.encodeRedirectURL(URL);
Response.sendRedirect(eURL);

Example Code: OnlineBookStore using HttpSession

This book store is modified version of last one, which is built using URL rewriting mechanism.
Here, HttpSession will be used to maintain session.

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 430

 Web Design and Development (CS506)
ShoppingCartServlet.java

import java.io.*; import

java.net.*; import
javax.servlet.*; import
javax.servlet.http.*;

public class ShoppingCartServlet extends HttpServlet {

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 431

 Web Design and Development (CS506)

// Handles the HTTP GET method. protected void

doGet(HttpServletRequest request,
HttpServletResponse response) throws
ServletException, IOException
{
processRequest(request, response);
}

// Handles the HTTP <code>POST</code> method.

protected void doPost(HttpServletRequest request,
HttpServletResponse response) throws
ServletException, IOException
{
processRequest(request, response);
}

// called from both doGet() & doPost()

protected void processRequest(HttpServletRequest request,
HttpServletResponse response) throws ServletException,
IOException {
response.setContentType("text/html;charset=UTF-8");
HttpSession session = request.getSession(true);
PrintWriter out = response.getWriter();
out.println("<html>"); out.println("<head>");
out.println("<title>Shopping Cart Example</title>");
out.println("</head>"); out.println("<body>");
out.println("<h1>Online Book Store</h1>");
// First URL built using query string, representing first book
String firstURL =
"http://localhost:8084/urlrewritebookstore/shoppingcart?book=fir
s t";
// Second URL built using query string, representing second book
// Note that parameter name is still book, so that later we need
// to read only this parameter
String secondURL =
"http://localhost:8084/urlrewritebookstore/shoppingcart?book=sec
o nd";

// Encoding URLs
String eURL1 = response.encodeURL( firstURL );
String eURL2 = response.encodeURL( secondURL );

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 432

 Web Design and Development (CS506)

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 433

 Web Design and Development (CS506)
out.println(
"<h3><a href=" + eURL1 + ">" +
" java core servlets </a> </h3>" + "<br>"+
"<h3><a href=" + eURL2 + ">" +
" java How to Program </a> </h3>"
);
out.println("<br/>");
out.println("<h1>You have selected following books</h1>");
out.println("<br/>");
//retrieving params that are emebded in URLs
String fBook = request.getParameter("firstCB");
String sBook = request.getParameter("secondCB");

out.println("<br/>");
out.println("<h1>You have selected following books</h1>");
out.println("<br/>");
//retrieving param that is embedded into URL
String book = request.getParameter("book");

if (book != null){
// if firstURL, value of first hyperlink is clicked //
then storing the book into session object against fBook
if (book.equals("first")){
session.setAttribute("fBook", "java core servlets");
}

// if secondURL, value of second hyperlink is clicked //

then storing the book into session object against sBook
else if(book.equals("second")){
session.setAttribute("sBook", "java how to program");
}
}//outer if ends

// used to display the books currently stored in

// the HttpSession object i.e. session
printSessionInfo(out, session);

out.println("</body>");
out.println("</html>"); out.close();
} // end processRequest()

// used to display values stored in HttpSession object

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 434

 Web Design and Development (CS506)
public void printSessionInfo(PrintWriter out,
HttpSession session)
{
String title = "";
// reading value against key fBook from session,
// if exist displays it
title= (String)session.getAttribute("fBook");

if (title != null){
out.println("<h3> "+ title +"</h3>");
}

// reading value against key sBook from session,

// if exist displays it
title= (String)session.getAttribute("sBook");
if (title != null){
out.println("<h3> "+ title +"</h3>");
}
} // end printSessionInfo
} // end ShoppingCartServlet
web.xml

<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> <web-app>

<servlet>
<servlet-name> ShoppingCartServlet </servlet-name>
<servlet-class> ShoppingCartServlet </servlet-class>
</servlet>
<servlet-mapping>
<servlet-name> ShoppingCartServlet </servlet-name>
<url-pattern> /shoppingcart </url-pattern>
</servlet-mapping>
</web-app>

32.8 Some Methods of HttpSession

Now let’s explore some methods of HttpSession class

• setAttribute(String, Object)

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 435

 Web Design and Development (CS506)
o This method associates a value with a name.

• getAttribute(String)

o Extracts previously stored value from a session object. It returns null if no value is
associated with the given name

• removeAttribute(String)

o This method removes values associated with the name

• getId( )

o This method returns the unique identifier of this session

• getCreationTime( )

o This method returns time at which session was first created

• getMaxInactiveInterval( ) , setMaxInactiveInterval(int)

o To get or set the amount of time session should go without access before being
invalidated.

32.9 References:
• Java A Lab Course by Umair Javed
• Core Servlets and JSP by Marty Hall
• Stanford Course - Internet Technologies
• Java Tutorial on Servlets o http://java.sun.com/j2ee/tutorial/1_3-fcs/doc/Servlets11.html
• Java API documentation

Note: Coding exercises in working condition for this lecture are also available on “Downloads”
section of LMS.

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 436

 Web Design and Development (CS506)

Lecture 33: Address Book Case Study Using Servlets

33.1 Design Process

In this handout, we will discuss the design process of a simple address book. A step by step
procedure of creating a simple address book is given below.

33.2 Layers & Web Application

As discussed previously, normally web applications are partitioned into logical layers. Each layer
performs a specific functionality which should not be mixed with other layers. For example data
access layer is used to interact with database and we do not make any direct calls to database
from the presentation layer. Layers are isolated from each other to reduce coupling between them
but they provide interfaces to communicate with each other.

Simplified view of a web application and its layers

• Presentation Layer

o Provides a user interface for client to interact with application. This is the only
o Part of application visible to client.

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 437

 Web Design and Development (CS506)
• Business Layer

o The business or service layer implements the actual business logic or functionality
of the application. For example in case of online shopping systems this layer
Handles transaction management.

• Data Layer

o This layer consists of objects that represent real-world business objects such as an
Order, OrderLineItem, Product, and so on. It also encapsulates classes which are
used to interact with the data providing services such as databases, other web
services etc.

In our case study of address book, we will also try to make use of the layered architecture. We will
create a separate layer for working with data, and our presentation and business logic will be
merged into servlets. It means that we will not have separate layers for presentation and business
rather one layer (formed by servlets) will do the job of both presentation and business logic. The
extent to which you divide your application into layers depends upon the size of the application
and some other factors such as scalability, portability etc.

33.2.1 Step 1
• Create a database (AddressBook)
• Make a table named Person according to the figure shown below. It has columns name,
address, phomeNum

33.2.2 Step 2
The next step is to create a class that can hold the information of a single person. Remember we
have stored the information in the database, now when we extract this information from the
database as a result of some search, we will require some object to store the data for that
particular person. The PersonInfo class will be used at that point to store the retrieved data

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 438

 Web Design and Development (CS506)
and transport it to presentation layer. Also we extend this application and add the functionality of
“AddingNewContacts” in the database. The PersonInfo class can be used to transport data
from front end to the database.

• Make a PersonInfo class with the following consideration It

has three three attributes: name, address, ph. No.
It has a parameterized constructor which takes in the above mentioned parameters Override the
toString() method:

//File: PersonInfo.java
public class PersonInfo {

String name;
String address;
String phoneNum;

public PersonInfo(String n, String a, String pn)

{ name = n; address = a; phoneNum = pn;
}
public String toString( ){
return "Name: " + name + " Address: " + address +
" Phone No: " + phoneNum;
}
}// end class PersonInfo

Note: To keep the code simple, attributes (name, address & phoneNum) are not declared as
private, which is indeed not a good programming approach.

33.2.3 Step 3

Now we will create a class that will be used to interact with the database for the search, insert,
update and delete operations. We will call it PersonDAO where DAO stands for the “data access
object”. The PersonDAO along with the PersonInfo class forms the data layer of our
application. As you can see that these two classes do not contain any code related to presentation
or business logic (There is not much of business logic in this application anyway). So
PersonDAO along with PersonInfo is used to retrieve and store data in this application. If at
some stage we choose to use some other way of storing data (e.g. files) only the PersonDAO

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 439

 Web Design and Development (CS506)
class will change and nothing else, which is a sign of better design as compared to a design in
which we put everything in a single class.

So, Make a PersonDAO class which contains:

A searchPerson(String name) method that first establishes a connection

to the database and returns PersonInfo object after searching the information of
the specified person from the database.

//File: PersonDAO.java
import java.sql.*;

public class PersonDAO {

// method searchPerson
public PersonInfo searchPerson(String sName){

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 440

 Web Design and Development (CS506)

PersonInfo person = null;

try
{
Class.forName("sun.jdbc.odbc.JdbcOdbcDriver");

String url = "jdbc:odbc:AddressBookDSN";

Connection con =
DriverManager.getConnection(url);
String sql = "SELECT * FROM Person WHERE name = ?";
PreparedStatement pStmt = con.prepareStatement(sql);

pStmt.setString(1, sName);

ResultSet rs = pStmt.executeQuery();

if (rs.next( ) ) {
String name = rs.getString("name");
String add = rs.getString("address");
String pNum = rs.getString("phoneNum");
person = new PersonInfo(name, add, pNum);
con.close();

}catch(Exception ex){
System.out.println(ex);
}
return person;
}// end method
}

33.2.4 Step 4

To find what user wants to search, we need to give user an interface through which he/she can
enter the input. The SearchPesonServlet.java will do this job for us, It will collect the
data from the user and submit that data to another class. The SearchPersonServlet forms
the part of our presentation layer. As you can see that it is being used to present a form to the user
and collect input.

Write SearchPersonServlet.java
Will take input for name to search in address book
Submits the request to ShowPersonServlet

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 441

 Web Design and Development (CS506)
//File: SearchPersonServlet.java
import java.io.*;
import java.net.*; import
javax.servlet.*; import
javax.servlet.http.*;
public class SearchPersonServlet extends HttpServlet {
protected void processRequest(HttpServletRequest
request, HttpServletResponse response) throws
ServletException, IOException {
response.setContentType("text/html"); PrintWriter out =
response.getWriter(); out.println( "<html>" +
"<body>" +
"<h1> Address Book </h1>" +
"<form action=showperson >" +
// showperson is alias or
// url pattern of
// ShowPersonServlet
"<h2> Enter name to search </h2> <br/>" +
"<input type=text name=pName /> <br/>" +
"<input type=submit value=Search Person />" +
"</form>" +
"</body>" +
"</html>"
);
out.close();
}
// Handles the HTTP GET method. protected void
doGet(HttpServletRequest request,
HttpServletResponse response) throws
ServletException, IOException {
processRequest(request, response);
}
// Handles the HTTP POST method. protected void
doPost(HttpServletRequest request,
HttpServletResponse response) throws
ServletException, IOException {
processRequest(request, response);
}
}

33.2.5 Step 5

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 442

 Web Design and Development (CS506)
The data submitted by the SearchPersonServlet will be submitted to another servlet i.e.
ShowPersonServlet, which will interact with the DataLayer(Business logic processing)
collects the output and show it to the user. The ShowPersonServlet forms the part of our
presentation layer and business layer. As you can see that it is being used to do processing on the
incoming data and giving it to data layer (business layer) and present data/output to the user
(presentation layer)
Write ShowPersonServlet.java
Receives request from SearchPersonServlet
Instantiate objects of PersonInfo and PersonDAO class
Call searchPerson() method of PersonDAO class Show results

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 443

 Web Design and Development (CS506)
//File : ShowPersonServlet.java
import java.io.*; import
java.net.*; import
javax.servlet.*; import
javax.servlet.http.*;
public class ShowPersonServlet extends HttpServlet {
protected void
processRequest(HttpServletRequestrequest
, HttpServletResponse response) throws
ServletException, IOException{
response.setContentType("text/html");
PrintWriter out = response.getWriter();
String name = request.getParameter("pName");
// creating PersonDAO object, and calling searchPerson() method
PersonDAO personDAO = new PersonDAO();
PersonInfo person =
personDAO.searchPerson(name);
out.println("<html>"); out.println("<body>");
out.println("<h1>Search Results</h1>");
if (person != null){
out.println("<h3>"+ person.toString() +"</h3>" );
} else{
out.println("<h3>Sorry! No records found</h3>" );
}
out.println("</body>");
out.println("</html>"); out.close();
}
// Handles the HTTP GET method. protected void
doGet(HttpServletRequest request,
HttpServletResponse response) throws
ServletException, IOException {
processRequest(request, response); } // Handles
the HTTP POST method.
protected void doPost(HttpServletRequest
request, HttpServletResponse response) throws
ServletException, IOException {
processRequest(request, response);}} // end ShowPersonServlet

Sequence Diagram: Address Book (search use case)

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 444

 Web Design and Development (CS506)

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 445

 Web Design and Development (CS506)

33.3 Package
Many times when we get a chance to work on a small project, one thing we intend to do is to put all
java files into one single directory (folder). It is quick, easy and harmless. However if our small
project gets bigger, and the number of files is increasing, putting all these files into the same
directory would be a nightmare for us. In java we can avoid this sort of problem by using Packages.

33.3.1 What is a package?

In simple terms, a set of Java classes organized for convenience in the same directory to
avoid the name collisions. Packages are nothing more than the way we organize files into
different directories according to their functionality, usability as well as category they should
belong to. An obvious example of packaging is the JDK package from SUN (java.xxx.yyy)
as shown below:

Figure. Basic structure of JDK package

Basically, files in one directory (or package) would have different functionality from those
of another directory. For example, files in java.io package do something related to I/O, but
files in java.net package give us the way to deal with the Network.

Packaging also helps us to avoid class name collision when we use the same class name as
that of others. For example, if we have a class name called "ArrayList", its name would
crash with the ArrayList class from JDK. However, this never happens because JDK use
java.util as a package name for the ArrayList class (java.util.ArrayList). So our
ArrayList class can be named as "ArrayList" or we can put it into another package like
com.mycompany.ArrayList without fighting with anyone. The benefits of using package

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 446

 Web Design and Development (CS506)
reflect the ease of maintenance, organization, and increase collaboration among
developers. Understanding the concept of package will also help us manage and use files
stored in jar files in more efficient ways.

33.3.2 How to create a package

Suppose we have a file called HelloWorld.java, and we want to put this file in a package
world. First thing we have to do is to specify the keyword package with the name of the
package we want to use (world in our case) on top of our source file, before the code that
defines the real classes in the package, as shown in our HelloWorld class below:

// only comment can be here

package world;

public class HelloWorld {

public static void main(String[] args) {
System.out.println("Hello World");
}

One thing you must do after creating a package for the class is to create nested subdirectories to
represent package hierarchy of the class. In our case, we have the worldpackage, which requires
only one directory. So, we create a directory (folder) world and put our HelloWorld.java into it.

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 447

 Web Design and Development (CS506)

33.3.3 How to use package

By using "import" keyword, all class files reside only in that package can be imported.
For example,

// we can use any public classes inside world package

import world.*;
// import all public classes from java.util package import
java.util.*;

// import only ArrayList class (not all classes in

// java.util package)
import java.util.ArrayList;

Note: While working with IDEs, You don’t have to create folders (packages) and to place classes
at right locations. Many IDEs (like netBeans® 4.1) performs this job on your behalf.

33.4 JavaServer Pages (JSP)

Like Servlets, JSP is also a specification. JSP technology enables Web developers and designers to
rapidly develop and easily maintain, information-rich, dynamic Web pages that leverage existing
business systems. As part of the Java technology family, JSP technology enables rapid
development of Web-based applications that are platform independent. JSP technology separates
the user interface from content generation, enabling designers to change the overall page layout
without altering the underlying dynamic content.

33.4.1 The Need for JSP

With servlets, it is easy to

• Read form data

• Read HTTP request headers
• Set HTTP status codes and response headers
• Use cookies and session tracking
• Share data among servlets
• Remember data between requests
• Get fun, high-paying jobs

But, it sure is a pain to

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 448
 Web Design and Development (CS506)
• Use those println() statements to generate HTML
• Maintain that HTML

33.4.2 The JSP Framework

• Use regular HTML for most of the pages
• Mark servlet code with special tags
• Entire JSP page gets translated into a servlet (once), and servlet is what actually
gets invoked (for each request)
• The Java Server Pages technology combine with Java code and HTML tags in the same
document to produce a JSP file.

33.4.3 Advantages of JSP over Competing Technologies

• Versus ASP or ColdFusion
o JSPs offer better language for dynamic part i.e. java o JSPs
are portable to multiple servers and operating systems
• Versus PHP
o JSPs offer better language for dynamic part o
JSPs offer better tool support
• Versus pure servlets o JSPs provide more convenient way to create HTML o
JSPs can use standard front end tools (e.g., UltraDev) o JSPs divide and
conquer the problem of presentation and business logic.

33.4.4 Setting Up Your Environment

In order to create a web-application that entirely consists of JSP pages and Html based
pages, the setup is fairly simple as compared to a servlet based web application.
• Set your CLASSPATH. No.
• Compile your code. No.
• Use packages to avoid name conflicts. No.
• Put JSP page in special directory, like WEB-INF for servlets No.
o tomcat_install_dir/webapps/ROOT
o jrun_install_dir/servers/default/default-app
• Use special URL to invoke JSP page. No

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 449

 Web Design and Development (CS506)
• However
o If you want to use java based classes in an application along with JSPs, Previous
rules about CLASSPATH, install dirs, etc, still apply to regular classes used by JSP

33.5 References:
• Java A Lab Course by Umair Javed
• Java Package Tutorial by Patrick Bouklee http://jarticles.com/package/package_eng.html
• JavaServer Pages Overview http://java.sun.com/products/jsp/overview.html

Note: Coding exercises in working condition for this lecture are also available on “Downloads”
section of LMS.

Lecture 34: Java Server Pages

As we concluded in our discussion on JSP, JSP is a text based document capable of returning
either static or dynamic content to a client’s browser. Static content and dynamic content can be
intermixed. The examples of static content are HTML, XML & Text etc. Java code, displaying
properties of JavaBeans and invoking business logic defined in custom tags are all examples of
dynamic content.

34.1 First run of a JSP

Figure below shows what phases a JSP passed through before displaying result.

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 450

 Web Design and Development (CS506)

The web browser makes a request to JSP source code. This code is bifurcated into HTML and
java code by the JSP parser. The java source code is compiled by the Java compiler resulting in
producing a servlet equivalent code of a JSP. The servlet code is intermixed with HTML and
displayed to the user. It is important to note that a JSP only passes through all these phases when
it is invoked for the first time or when the changes have been made to JSP. Any later call to JSP
does not undergo of compilation phase.

34.1.1 Benefits of JSP

• Convenient o we already know java and HTML. So nothing new to be learned to work
with
JSP.
o Like servlets (as seen, ultimately a JSP gets converted into a servlet), provides an
extensive infrastructure for
Tracking sessions
Reading and sending HTML headers
Parsing and decoding HTML form data
• Efficient o Every request for a JSP is handled by a simple JSP java thread as JSP gets
converted into a servlet. Hence, the time to execute a JSP document is not dominated by
starting a process.
• Portable o Like Servlets, JSP is also a specification and follows a well standardized
API.The JVM which is used to execute a JSP file is supported on many architectures and
operating systems.
• Inexpensive o There are number of free or inexpensive Web Servers that are good for
commercial quality websites.

34.1.2 JSP vs. Servlet

Let’s compare JSP and Servlet technology by taking an example that simply plays current date.
© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 451
 Web Design and Development (CS506)

First have a look on JSP that is displaying a current date. This page more looks like a
HTML page except of two strangely written lines of codes. Also there are no signs of
doGet(), doPost().

<%@ page import=“java.util.*” %>

<html>
<body>
<h3>
Current Date is:<%= new Date()%>
</h3>
</body>
</html>

Now, compare the JSP code above with the Servlet code given below that is also displaying the
current date.

//File: SearchPersonServlet.java

import java.io.*; import

java.net.*; import
javax.servlet.*; import
javax.servlet.http.*;
import java.util.*;
public class SearchPersonServlet extends HttpServlet {

protected void processRequest(HttpServletRequest

request, HttpServletResponse response) throws
ServletException, IOException {
response.setContentType("text/html");

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 452

 Web Design and Development (CS506)
PrintWriter out = response.getWriter();

out.println(
“<html>” +
“<body>” +
“<h3>” +
“Current Date is:“ + new Date() +
“</h3>” +
“</body>” +
“</html>”
);
out.close();
}
// Handles the HTTP GET method. protected void
doGet(HttpServletRequest request,
HttpServletResponse response) throws
ServletException, IOException {
processRequest(request, response);
}

// Handles the HTTP POST method. protected void

doPost(HttpServletRequest request,
HttpServletResponse response) throws
ServletException, IOException {
processRequest(request, response);
}
}

Clearly, a lot of code is needed to be written in the case of servlet example to perform a basic
job.

34.2 JSP Ingredients

Besides HTML, a JSP may contain the following elements.
• Directive Elements o Provides global control of JSP
……..……………..<%@ %>
• Scripting Elements
o JSP comments ……………………………………...<%----%>
o declarations……………………………………...<%! %> o Used to declare
instance variables & methods
expressions……………………………………...<%=%>
o A java code fragment which returns String

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 453

 Web Design and Development (CS506)
scriptlets……………………………………...<%%>
o Blocks of java code

• Action Elements o Special JSP tags

……..……………………………..<jsp: .…./>

We’ll discuss in detail all the ingredients of JSP. This handout will cover only scripting elements,
remaining ones will be discussed in next handouts.

34.3 Scripting Elements

34.3.1 Comments

Comments are ignored by JSP-to-servlet translator. Two types of comments are possibly used in
JSP.

• HTML comment:
These comments are shown in browser, means on taking view source of the web page; these
sorts of comments can be read. Format of HTML comments is like to:
<!-- comment text-->

• JSP comment:
These comments are not displayed in browser and have format like:
<%-- comment text --%>

34.3.2 Expressions

The format of writing a Java expression is:

<%= Java expression %>

These expressions are evaluated, after converted to strings placed into HTML page at the place it
occurred in JSP page

Examples of writing Expressions are:

• <h2> Time: <% new java.util.Date() %> </h2> will print current
data & time after converting it to String

• <h2> Welcome: <% request.getParameter(“name”)%> </h2>

will print the name attribute

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 454

 Web Design and Development (CS506)

34.3.3 Scriptlets

The format of writing a scriptlet is: <% Java code %>

After opening up the scriptlet tag, any kind of java code can be written inside it. This code is
inserted verbatim into corresponding servlet.
Example of writing a scriptlet is:
• <%String n = request.getParameter(“name”); out.println(“welcome
” + n);
%>
The above scriptlet reads the name attribute and prints it after appending “welcome”

34.3.4 Declarations

The format of writing a declaration tag is: <%! Java code %>
This tag is used to declare variables and methods at class level. The code written inside this tag is
inserted verbatim into servlet’s class definition.

Example of declaring a class level (attribute) variable is:

• <%!
private int someField = 5; %>
%>
Example of declaring a class level method is:

• <%!
public void someMethod ( …… ) {
…………….
}
%>

Code Example: Using scripting elements

The next example code consists of two JSP pages namely first.jsp and
second.jsp. The user will enter two numbers on the first.jsp and after pressing the
calculate sum button, able to see the sum of entered numbers on second.jsp

first.jsp
This page only displays the two text fields to enter numbers along with a button.

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 455

 Web Design and Development (CS506)
<html>
<body>
<h2>Enter two numbers to see their sum</h1>
<!—the form values will be posted to second.jsp -->
<form name = "myForm" action="second.jsp" >

<h3> First Number </h3>

<input type="text" name="num1" />

<h3> Second Number </h3>

<input type="text" name="num2" /> <br/><br/>
<input type="submit" value="Calculate Sum" /> </form> </body>
</html>

second.jsp
This page retrieves the values posted by first.jsp. After converting the numbers into integers,
displays their sum.

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 456

 Web Design and Development (CS506)
<html>
<body>
<!-- JSP to sum two numbers
--> <%-- Declaration--%> <%!
// declaring a variable to store sum int res;

// method helps in calculating the sum

public int sum(int op1, int op2) {
return op1 + op2;
}
%>

<%-- Scripltet--%>
<%
String op1 = request.getParameter("num1");
String op2 = request.getParameter("num2");
int firstNum = Integer.parseInt(op1);
int secondNum = Integer.parseInt(op2);
// calling method sum(), declared above in declartion tag
res = sum(firstNum, secondNum);
%>
<%-- expression used to display sum --%>
<h3>Sum is: <%=res%> </h3>
</body>
</html>

34.4 Writing JSP scripting Elements in XML

Now days, the preferred way for composing a JSP pages is using XML. Although writing JSP
pages in old style is still heavily used as we had shown you in the last example. Equivalent XML
tags for writing scripting elements are given below:

Comments: No equivalent tag is defined

Declaration:<jsp:declartion> </jsp:declaration>

Expression:<jsp:expression> </jsp:expression>

Scriptlet:<jsp:scriptlet> </jsp:scriptlet>

It’s important to note that every opening tag also have a closing tag too. The second.jsp of last
© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 457
 Web Design and Development (CS506)
example is given below in XML style.

<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>

<jsp:root xmlns:jsp="http://java.sun.com/JSP/Page"
version="2.0"> <!-- to change the content type or response
encoding change the following line
-->
<jsp:directive.page contentType="text/xml;charset=UTF-8"/>
<!-- any content can be specified here, e.g.: -->
<jsp:element name="text">
<jsp:body>
<jsp:declaration>
int res;
public int sum(int op1, int op2) {
return op1 + op2;
}
</jsp:declaration>
<jsp:scriptlet>
String op1 = request.getParameter("num1");
String op2 =
request.getParameter("num2"); int
firstNum = Integer.parseInt(op1); int
secondNum = Integer.parseInt(op2); res =
sum(firstNum, secondNum);
</jsp:scriptlet>
<jsp:text> Sum is: </jsp:text>
<jsp:expression> res </jsp:expression>
</jsp:body>
</jsp:element> </jsp:root>

34.5 References:
• Java A Lab Course by Umair Javed
• Core Servlets and JSP by Marty Hall

Note: Coding exercises in working condition for this lecture are also available on “Downloads”
section of LMS.

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 458

 Web Design and Development (CS506)

Lecture 35: JavaServer Pages

We have started JSP journey in the last handout and thoroughly discussed the JSP scripting
elements. JSP directive elements and implicit objects will be discussed in this handout. Let’s
review JSP journey again to find out what part we have already covered.

We start our discussion from implicit objects. Let’s find out what these
are?
35.1 Implicit Objects
To simplify code in JSP expressions and scriptlets, you are supplied with eight automatically
defined variables, sometimes called implicit objects. The three most important variables are
request, response & out. Details of these are given below:

• request
This variable is of type HttpServletRequest, associated with the request. It gives you
access to the request parameters, the request type (e.g. GET or POST), and the incoming
HTTP request headers (e.g. cookies etc).

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 459

 Web Design and Development (CS506)
• response
This variable is of type HttpServletResponse, associated with the
response to client. By using it, you can set HTTP status codes, content type and response
headers etc.
• out
This is the object of JspWriter used to send output to the client.

Code Example: Use of Implicit Objects

The following example constitutes of 4 JSP pages. These are index.jsp,
controller.jsp, web.jsp and java.jsp. The user will select either the option of
“java” or “web” from index.jsp, displayed in the form of radio buttons and submits the
request to controller.jsp. Based on the selection made by the user, controller.jsp
will redirect the user to respective pages (web.jsp or java.jsp).

The flow of the example is shown below in the pictorial form.

The code of these entire pages is given below.

index.jsp

<html>
<body>
<h2>Select the page you want to visit</h2>
<form name="myForm" action="controller.jsp" >
<h3>
<input type="radio" name = "page" value="web"/>

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 460

 Web Design and Development (CS506)
Web Design & Develoment
</h3>
<br>

<h3>
<input type="radio" name = "page" value="java"/>
Java
</h3>
<br>
<input type="submit" value="Submit" />

</form>
</body>
</html>

controller.jsp

<html>
<body>
<!-- scriptlet -->
<%

// reading parameter “page”, name of radio button using

// implicit object request
String pageName = request.getParameter("page");

// deciding which page to move on based on “page”

value // redirecting user by using response implicit
object if (pageName.equals("web")) {
response.sendRedirect("web.jsp"); } else if
(pageName.equals("java") ) {
response.sendRedirect("java.jsp");
}
%>

</body>
</html>

web.jsp

<html>
<body>

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 461

 Web Design and Development (CS506)
// use of out implicit object, to generate HTML
<%
out.println( "<h2>" +
"Welcome to Web Design & Development Page" + "</h2>"
);
%>
</body>
</html>

java.jsp

<html>
<body>
// use of out implicit object, to generate HTML
<%
out.println( "<h2>" +
"Welcome to Java Page" + "</h2>"
);
%>
</body>
</html>

The details of remaining 5 implicit objects are given below:

• session
This variable is of type HttpSession, used to work with session object.

• application
This variable is of type ServletContext. Allows to store values in key-value pair form that
are shared by all servlets in same web application/

• config
This variable is of type ServletConfig. Represents the JSP configuration options e.g.
init-parameters etc.

• pageContext
This variable is of type javax.servlet.jsp.PageContext, to give a single point of
access to many of the page attributes. This object is used to stores the object values associated
with this object.

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 462

 Web Design and Development (CS506)
• exception
This variable is of type java.lang.Throwable. Represents the exception
that is passed to JSP error page.

• page
This variable is of type java.lang.Object. It is synonym for this.

35.2 JSP Directives

JSP directives are used to convey special processing information about the page to JSP container.
It affects the overall structure of the servlet that results from the JSP page. It enables programmer
to:
• Specify page settings
• To include content from other resources
• To specify custom-tag libraries

35.2.1 Format
<%@ directive {attribute=”val”}* %>
In JSP, there are three types of directives: page, include & taglib. The formats
of using these are:

• page:<%@ page{attribute=”val”}*%>
• include:<%@ include{attribute=”val”}*%>
• taglib:<%@ taglib{attribute=”val”}*%>

35.2.2 JSP page Directive

Give high level information about servlet that will result from JSP page. It can be used anywhere
in the document. It can control

• Which classes are imported

• What class the servlet extends
• What MIME type is generated
• How multithreading is handled
• If the participates in session
• Which page handles unexpected errors etc.
The lists of attributes that can be used with page directive are:

• language = “java”

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 463

 Web Design and Development (CS506)
• extends = “package.class”
• import = “package.*,package.class”
• session = “true | false”
• info= “text”
• contentType = “mimeType” • isThreadSafe = “true | false”
• errorPage= “relativeURL”
• isErrorPage = “true | false”

Some example uses are:

• To import package like java.util

<%@page import=“java.util.*” info=“using util package” %>
• To declare this page as an error page
<%@ page isErrorPage = “true” %>
• To generate the excel spread sheet
<%@ page contentType = “application/vnd.ms-excel” %>

35.2.3 JSP include Directive

Lets you include (reuse) navigation bars, tables and other elements in JSP page. You can include
files at

• Translation Time (by using include directive)

• Request Time (by using Action elements, discussed in next handouts)

Format
<%@include file=“relativeURL”%>

Purpose
To include a file in a JSP document at the time document is translated into a servlet. It may
contain JSP code that affects the main page such as response page header settings etc.

Example Code: using include directive

This example contains three JSP pages. These are index.jsp, header.jsp &
footer.jsp. The header.jsp will display the text of “web design and development” along
with current date. The footer.jsp will display only “virtual university”. The outputs of both
these pages will be included in index.jsp by using JSP include directive.

header.jsp

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 464

 Web Design and Development (CS506)
<%@page import="java.util.*"%>
<html>
<body>

<marquee>
<h3> Web Desing & Development </h3>
<h3><%=new Date()%></h3>
</marquee>

</body>
</html>
footer.jsp

<html>
<body>
<marquee>
<h3> Virtual University </h3>
</marquee>
</body>
</html>
index.jsp

<html>
<body>
// includes the output of header.jsp
<%@include file="header.jsp" %>
<TABLE BORDER=1>
<TR><TH> Apples </TH><TH> Oranges </TH>
<TR><TH>First Quarter<TD>2307<TD>4706
<TR><TH>Second Quarter<TD>2982<TD>5104
<TR><TH>Third Quarter<TD>3011<TD>5220
<TR><TH>Fourth Quarter<TD>3055<TD>5287 </TABLE>
// includes the output of footer.jsp
<%@include file="footer.jsp" %>
</body>
</html>

Example Code: setting content type to generate excel spread sheet

In this example, index.jsp is modified to generate excel spread sheet of the last example. The
change is shown in bold face.

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 465

 Web Design and Development (CS506)
index.jsp

// setting content type to generate excel sheet using page

directive
<%@page contentType="application/vnd.ms-excel" %>
<html>
<body>
// includes the output of header.jsp
<%@include file="header.jsp" %>
<TABLE BORDER=1>
<TR><TH></TH><TH>Apples<TH>Oranges
<TR><TH>First Quarter<TD>2307<TD>4706
<TR><TH>Second Quarter<TD>2982<TD>5104
<TR><TH>Third Quarter<TD>3011<TD>5220
<TR><TH>Fourth Quarter<TD>3055<TD>5287 </TABLE>
// includes the output of footer.jsp
<%@include file="footer.jsp" %>
</body>
</html>

35.3 JSP Life Cycle Methods

The life cycle methods of JSP are jspInit(), _jspService() and
jspDestroy(). On receiving each request, _jspService() method is invoked
that generates the response as well.

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 466

 Web Design and Development (CS506)

35.4 References:
• Java A Lab Course by Umair Javed
• Core Servlets and JSP by Marty Hall

Note: Coding exercises in working condition for this lecture are also available on “Downloads”
section of LMS.

Lecture 36

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 467

 Web Design and Development (CS506)
In the last handout, we learned how to work with JSP directives and the use of implicit objects.
In this handout, we’ll learn about JavaBeans and what affect they produce. Before learning
JavaBeans, let’s start with an example that helps us to understand the impact of using JavaBeans.

Code Example: Displaying Course Outline

This example is actually the modification of the last one we had discussed in previous handout.
User will select either course “web design and development” or “java”. On submitting request,
course outline would be displayed of the selected course in tabular format. This course outline
actually loaded from database. The schema of the database used for this example is given below:

The flow of this example is shown below:

index.jsp
This page is used to display the course options to the user in the radio button form.

<html>
<body>
<h2>Select the page you want to visit</h2>
<form name="myForm" action="controller.jsp" >
<h3>
<input type="radio" name = "page" value="web"/>
Web Design & Develoment
</h3> <br>
<h3>
<input type="radio" name = "page" value="java"/>
Java

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 468

 Web Design and Development (CS506)
</h3><br>

<input type="submit" value="Submit" />

</form>
</body>
</html>

controller.jsp
Based upon the selection made by the user, this page will redirect the user to respective
pages. Those are web.jsp and java.jsp

<html>
<body>
<!-- scriptlet -->
<%
// reading parameter named page
String pageName = request.getParameter("page");

// redirecting user based on selection made if

(pageName.equals("web")) { response.sendRedirect("web.jsp");
} else if (pageName.equals("java") ) {
response.sendRedirect("java.jsp");
}
%>
/body>
</html>

web.jsp
This page is used to display course outline of “web design and development” in a tabular
format after reading them from database. The code is:

// importing java.sql package using page directive, to work

with
// database
<%@page import="java.sql.*"%>

<html>
<body>
<center>
© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 469
 Web Design and Development (CS506)
<h2> Welcome to Web Design & Development Page </h2>
<h3> Course Outline</h3>

<TABLE BORDER="1" >

<TR>

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 470

 Web Design and Development (CS506)
<TH>Session No.</TH>
<TH>Topics</TH>
<TH>Assignments</TH>
</TR>

<%-- start of scriptlet --%>

<%
// establishing conection
Class.forName("sun.jdbc.odbc.JdbcOdbcDriver");

String conUrl = "jdbc:odbc:CourseDSN";

Connection con = DriverManager.getConnection(conUrl);

// preparing query using join statements

String sql = " SELECT sessionNo, topic, assignment " +
" FROM Course, SessionDetail" +
" WHERE courseName = ? " +
" AND Course.courseId = SessionDetail.courseID";

PreparedStatement pStmt = con.prepareStatement(sql);

// setting parameter value ”web”.

pStmt.setString( 1 , "web");

ResultSet rs = pStmt.executeQuery();

String sessionNo;
String topic;
String assignment;

// iterating over resultset

while (rs.next()) {

sessionNo = rs.getString("sessionNo");
topic = rs.getString("topic");

assignment = rs.getString("assignment");

if (assignment == null){
assignment = "";
}

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 471

 Web Design and Development (CS506)
%>
<%-- end of scriptlet --%>

<%-- The values are displayed in tabular format using

expressions, however it can also be done using
out.println(sessionNo) like statements
--%>

<TR>
<TD> <%=sessionNo%> </TD>
<TD> <%=topic%> </TD>
<TD> <%=assignment%> </TD>
</TR>

<%
} // end while
%>

</TABLE >
</center>
</body>
</html>

java.jsp
The code of this page is very much alike of “web.jsp”. The only change is in making of
query. Here the value is set “java” instead of “web”

// importing java.sql package using page directive, to work

with
// database
<%@page import="java.sql.*"%>

<html>
<body>
<center>
<h2> Welcome to Java Page </h2>
<h3> Course Outline</h3>
<TABLE BORDER="1" >
<TR>
<TH>Session No.</TH>

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 472

 Web Design and Development (CS506)
<TH>Topics</TH>
<TH>Assignments</TH>
</TR>

<%-- start of scriptlet --%>

<%
// establishing conection
Class.forName("sun.jdbc.odbc.JdbcOdbcDriver");

String conUrl = "jdbc:odbc:CourseDSN";

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 473

 Web Design and Development (CS506)
Connection con = DriverManager.getConnection(conUrl);

// preparing query using join statements

String sql = " SELECT sessionNo, topic, assignment " +
" FROM Course, SessionDetail" +
" WHERE courseName = ? " +
" AND Course.courseId = SessionDetail.courseID";

PreparedStatement pStmt = con.prepareStatement(sql);

// setting parameter value ”web”.

pStmt.setString( 1 , "java");

ResultSet rs = pStmt.executeQuery();

String sessionNo;
String topic;
String assignment;
// iterating over resultset
while (rs.next()) {
sessionNo = rs.getString("sessionNo");
topic = rs.getString("topic");

assignment =
rs.getString("assignment"); if
(assignment == null){ assignment = "";
}
%>
<%-- end of scriptlet --%>
<%-- The values are displayed in tabular format using
expressions, however it can also be done using
out.println(sessionNo) like statements
--%>
<TR>
<TD> <%=sessionNo%> </TD>
<TD> <%=topic%> </TD>
<TD> <%=assignment%> </TD>
</TR>
<%
} // end while
%>

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 474

 Web Design and Development (CS506)
</TABLE >
</center>
</body>
</html>
Issues with Last Example

Too much cluttered code in web.jsp and java.jsp. This makes it very
difficult to understand (probably you experienced it by yourself) and to
make changes/enhancements.

A single page is doing everything that is really a bad approach while making of
web applications. The tasks performed by web.jsp or java.jsp are:

- Displaying contents (Presentation logic)

- Connecting with database (DB connectivity logic)
- Results Processing (Business Logic)

Can we simplify it? Yes, the answer lies in the use of JavaBeans technology.
36.1 JavaBeans
• A java class that can be easily reused and composed together in an application.
• Any java class that follows certain design conventions can be a JavaBean.

36.1.1 JavaBeans Design Conventions

These conventions are:
• A bean class must have a zero argument constructor
• A bean class should not have any public instance variables/attributes (fields)
• Private values should be accessed through setters/getters o For boolean data types, use
boolean isXXX( ) & setXXX(boolean)
• A bean class must be serializable

A Sample JavaBean

The code snippet of very basic JavaBean is given below that satisfies all the conventions
described above. The MyBean.java class has only one instance variable.

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 475

 Web Design and Development (CS506)
public class MyBean implements Serializable {

private String name;

// zero argument
constructor public MyBean(
){ name = “”;
}
// standard setter
public void setName(String n) {
name = n;
}
// standard getter public
String getName( ) {
return name;
}

// any other method

public void print( ) {

System.out.println(“Name is: ” + name);

} // end Bean class

Example Code: Displaying course outline by incorporating

JavaBeans
This example is made by making more enhancements to the last one. Two JavaBeans are included
in this example code. These are CourseOutlineBean & CourseDAO.

The CourseOutlineBean is used to represent one row of the table. It contains the
following attributes:

• sessionNo
• topic
• assignment

The CourseDAO (where DAO stands of Data Acess Object) bean encapsulates database
connectivity and result processing logic.

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 476

 Web Design and Development (CS506)
The web.jsp and java.jsp will use both these JavaBeans. The code of these and the JSPs
used in this example are given below.

CourseOutlineBean.java

package vu;

import java.io.*;

public class CourseOutlineBean implements Serializable{

private int sessionNo;

private String topic;
private String assignment;

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 477

 Web Design and Development (CS506)
// no argument constructor public CourseOutlineBean()
{ sessionNo = 0; topic = ""; assignment = "";
}

// setters
public void setSessionNo(int s){ sessionNo = s;
}
public void setTopic(String t){ topic = t;
}
public void setAssignment(String a){ assignment = a;
}
// getters
public int getSessionNo( ){ return sessionNo;
}
public String getTopic( ){ return topic;
}
public String getAssignment( ){ return assignment;
}

} // end class

CourseDAO.java

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 478

 Web Design and Development (CS506)
package vu; import
java.io.*; import
java.sql.*; import
java.util.*;

public class CourseDAO implements Serializable{

private Connection con;

public CourseDAO() {
establishConnection();
}

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 479

 Web Design and Development (CS506)
//********** establishConnection method ********************
// method used to make connection with database
private void establishConnection(){

try{
// establishing conection
Class.forName("sun.jdbc.odbc.JdbcOdbcDriver");

String conUrl = "jdbc:odbc:CourseDSN";

con =
DriverManager.getConnection(conUrl);
}catch(Exception ex){
System.out.println(ex);
}
//*********** retrieveCourseList method ********************
public ArrayList retrieveCourseList(String cName){

ArrayList courseList = new ArrayList();

try{
}
String sql = " SELECT sessionNo, topic, assignment " +
" FROM Course, SessionDetail" +
" WHERE courseName = ? " +
" AND Course.courseId = SessionDetail.courseID
";
PreparedStatement pStmt = con.prepareStatement(sql);
pStmt.setString(1, cName);

ResultSet rs = pStmt.executeQuery();

int sNo;
String topic;
String assignment;

while ( rs.next() ) {

sNo = rs.getInt("sessionNo"); topic

= rs.getString("topic"); assignment =
rs.getString("assignment"); if
(assignment == null){ assignment = "";
}
// creating a CourseOutlineBean object
CourseOutlineBean cBean = new CourseOutlineBean();
© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 480
 Web Design and Development (CS506)

cBean.setSessionNo(sNo);
cBean.setTopic(topic);
cBean.setAssignment(assignment);

// adding a bean to arraylist

courseList.add(cBean);
}
}catch(Exception ex){
System.out.println(ex);
} finally {
// to close connection
releaseResources();
}
// returning ArrayList object
return courseList;

} // end retrieveCourseOutline
//********** releaseResources method
******************** private void releaseResources(){
try{
if(con != null){
con.close();
}

}catch(Exception ex){
System.out.println();
}
}
} // end releaseResources

}// end CourseDAO

index.jsp
This page is used to display the course options to the user in the radio button form.

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 481

 Web Design and Development (CS506)
<html>
<body>
<h2>Select the page you want to visit</h2>
<form name="myForm" action="controller.jsp" >
<h3>
<input type="radio" name = "page" value="web"/>
Web Design & Develoment
</h3> <br>

<h3>
<input type="radio" name = "page" value="java"/>
Java
</h3><br>

<input type="submit" value="Submit" />

</form>
</body>
</html>

controller.jsp
Based on user selection, redirects the user to desired page.
<html>
<body>

<!-- scriptlet -->

<%

String pageName = request.getParameter("page");

if (pageName.equals("web")) { response.sendRedirect("web.jsp");
} else if (pageName.equals("java") ) {
response.sendRedirect("java.jsp");
}
%>

</body>
</html>

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 482

 Web Design and Development (CS506)
web.jsp
This page is used to display course outline of “web design and development” in a tabular
format after reading them from database. Moreover, this page also uses the JavaBeans
(CourseOutlineBean & CourseDAO).

<%@page import="java.util.*" %>

<%-- importing vu package that contains the JavaBeans--%>

<%@page import="vu.*" %>

<html>
<body>
<center>
<h2> Welcome to Web Design & Development Course </h2>

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 483

 Web Design and Development (CS506)
<h3> Course Outline</h3>

<TABLE BORDER="1" >

<TR>
<TH>Session No.</TH>
<TH>Topics</TH>
<TH>Assignments</TH>
</TR>
<%-- start of scriptlet --%>
<%
// creating CourseDAO object
CourseDAO courseDAO = new CourseDAO();
// calling retrieveCourseList() of CourseDAO class and
// passing “web” as value. This method returns ArrayList
ArrayList courseList = courseDAO.retrieveCourseList("web");
CourseOutlineBean webBean = null;
// iterating over ArrayList to display course outline
for(int i=0; i<courseList.size(); i++){
webBean = (CourseOutlineBean)courseList.get(i);
%>
<%-- end of scriptlet --%>
<TR>
<TD> <%= webBean.getSessionNo()%> </TD>
<TD> <%= webBean.getTopic()%> </TD>
<TD> <%= webBean.getAssignment()%> </TD>
</TR>
<%
} // end for
%>
</TABLE >
</center>
</body>
</html>

java.jsp

The code contains by this page is almost same of web.jsp. Here, “java” is passed to
retieveCourseList( ) method. This is shown in boldface.

<%@page import="java.util.*" %>

<%-- importing vu package that contains the JavaBeans--%>
<%@page import="vu.*" %>

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 484

 Web Design and Development (CS506)
<html>
<body>
<center>
<h2> Welcome to Java Course </h2>
<h3> Course Outline</h3>
<TABLE BORDER="1" >
<TR>
<TH>Session No.</TH>
<TH>Topics</TH>
<TH>Assignments</TH>
</TR>
<%-- start of scriptlet --%>
<%
// creating CourseDAO object
CourseDAO courseDAO = new CourseDAO();
// calling retrieveCourseList() of CourseDAO class and
// passing “java” as value. This method returns ArrayList
ArrayList courseList = courseDAO.retrieveCourseList("java");
CourseOutlineBean javaBean = null;
// iterating over ArrayList to display course outline
for(int i=0; i<courseList.size(); i++){
javaBean = (CourseOutlineBean)courseList.get(i);
%>
<%-- end of scriptlet --%>
<TR>
<TD> <%= javaBean.getSessionNo()%> </TD>
<TD> <%= javaBean.getTopic()%> </TD>
<TD> <%= javaBean.getAssignment()%> </TD>
</TR>
<%
} // end for
%>
</TABLE >
</center>
</body>
</html>

36.2 References:
• Entire material for this handout is taken from the book JAVA A Lab Course by Umair
Javed. This material is available just for the use of VU students of the course Web

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 485

 Web Design and Development (CS506)
Design and Development and not for any other commercial purpose without the consent
of author.

Note: Coding exercises in working condition for this lecture are also available on “Downloads”
section of LMS.

Lecture 37: JSP Action Elements and Scope

The journey we had started of JSP is very much covered except of JSP action elements. In this
handout, we’ll study the use of JSP action elements. Further also learn how and where to store
JavaBean objects that can be shared among JSP pages.

Let’s first quickly look on the JSP journey to find out where we have reached.

37.1 JSP Action Elements

JSP action elements allow us to work with JavaBeans, to include pages at request time and to
forward requests to other resources etc.

Format

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 486

 Web Design and Development (CS506)
Expressed using XML syntax

• Opening tag<jsp:actionElement attribute=”value” ….. >

• Body body
• Closing tag</jsp:actionElement>
Empty tags (without body) can also be used like

<jsp:actionElement attribute=”value” ….. >

Some JSP Action Elements

• To work with JavaBeans

-<jsp:useBean />
-<jsp:setProperty />
-<jsp:getProperty />

• To include resources at request time

-<jsp:include />

• To forward request to another JSP or Servlet

-<jsp:forward />

• To work with applets

-<jsp:plugin />

37.2 Working with JavaBeans using JSP Action Elements

The three action elements are used to work with JavaBeans. These are discussed in detail below:

37.2.1 JSP useBean Action Element

It is used to obtain a reference to an existing JavaBean object by specifying id(name of object)

and scope in which bean is stored. If a reference is not found, the bean is instantiated.

The format of this action element is:

<jsp:useBean id = “name”
scope = “page|request|session|application” class=“package.Class ”
/>

The id attribute specifies the name of the JavaBean object that is also used for later references.
The scope attribute can have one possible value out of page, request, session and application. If
© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 487
 Web Design and Development (CS506)
this attribute is omitted, the default value of scope attribute is page. We’ll discuss in detail about
scope shortly.
The class attribute specifies the type of object is going to be created.

jsp:useBean is being equivalent to building an object in scriptlet. For example to build an

object of MyBean using scriptlet is:
<%
MyBean m = new MyBean( );
%>
Achieving above functionality using jsp:useBean action element will look like this:

<jsp:useBean id = “m”
scope = “page”
class=“vu.MyBean” />

In the above code snippet, we are assuming that MyBean lies in vu package.

37.2.2 JSP setProperty Action Element

To set or change the property value of the specified bean. String values are converted to types of
properties by using the related conversion methods.

The format of this action element is:

<jsp:setProperty name = “beanName or id” property = “name” value

=“value”/>

The name attribute should match the id given in jsp:useBean. The property
attribute specifies the name of the property to change and the value attribute specifies the new
value.
jsp:setProperty is being equivalent to following code of scriptlet. For example to change
the name property of m (instance of MyBean) using scriptlet is:
<%
m.setProperty(“ali”);
%>

Achieving above functionality using jsp:setProperty action element will look like
this:

<jsp:setProperty name = “m” property = “name” value = “ali” />

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 488

 Web Design and Development (CS506)

37.2.3 JSP getProperty Action Element

Use to retrieves the value of property, converts it to String and writes it to output stream.

The format of this action element is:

<jsp:getProperty name = “beanName or id”property = “name”/>

jsp:getProperty is being equivalent to following code of scriptlet. For example to retrieve

the name property of m (instance of MyBean) followed by writing it to output stream, scriptlet
code will look like:
<%
String name = m.getName( ); out.println(name);
%>

Achieving above functionality using jsp:getProperty action element will look like this:

<jsp:getProperty name = “m”property = “name” />

Example Code: Calculating sum of two numbers by using action

elements and JavaBean
This example contains index.jsp and result.jsp and one JavaBean i.e.
SumBean. User will enter two numbers on index.jsp and their sum will be
displayed on result.jsp. Let’s examine these one after another

SumBean.java

The SumBean has following attributes

• firstNumber
• secondNumber
• sum

The firstNumber and secondNumbers are “write-only” properties means for these only setters
would be defined. Whereas sum is a “read-only” property as only getter would be defined
for it.

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 489

 Web Design and Development (CS506)
The SumBean also contain one additional method for calculating sum i.e.
calulateSum(). After performing addition of firstNumber with secondNumber, this
method will assign the result to sum attribute.

package vu;
import java.io.*;

public class SumBean implements Serializable{

private int firstNumber;

private int secondNumber;
private int sum;
// no argument
constructor public
SumBean() { firstNumber =
0; secondNumber = 0; sum
= 0;
}
// firstNumber & secondNumber are writeonly properties
// setters
public void setFirstNumber(int n){
firstNumber = n;
}
public void setSecondNumber(int n){
secondNumber = n;
}
// no setter for sum
// sum is a read only
property public int getSum(
){ return sum;
}
// method to calculate sum
public void calculateSum() { sum
= firstNumber + secondNumber;
}
}

index.jsp
This page will display two text fields to enter number into them.
<html>
<body>

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 490

 Web Design and Development (CS506)
<h2>Enter two numbers to calculate their sum</h2>
<form name="myForm" action="result.jsp">
<h3>
Enter first number
<input type="text" name="num1" />
<br/>
Enter second number
<input type="text" name="num2" />
<br/>
<input type="submit" value="Calculate Sum" />
</h3>
</form>
</body>
</html>

result.jsp
This page will calculate the sum of two entered numbers by the user and displays the sum
back to user. The addition is performed using SumBean
<%-- importing vu package that contains the SumBean --%>
<%@page import="vu.*"%>

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 491

 Web Design and Development (CS506)
<html>
<body>
<h2>The sum is:
<%-- instantiating bean using action element -- %>
<%--
//Servlet equivalent code of useBean
SumBean sBean = new SumBean();
--%>

<jsp:useBean id="sBean" class="vu.SumBean"

scope="page"/>
<%-- setting firstNumber property of sBean
using action elements
-- %>

<%-- implicit conversion from string to int as num1 is of type

String and firstNumber is of type int
--%>

<%--
//Servlet equivalent code of setProperty for num1 int
no = Integer.parseInt(request.getParameter("num1"));
sBean.setFirstNumber(no);
--%>
<jsp:setProperty name="sBean"
property="firstNumber" param="num1" />
<%--

//Servlet equivalent code of setProperty for num2 int

no = Integer.parseInt(request.getParameter("num2"));
sBean.setSecondNumber(no);

--%>
//Servlet equivalent code of setProperty for num2 int
no = Integer.parseInt(request.getParameter("num2"));
sBean.setSecondNumber(no); <jsp:setProperty
name="sBean"
property="secondNumber" param="num2" />

<%
// calling calculateSum() method that will set the value of
// sum attribute
sBean.calculateSum();

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 492

 Web Design and Development (CS506)
%>

<%--
// servlet equivalent code of displaying sum
int res = sBean.getSum();
out.println(res);
--%>

<jsp:getProperty name="sBean" property="sum" />

</h2>
</body>
</html>

37.3 Sharing Beans & Object Scopes

So far, we have learned the following techniques to create objects.

• Implicitly through JSP directives

• Explicitly through actions
• Directly using scripting code

Although the beans are indeed bound to local variables, that is not the only behavior. They are
also stored in four different locations, depending on the value of the optional scope attribute of
jsp:useBean. The scope attribute has the following possible values: page, request,
session and application.

Let’s discover what impact these scopes can produce on JavaBeans objects which are stored in
one of these scopes.

37.3.1 page

This is the default value of scope attribute, if omitted. It indicates, in addition to being bound to
local variable, the bean object should be placed in the pageContext object. The bean’s values
are only available and persist on JSP in which bean is created.

In practice, beans created with page scope are always accessed (their values) by
jsp:getProperty, jsp:setProperty, scriptlets or expressions later in the same page.
This will be more cleared with the help of following diagram:

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 493

 Web Design and Development (CS506)

In the diagram above, first.jsp generates a request “request 1” that is submitted to

second.jsp. Now, second.jsp creates an object m of MyBean by calling its default
constructor and stores a value “ali” for the name property by making a call to appropriate setter
method. Since, the scope specified in this example is “page” when the object of MyBean is
instantiated using jsp:useBean action element. Therefore, object (m) of MyBean is stored in
PageContext.

Whether, second.jsp forwards the same request (request 1) to third.jsp or generates a

new request (request 2), at third.jsp, values (e.g. ali) stored in MyBean object m, are not
available. Hence, specifying scope “page” results in using the object on the same page where
they are created.

37.3.2 request
This value signifies that, in addition to being bound to local variable, the bean object should be
placed in ServletRequest object for the duration of the current request. In other words,
until you continue to forward the request to another JSP/servlet, the beans values are available.
This has been illustrated in the following diagram.

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 494

 Web Design and Development (CS506)

In the diagram above, MyBean is instantiated by specifying scope =“request”

that results in storing object in ServletRequest. A value “ali” is also stored

in m using setter method.

second.jsp forwards the same request (request 1) to third.jsp, since scope of m (object
of MyBean) is request, as a result third.jsp can access the values(e.g. ali) stored in m.
According to the figure, third.jsp generates a new request (request 2) and submits it to
fourth.jsp. Since a new request is generated therefore values stored in object m (e.g. ali)
are not available to fourth.jsp.

37.3.3 session
This value means that, in addition to being bound to local variable, the bean object will be
stored in the HttpSession object associated with the current request. As you already know,
object’s value stored in HttpSession persists for whole user’s session. The figure below
helps in understanding this concept.

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 495

 Web Design and Development (CS506)

In the diagram above, MyBean is instantiated by specifying scope = “session” that results
in storing object in HttpSession. A value “ali” is also stored in m using setter method.

Irrespective of request forwarding or new request generation from second.jsp to other

resources, the values stored in HttpSession remains available until user’s session is ended.

37.3.4 Application
This very useful value means that, in addition to being bound to local variable, the bean object
will be stored in ServletContext. The bean objects stored in ServletContext is shared
by all JSPs/servlets in the same web application. The diagram given below illustrates this
scenario:

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 496

 Web Design and Development (CS506)

37.4 Summary of Object’s Scopes

Let’s take another view of session, request & page scopes in the next figure that helps us to
understand the under beneath things.

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 497

 Web Design and Development (CS506)

The figure shows four JavaServer Pages. Each page has its own page scope. Therefore objects
stored in page scope are only available to same pages on which they are created.

Suppose page1 forwards the request to page2. Objects stored in request scope remains available to
page1 as well to page 2. Similar case is true for page 3 & page 4.

If user makes a visit to all these pages in one session, object’s values stored in session scope
remains available on all these pages.

To understand the difference between sessions & application scope, consider the following figure:

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 498

 Web Design and Development (CS506)

As you can conclude from the figure, for each user (client), objects are stored in different
sessions. However, in the case of application scope, all users stores objects in single place.
37.5 More JSP Action Elements

Let’s talk about two important action elements. These are include & forward.

37.5.1 JSP include action Element

It is used to include files at request time. For example, to reuse HTML, JSP or plain text content.
It’s important to note that JSP content cannot affect main page (in which output is included); only
output of included JSP is used. It also allows updating of the included content without changing
the main JSP.

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 499

 Web Design and Development (CS506)
The jsp:include action element requires two attributes: page & flush.

• page: a relative URL of the file to be included.

• flush: must have the value “true”
<jsp:include page = “relative URL” flush = “true” />

jsp:include is being equivalent to following code of scriptlet. For example to include the
output of one.jsp , scriptlet code will look like:
<%
RequestDispatcher rd
=request.getRequestDispatcher(“one.jsp”);
rd.include(request, response); %>
Achieving above functionality using jsp:include action element will look like this:
<jsp:include page = “one.jsp” flush = “true” />
37.5.2 JSP forward action Element
It is used to forward request to another resource. The format of jsp:forward action is:
<jsp:forward page = “one.jsp” />

jsp:forward is being equivalent to following code of scriptlet. For example to forward the
request to one.jsp , scriptlet code will look like:
<%
RequestDispatcher rd = request.getRequestDispatcher(“one.jsp”);
rd.forward(request, response);
%>

37.6 References:
• Java A Lab Course by Umair Javed.
• Core Servlets and JavaServer Pages by Marty Hall

Note: Coding exercises in working condition for this lecture are also available on “Downloads”
section of LMS.

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 500

 Web Design and Development (CS506)

Lecture 38: JSP Custom Tags

To begin with, let’s review our last code example of lecture 36 i.e. Displaying course outline.
We incorporated JavaBeans to minimize the database logic from the JSP. But still, we have to
write some lines of java code inside java.jsp & web.jsp. As discussed earlier, JSPs are
built for presentation purpose only, so all the other code that involves business and database
logic must be shifted elsewhere like we used JavaBeans for such purpose.

There is also another problem attached to it. Generally web page designers which have enough
knowledge to work with HTML and some scripting language, faced lot of difficulties in writing
some simple lines of java code. To overcome these issues, java provides us the mechanism of
custom tags.

38.1 Motivation
To give you an inspiration, first have a glance over the code snippet we used in JSP of the course
outline example of last lecture. Of course, not all code is given here; it’s just for your reference
to give you a hint.

<%
CourseDAO courseDAO = new CourseDAO(); ………………
// iterating over ArrayList
for (…………………… ) {
……………………
…………………… //displaying courseoutline
}
………………
%>

Can we replace all the above code with one single line? Yes, by using custom tag we can write
like this:

<mytag:coursetag pageName=“java” />

By only specifying the course/page name, this tag will display the course outline in tabular
format. Now, you must have realized how significant changes custom tags can bring on.

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 501

 Web Design and Development (CS506)

38.2 What is a Custom Tag?

• In simplistic terms, “a user defined component that is used to perform certain action”. This
action could be as simple as displaying “hello world” or it can be as complex as
displaying course outline of selected course after reading it from database.
• It provides mechanism for encapsulating complex functionality for use in JSPs. Thus
facilitates the non-java coders.
• We already seen & used many built in tags like:

o < jsp:useBean …… /> o

< jsp:include …… /> o <
jsp:forward …… /> etc.

38.3 Why Build Custom Tag?

• We introduced action <jsp:useBean> and JavaBeans to incorporate complex, encapsulated
functionality in a JSP.
• However, JavaBeans cannot manipulate JSP content and Web page designers must have
some knowledge to use JavaBeans in a page
• With Custom tags, it is possible for web page designers to use complex functionality
without knowing any java
38.4 Advantages of using Custom Tags
• Provides cleaner separation of processing logic and presentation, than JavaBeans.
• Have access to all JSP implicit objects like out, request etc.
• Can be customized by specifying attributes.

38.5 Types of Tags

Three types of can be constructed. These are:

1. Simple Tag
2. Tag with Attribute
3. Tag with Body

38.5.1 Simple Tag

A simple tag has the following characteristics:

• Start and End of tag

• No body is specified within tag
© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 502
 Web Design and Development (CS506)
• No attributes
• For example

38.5.2 Tag with Attributes

A tag with attributes has the following characteristics:

• Start and End of tag

• Attributes within tag
• No body enclosed
• For example
< mytag:hello attribute = “value” />

38.5.3 Tag with Body

A tag with body has the following characteristics:

• Start and End of tag

• May be attributes
• Body enclosed within tag
• For example
< mytag:hello optional_attributes ………… >
some body
</ mytag:hello >

38.6 Building Custom Tags

So far, we have used many built-in tags. Now the time has come to build your own one. Custom
tags can be built either by using JSP 1.2 specification or JSP 2.0 (latest) specification.

To develop custom tags using JSP 1.2 involves lot of cumbersome (too difficult for James
Gossling also ). However, JSP 2.0 brings lots of goodies like

• Simple tag extensions to build custom tags

• Integrated Expression Language (will be discussed in coming lecture)
• Also provides an alternate mechanism for building custom tags using tag files

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 503

 Web Design and Development (CS506)
(.tag)
• Improved XML syntax etc.

38.6.1 Steps for Building Custom Tags

The following steps are used in order to develop your own custom tag. These are:

1. Develop the Tag Handler class

2. Write Tag library Descriptor (.tld) file
3. Deployment
38.6.2 Develop the Tag Handler class
• Tag Handler is also a java class that is implicitly called when the associated tag is
encountered in the JSP.
• Must implement SimpleTag interface
• Usually extend from SimpleTagSupport class that has already implemented
SimpleTag interface.
• For example,
public class MyTagHandler extends SimpelTagSupport {
………………………
………………………
}
• doTag() method
o By default does nothing o Need to implement /
override to code/write functionality of tag o Invoked when
the end element of the tag encountered.
• JSP implicit objects (e.g. out etc) are available to tag handler class through
pageContext object.
• pageContext object can be obtained using getJspContext() method.
• For example to get the reference of implicit out object, we write.
o PageContext pc = (PageContext) getJspContext(); o
JspWriter out = pc.getOut();

38.6.3 Write Tag Library Discriptor (.tld) file

• It is a XML based document.
• Specifies information required by the JSP container such as:
o Tag library version o
JSP version o Tag name

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 504

 Web Design and Development (CS506)
o Tag Handler class name
o Attribute names etc.
Note: If you are using any IDE (like netBeans® 4.1, in order to build custom tags, the IDE will
write .tld file for you.

38.6.4 Deployment
• Place Tag Handler class in myapp/WEB-INF/classes folder of web application.
• Place .tld file in myapp/WEB-INF/tlds folder of web application.
Note: Any good IDE will also perform this step on your behalf

38.7 Using Custom Tags

Use taglib directive in JSP to refer to the tag library. For example

<%@ taglib uri=”TLD file name” prefix=“mytag” %>

The next step is to call the tag by its name as defined in TLD. For example, if tag name
is hello then we write:

< mytag:hello />

where mytag is the name of prefix specified in taglib directive.

What actually happened behind the scenes? Container calls the doTag()
method of appropriate tag handler class. After that, Tag Handler will write the
appropriate response back to the page.

Example Code: Building simple tag that displays “Hello World”

Enough we have talked about what are custom tags, their types. Now, it is a time to
build a custom tag that displays “Hello World”.

Approach
• Extend Tag Handler class from SimpleTagSupport class and override doTag()
method
• Build TLD file
• Deploy

Note: As mentioned earlier, if you are using any IDE (like netBeans® 4.1), the last two steps will
be performed by the IDE.

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 505

 Web Design and Development (CS506)
WelcomeTagHandler.java

package vu;

// importing required packages

import javax.servlet.jsp.*;
import
javax.servlet.jsp.tagext.*;

// inheriting from SimpleTagSupport class

public class WelcomeTagHandler extends SimpleTagSupport
{
// overriding doTag() method
public void doTag() throws JspException {
// obtaining the reference of out implicit object
PageContext pageContext = (PageContext)getJspContext();
JspWriter out = pageContext.getOut();
try
{
out.println(" Hello World ");

} catch (java.io.IOException ex) {

throw new
JspException(ex.getMessage());
}

} // end doTag() method

} // end WelcomeTagHandler class

customtags.tld
If using IDE, this file will be written automatically. In this file you specify the tag name along
with Tag Handler class.

<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>

<taglib version="2.0" xmlns="http://java.sun.com/xml/ns/j2ee"
xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance"
xsi:schemaLocation="http://java.sun.com/xml/ns/j2ee web-
jsptaglibrary_2_0.xsd"> <tlib-version>1.0</tlib-version>
<short-name>mytag</short-name>

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 506

 Web Design and Development (CS506)
<!—the value of uri will be used in JSP to refer to this tld
-->
<uri>/WEB-INF/tlds/customtags</uri>
<!—
Specifying the tag name and tag class. Also mentioning that
this tag has no body
-->
<tag>
<name>welcome</name>
<tag-class>vu.WelcomeTagHandler</tag-class>
<body-content>empty</body-content>
</tag>

</taglib>

index.jsp

<%--
using taglib directive, specifying the tld file name as well as
prefix. Note that you you use any value for the prefix
attribtute
--%>

<%@taglib uri="/WEB-INF/tlds/customtags.tld" prefix="mytag" %>

<html>
<body>

<h2>A Simple Tag Example</h2>

<h3>
<%-- calling welcome tag with the help of prefix --%>
<mytag:welcome />
</h3>

</body>
</html>

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 507

 Web Design and Development (CS506)

38.8 Building tags with attributes

If you want to build a tag that can also take attributes, for example
<mytag:hello attribute=”value” />

To handle attributes, you need to add

Instance variables and Corresponding setter methods

Behind the scenes, container will call these setter methods implicitly and pass the value
of the custom tag attribute as an argument.

Example Code: Building tag with attribute

In this example, we will modify our course outline example to incorporate tags. Based on attribute
value, the tag will display the respective course outline in tabular format.

Approach

• Extend Tag Handler class from SimpleTagSupport class o Add instance variable of
type String o Write setter method for this attribute
o Override doTag() method
• Build TLD file
• Deploy

CourseOutlineBean.java
This is the same file used in the last example

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 508

 Web Design and Development (CS506)
package vubean;

import java.io.*;

public class CourseOutlineBean implements

Serializable{

private int sessionNo;

private String topic;
private String assignment;
// no argument constructor
public CourseOutlineBean()
{ sessionNo = 0; topic =
""; assignment = "";
}
// setters
public void setSessionNo(int s){
sessionNo = s;
}
public void setTopic(String t){
topic = t;
}
public void setAssignment(String a){
assignment = a;
}
// getters
public int getSessionNo( ){
return sessionNo;
}
public String getTopic( ){
return topic;
}
public String getAssignment( ){
return assignment;
}
} // end class

CourseDAO.java

No changes are made to this file too.

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 509

 Web Design and Development (CS506)
package vu;

import java.io.*;
import java.sql.*;
import java.util.*;
import vubean.*;

public class CourseDAO implements Serializable{

private Connection con;

public CourseDAO() {
establishConnection();
}
//********** establishConnection method ********************
// method used to make connection with database
private void establishConnection(){

try{
// establishing conection
Class.forName("sun.jdbc.odbc.JdbcOdbcDriver");

String conUrl = "jdbc:odbc:CourseDSN";

con =
DriverManager.getConnection(conUrl);

}catch(Exception ex){
System.out.println(ex);
}
}

//*********** retrieveCourseList method ********************

public ArrayList retrieveCourseList(String cName){

ArrayList courseList = new ArrayList();

try{

String sql = " SELECT sessionNo, topic, assignment " +

" FROM Course, SessionDetail" +
" WHERE courseName = ? " +

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 510

 Web Design and Development (CS506)
" AND Course.courseId = SessionDetail.courseID ";
PreparedStatement pStmt =
con.prepareStatement(sql);
pStmt.setString(1, cName);

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 511

 Web Design and Development (CS506)
ResultSet rs = pStmt.executeQuery();

int sNo;
String topic;
String assignment;

while ( rs.next() ) {

sNo = rs.getInt("sessionNo"); topic

= rs.getString("topic"); assignment =
rs.getString("assignment"); if
(assignment == null){ assignment = "";
}
// creating a CourseOutlineBean object
CourseOutlineBean cBean = new CourseOutlineBean();

cBean.setSessionNo(sNo);
cBean.setTopic(topic);
cBean.setAssignment(assignment);

// adding a bean to arraylist

courseList.add(cBean);
}

}catch(Exception ex){
System.out.println(ex);
} finally {
// to close connection
releaseResources();
}
// returning ArrayList object
return courseList;

} // end retrieveCourseOutline

//********** releaseResources method

******************** private void releaseResources(){
try{
if(con != null){
con.close();
}

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 512

 Web Design and Development (CS506)
}catch(Exception ex){
System.out.println();
}

} // end releaseResources

}// end CourseDAO

MyTagHandler.java

The tag handler class uses JavaBeans (CourseOutlineBean.java &

CourseDAO.java), and includes the logic of displaying course outline in tabular
format.

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 513

 Web Design and Development (CS506)
package vutag;

// importing package that contains the

JavaBeans import vubean.*; import vu.*;
import
javax.servlet.jsp.tagext.*;
import javax.servlet.jsp.*;
import java.util.*;

public class MyTagHandler extends SimpleTagSupport {

/*
Declaration of pageName property.
*/
private String pageName;

public void doTag() throws JspException {

CourseDAO courseDAO = new CourseDAO();

ArrayList courseList =
courseDAO.retrieveCourseList(pageName);
// to display course outline in tabular form, this method is
// used – define below
display(courseList);
}
/*
Setter for the pageName attribute.
*/
public void setPageName(java.lang.String value) {
this.pageName = value;
}

/*
display method used to print courseoutline in tabular form
*/
private void display(ArrayList courseList)throws JspException{

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 514

 Web Design and Development (CS506)

PageContext pc = (PageContext)getJspContext();
JspWriter out = pc.getOut();
try{

// displaying table headers

out.print("<TABLE BORDER=1 >"); out.print("<TR>");

out.print("<TH> Session No </TH>");
out.print("<TH> Topic </TH>");
out.print("<TH> Assignment </TH>");
out.print("</TR>");

// loop to iterate over courseList for (int

i=0; i<courseList.size(); i++){

CourseOutlineBean courseBean =
(CourseOutlineBean)
courseList.get(i);

// displaying one row out.print("<TR>");

out.print("<TD>" + courseBean.getSessionNo() + "</TD>");
out.print("<TD>" + courseBean.getTopic() + "</TD>");
out.print("<TD>" + courseBean.getAssignment() + "</TD>");
out.print("</TR>");
}catch(java.io.IOException ex){
throw new JspException(ex.getMessage());
}
}
} // end clas MyTagHandler.java

mytaglibrary.tld

<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>

<taglib version="2.0" xmlns="http://java.sun.com/xml/ns/j2ee"
xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance"
xsi:schemaLocation="http://java.sun.com/xml/ns/j2ee web-
jsptaglibrary_2_0.xsd"> <tlib-version>1.0</tlib-version>
<short-name>mytaglibrary</short-name>
<!—the value of uri will be used in JSP to refer to this tld
-->

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 515

 Web Design and Development (CS506)
<uri>/WEB-INF/tlds/mytaglibrary</uri>

<!—
Specifying the tag name and tag class. Also mentioning that this
tag has no body
-->
<tag>

<name>coursetag</name>
<tag-class>vutag.MyTagHandler</tag-class>
<body-content>empty</body-content>

<!—
Specifying the attribute name and its type
-->
<attribute>
<name>pageName</name>
<type>java.lang.String</type>
</attribute>

</tag>

</taglib> out.print("</TABLE>");

index.jsp
This page is used to display the course options to the user in the radio button form.

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 516

 Web Design and Development (CS506)
<html>
<body>
<h2>Select the page you want to visit</h2>
<form name="myForm" action="controller.jsp" >
<h3>
<input type="radio" name = "page" value="web"/>
Web Design & Development
</h3>
<br>
<h3>
<input type="radio" name = "page" value="java"/>
Java
</h3>
<br>
<input type="submit" value="Submit" />
</form>
</body>
</html>

controller.jsp
Based upon the selection made by the user, this page will redirect the user to respective
pages. Those are web.jsp and java.jsp

<html>
<body>

<!-- scriptlet -->

<%

String pageName = request.getParameter("page");

if (pageName.equals("web")) { response.sendRedirect("web.jsp");
} else if (pageName.equals("java") ) {
response.sendRedirect("java.jsp");
}
%>

</body>
</html>

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 517

 Web Design and Development (CS506)

java.jsp

<%-- using taglib directive, specifying the tld file and prefix
-
-%>
<%@taglib uri="/WEB-INF/tlds/mytaglibrary.tld" prefix="mytag"%>

<html>
<body>
<center>
<h2> Welcome to Java Learning Center </h2>
<h3> Course Outline</h3>
<%--
calling coursetag and specifying java as attribute
value
--%>
<mytag:coursetag pageName="java" />
</center>
</body>
</html>

web.jsp

<%-- using taglib directive, specifying the tld file and prefix
-
-%>
<%@taglib uri="/WEB-INF/tlds/mytaglibrary.tld" prefix="mytag"%>
<html>
<body>
<center>
<h2> Welcome to Java Learning Center </h2>
<h3> Course Outline</h3>
<%--
calling coursetag and specifying java as attribute
value
--%>
<mytag:coursetag pageName="java" />
</center>

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 518

 Web Design and Development (CS506)
</body>
</html>

38.9 References:
• Java A Lab Course by Umair Javed.
• Core Servlets and JavaServer Pages by Marty Hall

Note: Coding exercises in working condition for this lecture are also available on “Downloads”
section of LMS.

Lecture 39: MVC + Case Study

We have covered an adequate amount of Servlets and JSPs in detail. Now, the time has come to learn
different architectures that are most commonly used for the sake of web development. These architectures

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 519

 Web Design and Development (CS506)
also help us to understand where these components best fit in. In this handout, we’ll cover the most
widely used/popular architecture i.e. Model

View Controller (MVC).

A small case study “Address Book” is also part of this handout that is based on MVCModel 1. Before
moving on to MVC, let’s see what error pages are and how they are used?

39.1 Error Page

Error Pages enables you to customize error messages. You can even hide them from the user's view
entirely, if you want. This also makes possible to maintain a consistent look and feel throughout an
application, even when those dreaded error messages are thrown.

By means of page directive, a JSP can be given the responsibility of an Error page. An Error JSP is called
by the web server when an uncaught exception gets occurred. This exception is passed as an instance of
java.lang.Throwable to Error JSP (also accessible via implicit exception object).

39.1.1 Defining and Using Error Pages

isErrorPage attribute of a page directive is used to declare a JSP as an error page.

JSP pages are informed about the error page by setting errorPage attribute of page directive

In the figure below, error.jsp is defined as JSP Error page and index.jsp is informed to call
error.jsp if any uncaught exception rose. This is done by setting attributes errorPage and
isErrorPage of the page directive on these JSPs.

39.2 Case Study – Address Book

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 520

 Web Design and Development (CS506)
What we have learned is going to be implemented in this Address Book example. Here MS-Access is being
used as DBMS. This database will have only one table, Person with following attributes

39.2.1 Ingredients of Address Book

Java Beans, Java Server Pages and Error Page that are being used in this Address Book Example are: -

Java Beans
• PersonInfo – Has following attributes:
o name
o address o phoneNum
• PersonDAO
o Encapsulates database logic.
o Therefore, it will be used to save and retrieve PersonInfo data. Java
Server Pages
• addperson.jsp
o Used to collect new person info that will be saved in database.
• saveperson.jsp o Receives person info from addperson.jsp o Saves it to
database
• searchperson.jsp o Used to provide search criteria to search Person’s info by
providing name
• showperson.jsp o This page receive person’s name from
searchperson.jsp to search in o database
o Retrieves and displays person record found against person name Error
Page
• addbookerror.jsp
o This page is declared as an error page and used to identify the type of exception. o
In addition to that, it also displays the message associated with the received exception
to the user.

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 521

 Web Design and Development (CS506)

addperson.jsp takes person’s information from the user and sends it to

saveperson.jsp. After receiving request, saveperson.jsp makes an object of
PersonInfo using received information and saves it into the database using PersonDAO
Java bean.

Similarly, searchperson.jsp takes search criteria (name) from the user and passes it to
showperson.jsp that searches the record in database using PersonDAO and shows the
results to the user.

If any uncaught exception is generated on these JSP, addbookerror.jsp is called implicitly,

which displays an appropriate message to the user after identifying the exception type.

Code for the Case Study

Let’s have a look on the code of each component used in the case study; first start from
JavaBeans.

PersonInfo
PersonInfo represents the record of one person and its objects are used to interrupt the
information about persons.
package vu;

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 522

 Web Design and Development (CS506)
import java.io.*;

public class PersonInfo implements Serializable{ private String

name; private String address;
private int phoneNum; //
no argument constructor
public PersonInfo() {
name = ""; address = "";
phoneNum = 0;
}

// setters
public void setName(String n){
name = n;
}
public void setAddress(String a){
address = a;
}
public void setPhoneNum(int pNo){
phoneNum = pNo;
}
// getters
public String getName( ){
return name;
}
public String getAddress( ){
return address;
}
public int getPhoneNum( ){
return phoneNum;
}
} // end class PersonInfo

PersonDAO

This class will help in retrieving and storing person’s records in database. The code is given
below:

package vu;
import java.util.*; import java.sql.*;

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 523

 Web Design and Development (CS506)

public class PersonDAO{

private Connection con;

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 524

 Web Design and Development (CS506)
// default constructor
public PersonDAO() throws ClassNotFoundException , SQLException
{
establishConnection();
}
// method used to establish connection with db
private void establishConnection() throws
ClassNotFoundException , SQLException
{
// establishing conection
Class.forName("sun.jdbc.odbc.JdbcOdbcDriver");

String conUrl = "jdbc:odbc:PersonDSN";

con =
DriverManager.getConnection(conUrl);
}

// used to search the person records against name and returns

// the ArrayList that contains only those PersonInfo objects
// which matches the search criteria i.e. name public
ArrayList retrievePersonList(String pName) throws
SQLException
{
ArrayList personList = new ArrayList();

// preparing query
String sql = " SELECT * FROM Person WHERE name = ?";

PreparedStatement pStmt = con.prepareStatement(sql);

pStmt.setString( 1, pName);

// executing query
ResultSet rs = pStmt.executeQuery();

String name;
String add;
int pNo;

while ( rs.next() ) {

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 525

 Web Design and Development (CS506)
name = rs.getString("name");
add = rs.getString("address");
pNo = rs.getInt("phoneNumber");

// creating a CourseOutlineBean object

PersonInfo personBean = new PersonInfo();

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 526

 Web Design and Development (CS506)
personBean.setName(name);
personBean.setAddress(add);
personBean.setPhoneNum(pNo);

// adding a bean to arraylist

personList.add(personBean);
} // end while

return personList;

} // end retrievePersonList

// this method accepts an object of PersonInfo, and stores it

// into the database
public void addPerson(PersonInfo person) throws SQLException{
String sql = " INSERT INTO Person(name, address, phoneNumber)
VALUES (?, ?,
?)";
PreparedStatement pStmt = con.prepareStatement(sql);

String name = person.getName();

String add = person.getAddress();
int pNo = person.getPhoneNum();

pStmt.setString( 1 , name );
pStmt.setString( 2 , add );
pStmt.setInt( 3 , pNo );

pStmt.executeUpdate();

} // end addPerson

// overriding finalize method to release acquired

resources public void finalize( ) { try{
if(con != null){
con.close();
}
}catch(SQLException sqlex){
System.out.println(sqlex);
}
} // end finalize
} // end PersonDAO class

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 527

 Web Design and Development (CS506)

Now let’s take a look at the code for JSP pages

addperson.jsp
This JSP page gets person record’s information from the user. It contains three Input Fields for
name, address and phone number as shown in the diagram. This page sends this information to
saveperson.jsp for further processing.

The code that is used to generate the above page is given below:

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 528

 Web Design and Development (CS506)
<%--
Although there are no chances of exception to arise on this
page, for consistency, error page is defined on top of all JSPs
--%>
<%@page errorPage="addbookerror.jsp" %>

<html>
<body>
<center>
<h2> Address Book </h2>
<h3> Add New Person</h3>

<%-- Form that contains Text input fields and sending it to

saveperson.jsp
--%>
<form name ="register" action="saveperson.jsp" />
<TABLE BORDER="1" >
<TR>
<TD> <h4 > Name </h4> </TD>
<TD> <input type="text" name="name" /> </TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD> <h4> Address </h4> </TD>
<TD> <input type="text" name="address" /> </TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD> <h4>Phone Number</h4> </TD>
<TD> <input type="text" name="phoneNum" /> </TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD COLSPAN="2" ALIGN="CENTER" >
<input type="submit" value="save" />
<input type="reset" value="clear" />
</TD>
</TR>
</TABLE>
</form>
<h4>
<%-- A link to searchperson.jsp --%>
<a href="searchperson.jsp" > Search Person </a>
</h4>
</center>

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 529

 Web Design and Development (CS506)
</body>
</html>

saveperson.jsp

This JSP page gets data from the addperson.jsp, makes an object of PersonInfo and
saves it to the database using PersonDAO class. Apart from these, it also displays an
informative message to the user if new person record is saved successfully into thedatabase and
two hyperlinks to navigate on to the desired pages as shown in the following diagram:

The code of this page is given below:

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 530

 Web Design and Development (CS506)
<%-- defining error page --%>
<%@page errorPage="addbookerror.jsp" %>

<%@ page import="java.sql.*" %>

<html>
<body>
<%-- creating PersonDAO object and storing in page scope
--%> <jsp:useBean id="pDAO" class="vu.PersonDAO"
scope="page" />
<%-- creating PersonBean object and storing in page scope --%>
<jsp:useBean id="personBean" class="vu.PersonInfo" scope =
"page" /> <%--
setting all properties of personBean object with input
parameters using *
--%>
<jsp:setProperty name="personBean" property="*" />

<%--
to save Person record into the database, calling addperson
method of PersonDAO
--%>
<%
pDAO.addPerson(personBean);
%>

<center>
<h3> New Person Record is saved successfully!</h3>

<h4>
<a href="addperson.jsp" > Add Person </a>
</h4>

<h4>
<a href="searchperson.jsp" > Search Person </a>
</h4>

</center>

</body>

</html>

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 531

 Web Design and Development (CS506)

searchperson.jsp

It gets search criteria from the user (i.e. name) and sends it to showperson.jsp to display the
search results. The outlook of the page is given below:

The code used to generate the above page given page is:

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 532

 Web Design and Development (CS506)
<%-- defining error page --%>
<%@page errorPage="addbookerror.jsp" %>

<html>
<body>
<center>
<h2> Address Book </h2>
<h3> Search Person</h3>

<%--
Form that contains Text input field and sending it to
showperson.jsp
--%>
<form name ="search" action="showperson.jsp" />

<TABLE BORDER="1" >

<TR>
<TD> <h4 >Name</h4> </TD>
<TD> <input type="text" name="name" /> </TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD COLSPAN="2" ALIGN="CENTER"">
<input type="submit" value="search" />
<input type="reset" value="clear" />
</TD>
</TR>

</TABLE>
</form>

<h4>
<a href="addperson.jsp" > Add Person </a>
</h4>

</center>
</body>
</html>

showperson.jsp

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 533

 Web Design and Development (CS506)

showperson.jsp receives search criteria (i.e. name) from the searchperson.jsp,

that is entered by the user to find the matching record. This page retrieves the complete list of
matching records from the database using PersonDAO, and shows them to the user.

This following figure gives you the sight, when person named “saad” is searched.

Below, the code of showperson.jsp is given:

<%-- defining error page --%>

<%@page errorPage="addbookerror.jsp" %>
<%-- importing required packages --%>
<%@page import="java.util.*" %>
<%@page import="vu.*" %>
<html>
<body>
<center>
<h2> Address Book </h2>
<h3> Following results meet your search criteria</h3>

<TABLE BORDER="1" >

<TR>
<TH> Name </TH>
<TH> Address </TH>
<TH> PhoneNum </TH>
</TR>
<jsp:useBean id="pDAO" class="vu.PersonDAO" scope="page" />
<%

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 534

 Web Design and Development (CS506)
// getting search criteria sent by searchperson.jsp
String pName = request.getParameter("name");
// retrieving matching records from the Database using
// retrievePersonList() method of PersonDAO
ArrayList personList = personDAO.retrievePersonList(pName);

PersonInfo person = null;

// Showing all matching records by iterating over ArrayList

for(int i=0; i<personList.size(); i++) { person =
(PersonInfo)personList.get(i);

%>
<TR>
<TD> <%= person.getName()%> </TD>
<TD> <%= person.getAddress()%> </TD>
<TD> <%= person.getPhoneNum()%> </TD>
</TR>
<%
} // end for
%>
</TABLE >

<a href="addperson.jsp" > Add Person </a>

<a href="searchperson.jsp" > Search Person </a>

</center>
</body>
</html>

addbookerror.jsp

This JSP error page is called implicitly by all other JSP pages whenever any uncaught /unhandled
exception occurs. It also finds out the type of the exception that is generated,and shows an
appropriate message to the user:

<%-- indicating that this is an error page --%>

<%@page isErrorPage="true" %>

<%-- importing class --%>

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 535
 Web Design and Development (CS506)
<%@page import = "java.sql.SQLException" %>

<html>
<head>
<title>Error</title>
</head>

<body>
<h2>
Error Page
</h2>

<h3>
<%-- scriptlet to determine exception type --%>
<%
if (exception instanceof SQLException) {
%>

An SQL Exception

<%
} else if (exception instanceof ClassNotFoundException){
%>

A Class Not Found Exception

<%
} else {
%>

A Exception

<%
} // end if-else
%>
<%-- end scriptlet to determine exception type --%>

occured while interacting with the database

</h3>
© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 536
 Web Design and Development (CS506)
<h3>
The Error Message was
<%= exception.getMessage() %>
</h3>
<h3 > Please Try Again Later! </h3>
<%--
hyperlinks to return back to addperson.jsp or searchperson.sjp
--%>
<h3>
<a href="controller.jsp?action=addperson" >
Add Person
</a>
<a href="controller.jsp?action=searchperson" >
Search Person
</a>
</h3>
</body>
</html>

39.3 Model View Controller (MVC)

Now, more than ever, enterprise applications need to support multiple types of users with multiple
types of interfaces. For example, an online store may require an HTML front for Web customers,
a WML front for wireless customers, a JavaTM (JFC) / Swing interface for administrators, and an
XML-based Web service for suppliers

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 537

 Web Design and Development (CS506)

Also, several problems can arise when applications contain a mixture of data access code,business
logic code, and presentation code. Such applications are difficult to maintain,because
interdependencies between all of the components cause strong ripple effects whenever a change is
made anywhere. High coupling makes classes difficult or impossible to reuse because they depend
on so many other classes. Adding new data views often requires re-implementing or cutting and
pasting business logic code, which then requires maintenance in multiple places. Data access code
suffers from the same problem, being cut and pasted among business logic methods.

The Model-View-Controller architecture solves these problems by decoupling data access,

business logic, and data presentation and user interaction. Such separation allows multiple views
to share the same enterprise data model, which makes supporting multiple clients easier to
implement, test, and maintain.

39.3.1 Participants and Responsibilities

The individual’s responsibility of three participants (model, view & controller) is given below:

• Model
The model represents the state of the component (i.e. its data and the methods required to
manipulate it) independent of how the component is viewed or rendered.

• View
The view renders the contents of a model and specifies how that data should be presented.
There can be multiple views for the same model within single applications or model may
have different views in different applications or operating systems.

• Controller
The controller translates interactions with the view into actions to be performed by the model.
In a web application, they appear as GET and POST HTTP requests. The actions performed
by the model include activating business processes or changing the state of the model. Based
on the user interactions and the outcome of the model actions, the controller responds by
selecting an appropriate view.

39.3.2 Evolution of MVC Architecture

In the beginning, we used no MVC. Then we had MVC Model 1 and MVC Model 2 architectures.
And people came up with so called web application frameworks such as Apache Struts based on
Model 2 architecture. And finally we have a standard web based application framework i.e.
JavaServer Faces (JSF).

In this handout, we’ll only talk about MVC Model 1.

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 538

 Web Design and Development (CS506)
39.3.2.1 MVC Model 1

A Model 1 architecture consists of a Web browser directly accessing Web-tier JSP pages.The JSP
pages access JavaBeans that represent the application model. And the next view to display (JSP
page, servlet, HTML page, and so on) is determined either by hyperlinks selected in the source
document or by request parameters.

In Model 1 architecture, view selection is decentralized, because the current page being displayed
determines the next page to display. In addition, each JSP page or servlet processes its own inputs
(parameters from GET or POST). And this is hard to maintain, for example, if you have to change
the view selection, then several JSP pages need to be changed. In some Model 1 architectures,
choosing the next page to display occurs in scriptlet code, but this usage is considered poor form.

In MVC Model 1 architecture, the JSP page alone is responsible for processing the incoming
request and replying back to the client. There is still separation of presentation from content,
because all data access is performed using JavaBeans.

Although the Model 1 architecture should be perfectly suitable for simple applications, it may not
be desirable for complex implementations. Random usage of this architecture usually leads to a
significant amount of scriptlets or Java code embedded within the JSP page, especially if there is a
significant amount of request processing to be performed. While this may not seem to be much of
a problem for Java developers, it is certainly an issue if your JSP pages are created and maintained
by designers which are only aware of HTML and some scripting language.

Note: Probably some of you must be thinking about the case study discussed earlier inthis
handout. Indeed, it is based on MVC Model 1 architecture.

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 539

 Web Design and Development (CS506)

39.4 References:
• Java A Lab Course by Umair Javed
• Java BluePrints - J2EE Patterns
http://java.sun.com/blueprints/patterns/MVC-detailed.html
• Exploring the MVC Design Pattern
http://www.javaworld.com/javaworld/jw-12-1999/jw-12-ssj-jspmvc.html

Note: Coding exercises in working condition for this lecture are also available on “Downloads”
section of LMS.

Lecture 40: MVC Model 2 Architecture

We have studied page-centric approach and page-with-bean approach until now. You must be
wondering when we had covered these. Probably these buzz words are new one for you but we
already covered these topics. Let’s review these once again.

40.1 Page-Centric Approach

A web application that is collection of JSPs. Generally this approach is followed to get started with
developing web applications. This approach is represented in the following diagram:

The page-centric approach has lot of draw backs such as the code becomes a mixture of
presentation, business and data access logic. The maintenance and up-gradation of the application

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 540

 Web Design and Development (CS506)
becomes a nightmare. Scaling of such kind of application is also difficult and lots of code is also
get duplicated.

40.1.1 Page-with-Bean Approach (MVC Model1)

This approach is different from page-centric approach in a way that all the business logic goes
into JavaBeans. Therefore, the web application is a collection of JSPs and JavaBeans. But still this
approach is insufficient to separate different kind of logics. We have made an address book
example in the last handout using this approach.

40.2 MVC Model 2 Architecture

This architecture introduces a controller. This controller can be implemented using JSP or servlet.
Introducing a controller gives the following advantages:
It centralizes the logic for dispatching requests to the next view based on:

• The Request URL

• Input Parameters
• Application state

It gives the single point of control to perform security checks and to record logging information
It also encapsulates the incoming data into a form that is usable by the back-end MVC model.

We’ll discuss it with the help of an example.

The following figure will help you to understand the architecture and functioning of the
application that is built using MVC Model 2 architecture.

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 541

 Web Design and Development (CS506)

The client (browser) sends all the requests to the controller. Servlet/JSP acts as the Controller and
is in charge of the request processing and creation of any beans or objects(Models) used by the
JSP.

JSP is working as View and there is not much processing logic within the JSP page itself,it is
simply responsible for retrieving objects and/or beans, created by the Servlet,extracting dynamic
content from them and put them into the static templates.

40.3 Case Study: Address Book using MVC Model 2

The address book example that is built using page-with-bean approach will be modified to
incorporate controller. We’ll show you how to implement controller using JSP as well as with
servlet. Let’s first incorporate controller using JSP.

40.3.1 Introducing a JSP as Controller

Add another JSP (controller.jsp) that

• Acts as a controller Recieves requests from addperson.jsp &

searchperson.jsp
• Identifies the page which initiates the request
• Uses JavaBeans to save or search persons to/from database

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 542

 Web Design and Development (CS506)
• Forwards or redirects the request to appropriate (saveperson.jsp or
showperson.jsp) page.

The program flow of this example is shown in the following diagram:

As you can see in the diagram that all the requests are submitted to controller which uses the
JavaBeans and forwards/redirects the user to another view (JSP)? If any exception arises on
controller or JSPs, the control would automatically be transferred to addbookerror.jsp to
display an appropriate message.

40.3.2 How controller differentiates between requests?

Most likely, you must be thinking about it. The simplest solution lies in using the consistent
name (e.g. action) of the submit button across all the pages but with different and unique values.
The same rule applies to hyperlinks that send the action parameter along with value by using
query string technique.
This eases the controller’s job to identify which page is actually generated the request and what
to do next. The controller simply retrieves the value of action parameter using
request.getParameter() method. Now, if-else structure can be used to compare the
possible values of action to act upon the requested task.
Now, let’s first see the code of JavaBean that is used in this example.
PersonInfo

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 543

 Web Design and Development (CS506)
This JavaBean is used to represent one person record. The code is given below:

package vu;

import java.io.*;

public class PersonInfo implements Serializable{

private String name;

private String address;
private int phoneNum;

// no argument
constructor public
PersonInfo() { name = "";
address = ""; phoneNum =
0;
}

// setters
public void setName(String n){
name = n;
}
public void setAddress(String a){
address = a;
}
public void setPhoneNum(int pNo){
phoneNum = pNo;
}

// getters
public String getName( ){
return name;
}
public String getAddress( ){
return address;
}
public int getPhoneNum( ){ return phoneNum;
}
} // end class PersonInfo

PersonDAO

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 544

 Web Design and Development (CS506)
This class will help in retrieving and storing person’s records in database. The code is given
below:

package vu;

import java.util.*;
import java.sql.*;

public class PersonDAO{

private Connection con;

// default constructor
public PersonDAO() throws ClassNotFoundException , SQLException
{
establishConnection();

}
// method used to establish connection with db
private void establishConnection() throws
ClassNotFoundException ,SQLException
{
// establishing conection
Class.forName(“net.ucanaccess.jdbc.UcanaccessDriver");

String conUrl = "jdbc:odbc:PersonDSN";

con =
DriverManager.getConnection(conUrl);
}

// used to search the person records against name and returns

// the ArrayList that contains only those PersonInfo objects
// which matches the search criteria i.e. name
public ArrayList retrievePersonList(String pName) throws
SQLException
(
ArrayList personList = new ArrayList();

// preparing query
String sql = " SELECT * FROM Person WHERE name = ?";

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 545

 Web Design and Development (CS506)
PreparedStatement pStmt = con.prepareStatement(sql);
pStmt.setString( 1, pName);

// executing query
ResultSet rs = pStmt.executeQuery();

String name;
String add;
int pNo;

while ( rs.next() ) {

name = rs.getString("name");
add = rs.getString("address");
pNo = rs.getInt("phoneNumber");

// creating a CourseOutlineBean object

PersonInfo personBean = new PersonInfo();

personBean.setName(name);
personBean.setAddress(add);
personBean.setPhoneNum(pNo);

// adding a bean to arraylist

personList.add(personBean);
} // end while

return personList;

} // end retrievePersonList

// this method accepts an object of PersonInfo, and stores it

// into the database
public void addPerson(PersonInfo person) throws
SQLException{
String sql = " INSERT INTO Person(name, address, phoneNumber)
VALUES (?, ?, ?)";

PreparedStatement pStmt = con.prepareStatement(sql);

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 546

 Web Design and Development (CS506)
String name = person.getName();
String add = person.getAddress();
int pNo = person.getPhoneNum();

pStmt.setString( 1 , name );
pStmt.setString( 2 , add );
pStmt.setInt( 3 , pNo );

pStmt.executeUpdate();

} // end addPerson
// overriding finalize method to release acquired
resources public void finalize( ) { try{
if(con != null){
con.close();
}
}catch(SQLException sqlex){
System.out.println(sqlex);
}
} // end finalize

} // end PersonDAO class

addperson.jsp

This page is used for entering a new person record into the database. Note that a hyperlink is also
given at the bottom of the page that takes the user to searchperson.jsp.

Note: Since we are following MVC model 2 architecture, so all the hyperlinks will also sends the
request to controller first which redirects the user to requested page.

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 547

 Web Design and Development (CS506)

The code of above page is given below:

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 548

 Web Design and Development (CS506)
<%--
Although there are no chances of exception to arise on this
page, for consistency, error page is defined on top of all JSPs
--%>

<%@page errorPage="addbookerror.jsp" %>

<html>
<body>
<center>

<h2> Address Book </h2>

<h3> Add New Person</h3>

<%--
As mentioned in MVC2, all the requests are submitted to
controller, that’s why action’s contains the value of
“controller.jsp”
--%>
<form name ="register" action="controller.jsp" />
<TABLE BORDER="1" >
<TR>
<TD> <h4> Name </h4> </TD>
<TD> <input type="text" name="name" /> </TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD> <h4> Address </h4> </TD>
<TD> <input type="text" name="address" /> </TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD> <h4>Phone Number</h4> </TD>
<TD> <input type="text" name="phoneNum" /> </TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD COLSPAN="2" ALIGN="CENTER">
<%--
As described above the technique to differentiate
between the requests, the name of the button is
“action” with value “save”.
--%>
<input type="submit" name ="action" value="save" />
<input type="reset" value="clear" />
© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 549
 Web Design and Development (CS506)
</TD>
</TR>
</TABLE>
</form>
<h4>
<%--
The hyperlink will also sends the request to controller Note
the action parameter with its value are also part of hyperlink
using the query string technique.
--%>
<a href="controller.jsp?action=searchperson" >
Search Person
</a>
</h4>
</center>
</body>
</html>

searchperson.jsp

This JSP is used to search the person record against name given in the text field. A hyperlink is
also given at the bottom of addperson.jsp.

The code that is used to generate that above page is given below:

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 550

 Web Design and Development (CS506)
<%-- defining error page --%>
<%@page errorPage="addbookerror.jsp" %>
<html>
<body>
<center>
<h2> Address Book </h2>
<h3> Search Person</h3>
<form name ="search" action="controller.jsp" />
<TABLE BORDER="1" >
<TR>
<TD> <h4> Name </h4></TD>
<TD> <input type="text" name="name" /> </TD>
</TR>

<TR>
<TD COLSPAN="2" ALIGN="CENTER">

<%--
The name of the button is still “action” but with different
value “search”.
--%>

<input type="submit" name ="action" value="search" />

<input type="reset" value="clear" />

</TD>
</TR>
</TABLE>
</form>
<h4>
<%--
The action parameter with different value “addperson” are part
of hyperlink here as well.
--%>
<a href="controller.jsp?action=addperson" >
Add Person
</a>
</h4>
</center>
</body>

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 551

 Web Design and Development (CS506)
</html>

controller.jsp
As mentioned earlier that controller.jsp identifies the page which initiates the request and
use JavaBeans to save/search persons to/from database. Also its job list includes redirecting the
user to appropriate page.
Since this JSP is doing only processing therefore no view available. Let’s check it out its code:

<%-- defining error page --%>

<%@page errorPage="addbookerror.jsp" %>

<%-- importing required packages. package vu contains JavaBeans

-
-%>
<%@page import ="java.util.*" %>

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 552

 Web Design and Development (CS506)
<%@page import = "vu.*" %>

<html>
<body>

<%-- declaring PersonDAO object--%>

<jsp:useBean id="pDAO" class="vu.PersonDAO" scope="page" />

<%--
scriptlet to identify JSP for redirection purpose if request
comes from hyperlinks
--%>

<%
// retrieving action parameter value
// Remember that “action” is the name of buttons as well
// it is used in hyperlinks in making of query string
String action = request.getParameter("action");

// if "Add Person" hyperlink is clicked

if (action.equals("addperson") ){
response.sendRedirect("addperson.jsp");

// if "Search Person" hyperlink is clicked

} else if (action.equals("searchperson")){
response.sendRedirect("searchperson.jsp");

// if "save" button is clicked of addperson.jsp

}else if (action.equals("save")) {

%>

// declaring PersonInfo obeject

<jsp:useBean id="personBean" class="vu.PersonInfo"
scope="page"/>

<%--
setting all properties of personBean object with input
parameters using *
--%>
<jsp:setProperty name="personBean" property="*" />
<%-- to insert record into database--%>

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 553

 Web Design and Development (CS506)
<%
pDAO.addPerson(personBean);
// redirecting user to saveperson.jsp
response.sendRedirect("saveperson.jsp");
%>
<%-- if "search" button is clicked on searchperson.jsp --%>
<%
}else if (action.equals("search") ) {
String pName = request.getParameter("name");
ArrayList personList = pDAO.retrievePersonList(pName);
// storing personList(contains PersonInfo objects) into
// request hashmap
request.setAttribute("list", personList);
%>
<%--
forwarding request to showperson.jsp to retrieve stored
arraylist
(“list”)
--%>
<jsp:forward page="showperson.jsp" />
<%
} // end if page == search
%>
</body>
</html>

saveperson.jsp

This page displays a successful message indicating that person record is saved. Its also give the
options to the user to move on to addperson.jsp or searchperson.jsp through
hyperlinks. Note that these hyperlinks also first take the user to controller.jsp then on to
requested page.

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 554

 Web Design and Development (CS506)

The code of saveperson.jsp is given below:

<%-- defining error page --%>

<%@page errorPage="addbookerror.jsp" %>
<html>
<body>
<center>

<h3> New Person Record is saved successfully!</h3>

<h4>
<a href="controller.jsp?action=addperson" >
Add Person
</a>
</h4>

<h4>
<a href="controller.jsp?action=searchperson" >
Search Person
</a>
</h4>

</center>

</body>
</html>

showperson.jsp

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 555

 Web Design and Development (CS506)
This following figure gives you the view when name “saad” is searched.

Below, the code of showperson.jsp is given:

<%-- defining error page --%>

<%@page errorPage="addbookerror.jsp" %>
<%-- importing required packages --%>
<%@page import="java.util.*" %>
<%@page import="vu.*" %>
<html>

<body>
<center>
<h2> Address Book </h2>
<h3> Following results meet your search criteria</h3>

<TABLE BORDER="1" >

<TR>
<TH> Name </TH>
<TH> Address </TH>
<TH> PhoneNum </TH>
</TR>

<%
// retrieving arraylist stored on controller.jsp to display
// PersonInfo objects
ArrayList personList =
(ArrayList)request.getAttribute("list");
© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 556
 Web Design and Development (CS506)
PersonInfo person = null;

for(int i=0; i<personList.size(); i++) {

person = (PersonInfo)personList.get(i);
%>

<%-- displaying PersonInfo details--%>

<TR>
<TD> <%= person.getName()%> </TD>
<TD> <%= person.getAddress()%> </TD>
<TD> <%= person.getPhoneNum()%> </TD>
</TR>
<%
} // end for
%>
</TABLE >
<h4>
<a href="controller.jsp?action=addperson"> Add Person </a>
<a href="controller.jsp?action=searchperson">Search Person</a>
</h4>
</center>
</body>
</html>

addbookerror.jsp

User will view this page only when any sort of exception is generated. The code of this page is
given below:

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 557

 Web Design and Development (CS506)
<%-- indicating that this is an error page --%>
<%@page isErrorPage="true" %>

<%-- importing class --%>

<%@page import = "java.sql.SQLException" %>

<html>
<head>
<title>Error</title>
</head>

<body>
<h2>
Error Page
</h2>

<h3>
<%-- scriptlet to determine exception type --%>
<%
if (exception instanceof SQLException) {
%>

An SQL Exception

<%
} else if (exception instanceof ClassNotFoundException){
%>

A Class Not Found Exception

<%
} else {
%>

A Exception

<%
} // end if-else
%>
<%-- end scriptlet to determine exception type --%>

occured while interacting with the database

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 558

 Web Design and Development (CS506)

</h3>

<h3>
The Error Message was
<%= exception.getMessage() %>
</h3>
<h3 > Please Try Again Later! </h3>
<%--
hyperlinks to return back to adperson.jsp or searchperson.sjp
--%>
<h3>
<a href="controller.jsp?action=addperson" >
Add Person
</a>
<a href="controller.jsp?action=searchperson" >
Search Person
</a>
</h3>
</body>
</html>

JSP is the Right Choice as a Controller?

Since JSP that is performing the job of controller is doing only processing and there is no view
available of it. It includes the logic of selecting JSP and to retrieve/store records from/to dataset
using JavaBeans.

But remember the reason for introducing JSPs? JavaServer Pages are built for presentation (view)
only so JSP is really not a good place for such kind of logic. Concluding, what’s the option we
have? The answer is, use Servlets as controller.

Introducing a Servlet as Controller

Remove the controller.jsp from the previous example code and add
ControllerServlet.java (a servlet) into
this example.This ControllerServlet.java performs the same job
that was previously performed by controller.jsp.
Besides adding ControllerServlet.java, you have to modify all the addresses which
are previously pointing to controller.jsp. For example the value of action attribute of
form tag & the address of hyperlink in all concerned pages.

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 559

 Web Design and Development (CS506)

If controller is defined in web.xml as an alias of ControllerServlet.java, consider the

following fragment of code which shows the value of action attribute of form tag before and after
introducing change.

When controller.jsp is acting as a controller

<form name ="register" action="controller.jsp" />

When ControllerServlet.java is acting as a controller then value of action attribute becomes:

<form name ="register" action="controller" />

Similarly, the following comparison shows the code of hyperlinks used in the previous example
before and after making changes

When controller.jsp is acting as a controller

<a href="controller.jsp?action=searchperson" > Search
Person
</a>

When ControllerServlet.java is acting as a controller

<a href="controller?action=searchperson" >
Search Person
</a>

Passing Exceptions to an Error JSP from a Servlet

Servlet can use existing error pages (like addbookerror.jsp) to pass on the exceptions. Set the
request attribute to javax.servlet.jsp.JspExcpetion with the exception object
you want to pass. After that forwards the request to error page.

For example, the following code snippet is taken from ControllerServlet.java to

demonstrate how to pass SQLException to addbookerror.jsp

………………
………………
}catch (SQLException sqlex){

// setting SQLException instance

request.setAttribute("javax.servlet.jsp.JspException" , sqlex);

RequestDispatcher rd =
request.getRequestDispatcher("addbookerror.jsp");
© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 560
 Web Design and Development (CS506)

rd.forward(request, response);

} // end catch

ControllerServlet.java

The following code is of servlet that is acting as a controller

package controller;

import vu.*;

import java.io.*; import java.net.*; import java.sql.*;

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 561

Web Design and Development (CS506)
import java.util.*;

import javax.servlet.*;
import javax.servlet.http.*;

public class ControllerServlet extends HttpServlet {

// This method only calls processRequest()

protected void doGet(HttpServletRequest
request, HttpServletResponse response) throws
ServletException, IOException
{
processRequest(request, response);
}

// This method only calls processRequest()

protected void doPost(HttpServletRequest
request, HttpServletResponse response) throws
ServletException, IOException
{
processRequest(request, response);
}

protected void processRequest(HttpServletRequest request,

HttpServletResponse response) throws ServletException,
IOException
{
// retrieving value of action parameter
String userAction = request.getParameter("action");

// if request comes to move to addperson.jsp from hyperlink

if (userAction.equals("addperson") ) {
response.sendRedirect("addperson.jsp");

// if request comes to move to searchperson.jsp from

hyperlink

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 562

Web Design and Development (CS506)
} else if (userAction.equals("searchperson")) {
response.sendRedirect("searchperson.jsp");

// if “save” button clicked on addperson.jsp to add new

record
} if (userAction.equals("save")) {
// this method defined below
addPerson(request,response);
// if “search” button clicked on searchperson.jsp for search
} else if (userAction.equals("search"))
{
// this method defined below
searchPerson(request,response);
}

} // end processRequest()

// if request comes to add/save person

private void addPerson(HttpServletRequest
request, HttpServletResponse response) throws
ServletException, IOException
{
tr
y
{
// creating PersonDAO object
PersonDAO pDAO = new PersonDAO();

// creating PersonInfo object

PersonInfo person = new PersonInfo();

// setting properties of Person object

// setting name property
String pName = request.getParameter("name");
person.setName(pName);

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 563

Web Design and Development (CS506)
// setting address propertyt
String add = request.getParameter("address");
person.setAddress(add);

// setting phoneNumb property

String pNo = request.getParameter("phoneNum");
int phoneNum = Integer.parseInt(pNo);
person.setPhoneNum(phoneNum);

// calling PersonDAO method to save data into database

pDAO.addPerson(person);

// redirecting page to saveperson.jsp

response.sendRedirect("saveperson.jsp");

}catch (SQLException sqlex){

// setting SQLException instance

request.setAttribute("javax.servlet.jsp.JspException" ,
sqlex);

RequestDispatcher rd =
request.getRequestDispatcher("addbookerror.jsp");
rd.forward(request, response);

}catch (ClassNotFoundException cnfe){ //

setting ClassNotFoundException instance
request.setAttribute("javax.servlet.jsp.JspException" ,
cnfe);

RequestDispatcher rd =
request.getRequestDispatcher("addbookerror.jsp");
rd.forward(request, response);
}

}// end addperson()

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 564

Web Design and Development (CS506)
// if request comes to search person record from
database private void searchPerson(HttpServletRequest
request, HttpServletResponse response) throws
ServletException, IOException{ try {

// creating PersonDAO object

PersonDAO pDAO = new PersonDAO();

String pName = request.getParameter("name");

// calling DAO method to retrieve personlist from database

// against name
ArrayList personList = pDAO.retrievePersonList(pName);
request.setAttribute("list", personList);

// forwarding request to showpeson, so it can render

personlist RequestDispatcher rd =
request.getRequestDispatcher("showperson.jsp");

rd.forward(request, response);

}catch (SQLException sqlex){ //

setting SQLException instance
request.setAttribute("javax.servlet.jsp.JspException" ,
sqlex);

RequestDispatcher rd =
request.getRequestDispatcher("addbookerror.jsp")
; rd.forward(request, response); }catch
(ClassNotFoundException cnfe){ // setting
ClassNotFoundException instance
request.setAttribute("javax.servlet.jsp.JspException" ,
cnfe); RequestDispatcher rd =
request.getRequestDispatcher("addbookerror.jsp");

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 565

Web Design and Development (CS506)
rd.forward(request, response);
}
}// end searchPerson()
} // end ControllerServlet

web.xml

As you already familiar, for accessing a servlet, you need to define a URL pattern in
web.xml. This is shown below:

<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>

<web-app>
<servlet>
<servlet-name> ControllerServlet </servlet-name>
<servlet-class> controller.ControllerServlet </servlet-class>
</servlet>
<servlet-mapping>
<servlet-name> ControllerServlet </servlet-name>
<url-pattern> /controller </url-pattern>
</servlet-mapping>
</web-app>

40.4 References:
• Java A Lab Course by Umair Javed.
• Java E-commerce course at Stanford

Note: Coding exercises in working condition for this lecture are also available on “Downloads”
section of LMS.

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 566

Web Design and Development (CS506)

Lecture 41: Layers and Tiers

How do you structure an application to support such operational requirements as maintainability,
reusability, scalability and robustness? The answer lies in using Layers and Tiers? What different
technologies Java provides to support layered or tiered architectures. The answer to these
questions will remain our focus in this handout. A small case study will also be used to
comprehend the concept of layers.

41.1 Layers vs. Tiers

Layers are merely logical grouping of the software components that make up the application or
service, whereas Tiers refer to the physical residence of those layers.
In general,
Layers – represents the logical view of application
Tiers – represents physical view of application
However, both terms are used intractably very often. You must be confused what does logical &
physical view mean? Let’s elaborate layers and tiers further in detail to differentiate between them.

41.1.1 Layers

The partitioning of a system into layers such that each layer performs a specific type of
functionality and communicates with the layer that adjoins it.

The separation of concerns minimizes the impact of adding services/features to an application.

The application developed in layers also enables tiered distribution(discussed later). Furthermore
easier maintenance, reuse of code, high cohesion & loose coupling sort of additional benefits are
also enjoyed by the use of tiered architecture.
To begin with, layered architecture based on three layers. These are

• Presentation Layer
• Business Layer
• Data Layer

Note: However, there is no upper limit of number of layers an application can have. Each layer
can also be further break down into several layers depending upon the requirements and size of
the application.

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 567

Web Design and Development (CS506)

The figure given below shows a simplified view of an application and its layers.

As you can see in the figure, users can only interact with the presentation layer. The presentation
layer passes the user request to the business layer, which further passes the request to the data
layer. The data layer communicates with the data sources (like Database etc.) or other external
services in order to accomplish the user request.

Let’s discuss each layer’s responsibility in detail:

41.1.1.1 Presentation Layer

It provides a user interface to the client/user to interact with the application. This is the only part
of the application visible to client.

Its job list includes collecting user’s input, validating user’s input (on client side using JavaScript
like technologies OR on server side), presenting the results of the request made by the user and
controlling the screen flow (which page/view will be visible to the user).

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 568

Web Design and Development (CS506)
41.1.1.2 Business Layer

Also called application layer, it is only concerned with the application specific functionality. It is
used to implement business rules and to perform business tasks.

For example, in a banking system, this layer will provide the functionality of banking functions
such as opening an account, transferring of balance from one account to another, calculation of
taxes etc.

41.1.1.3 Data Layer

It is concerned with the management of the data & data sources of the system. Data sources can
be database, XML, web services, flat file etc. Encapsulates data retrieval & storage logic For
example, the address book application needs to retrieve all person records from a database to
display them to the user.

41.1.2 Tiers

As mentioned, layers help in building a tiered architecture. Like layers, there is no restriction on
using number of tiers. An application can be based on Single-tier, Two-tier,Three-tier or N-Tier
(application which have more than three tiers). The choice of using a tiered architecture is
contingent to the business requirements and the size of the application etc.

Tiers are physically separated from each other. Layers are spread across tiers to build up an
application. Two or more layers can reside on one tier. The following figure presents a three-tier
architectural view of an application.

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 569

Web Design and Development (CS506)
The client tier represents the client machine where actually web browser is running and usually
displays HTML. You can think of a Presentation as of two parts; one is on client side, for
example, HTML. There is also a presentation layer that is used to generate the client presentation
often called server presentation. We’ll discuss about it later.

The server machine can consist on a single server machine or more. Therefore, it is possible web
server is running on one server machine while application server on another. Web server is used
to execute web pages like JSPs whereas application server is used to run special business objects
like Enterprise JavaBeans (discussed later). The web layer and applications server can be on two
separate machines or they can be on same tier as shown in the diagram.

The database server is often running on a separate tier, i.e. DB machine often called Enterprise
information tier.

41.2 Layers Support in Java

The secret of wide spread use of Java lies in providing specific technology for each layer.This not
only eases the development by freeing the programmer for caring operational features but only
reduces the production time of the software.
In the following figure, Presentation is bifurcated into two layers. These are Client Presentation
layer and Server Presentation Layer. What client sees in a browser forms client presentation
layer while server presentation layer includes the Java technology components (JSP and Servlets
etc.) that are used to generate the client presentation.

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 570

Web Design and Development (CS506)

On business layer, JavaBeans (also referred as Plain Old Java Objects (POJO) ) can be used. While
moving towards a bigger architecture, the J2EE provides the special class that fits in business
layer i.e. Enterprise JavaBean (EJB).
EJBs are special java classes that are used to encapsulate business logic. They provide additional
benefits in building up an application such as scalability, robustness,scalability etc.

On data layer, Data Access Objects (DAO) can be used. Similarly you can use connectors. There
are other different specialized components provided in java that ease the development of data
layer.

41.3 J2EE Multi-Tiered Applications

In a typical J2EE Multi-Tiered application, a client can either be a swing based application or a
web based. As you can see in the following figure, clients can access the web server from behind
the firewall as well.

Suppose, our client is HTML based. Client does some processing on HTML and transports it to
web server. JSP and Servlets are possible technologies that can be used in a web server. However,
there are some Frameworks such as JSF etc that can be used in a web server. The classes which
form the presentation layer reside on web server and of course controllers are also used over here.

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 571

Web Design and Development (CS506)

If web server, wants to perform some business process, it usually gets help from some business
layer components. The business layer component can be a simple JavaBean (POJO) but in a
typical J2EE architecture, EJBs are used. Enterprise JavaBeans interacts with the database or
information system to store and retrieve data.
EJBs and JSP/Servlets works in two different servers. As you already know, JSP and Servlets
runs in a web server where as EJBs requires an application server. But, generally application
server contains the web server as well.
Application server including web server generally resides on a single tier (machine),which is
often called middle tier. This tier stores and retrieves data from the Enterprise Information Tier
(EIS) which is a separate tier. The response sends back to the client by the middle tier can be
HTML, XML etc. This response can be seen on the separate tier know as client tier.

41.4 Case Study: Matrix Multiplication using Layers

Problem Statement
Calculate product of two matrices of order 2 * 2
Result of multiplication should be stored in DB as well as shown to the user.

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 572

Web Design and Development (CS506)
Format • Input format
o input will be in 4,2,6,5 format separated by commas where 4,2 represents entries of
the first row
• Display format o Displays the matrix as a square
• Storage format for DB o Matrix will be stored as a string in
the database along with the order of the matrix o The
following figure shows the table design that will be used to
store the results.

Layer by Layer View

A picture’s worth than thousand words. Therefore, before jumping on to code, let’s put a glance
over layers that will be used in this small case study. The classes that will be used on each layer
and what functionality each class will perform will also be discussed.
First, look on the following picture that will describe the whole story.

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 573

Web Design and Development (CS506)

The data layer has a class MatrixDAO that is used to save the matrix result into database. As
mentioned in the problem statement, that resultant matrix should be saved in the database. So,
MatrixDAO is used to accomplish that.

MatrixDAO called by the MatrixMultiplier, a business layer class. The functionality list
of MatrixMultiplier includes:
-[ Converting the user input string (e.g. 2,3,4,1) into a proper object i.e. a matrix data structure.
- Helps in calculating product of two matrices.

Controller layer’s class ControllerServlet calls the MatrixMultiplier. This layer

calls the various business methods (like multiplication of two matrices) of business layer class
and got the resultant matrix. Furthermore, ControllerServlet sends the output to the
matrixresult.jsp and receives the input from matrixinput.jsp.

The MatrixBean representing matrix data structure, as you can see in the figure is used across
several layers. In fact, the object formed by MatrixMultiplier from a user input string is
of MatrixBean type. It is used to transfer data from one layer to another.

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 574

Web Design and Development (CS506)

First, look on the MatrixBean code given below:

MatrixBean

package bo;

import java.io.*;

public class MatrixBean implements Serializable{

// a 2D array representing matrix

public int[][] matrix;

// constructor
public MatrixBean()
{
matrix = new int[2][2];
matrix[0][0] = 0;
matrix[0][1] = 0;
matrix[1][0] = 0;
matrix[1][1] = 0;
}

// setter that takes 4 int values and assigns these to array

public void setMatrix(int w, int x, int y, int z)
{
matrix[0][0] = w;
matrix[0][1] = x;

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 575

Web Design and Development (CS506)
matrix[1][0] = y;
matrix[1][1] = z;
}
// getter returning a 2D array
public int[ ][ ] getMatrix()
{
return matrix;
}
// used to convert 2D array into string
public String toString()
{
return matrix[0][0] + "," + matrix[0][1] + "," +
matrix[1][0] + "," +matrix[1][1] ;
}

} // end MatrixBean

matrixinput.jsp

This JSP is used to collect the input for two matrices in the form of string such as 2,3,5,8.The
data will be submitted to ControllerServlet from this page.

<html>
<body>

<h2>
Enter Two Matrices of order 2 * 2 to compute Product
</h2>

<h3>
<%--
“controller” is an alias/URL pattern of ControllerServlet
--%>
<form name="matrixInput" action="controller" >
First Matrix:
<input type="text" name = "firstMatrix" /> E.g. 2,3,4,1
<br/>
Second Matrix:
<input type="text" name = "secondMatrix" />
<br/>
<input type = "submit" value = "Calculate Product" />

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 576

Web Design and Development (CS506)
</form>
</h3>
</body>
</html>

ControllerServlet

This servlet acting as a controller receives the input from matrixinput.jsp. Furthermore,it will
interact with the business layer class MatrixMultiplier to convert the string into a MatrixBean
object, and to multiply two matrices.

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 577

Web Design and Development (CS506)
package controller;

import bl.*;
import bo.* ;

import java.io.*;
import java.net.*;

import javax.servlet.*;
import javax.servlet.http.*;
public class ControllerServlet extends HttpServlet {

// This method only calls processRequest()

protected void doGet(HttpServletRequest
request, HttpServletResponse response) throws
ServletException, IOException
{
processRequest(request, response);
}

// This method only calls processRequest()

protected void doPost(HttpServletRequest
request, HttpServletResponse response) throws
ServletException, IOException
{
processRequest(request, response);
}
protected void processRequest(HttpServletRequest
request, HttpServletResponse response) throws
ServletException, IOException
{
// retrieving values from input fields of matrixinput.jsp
String sMatrix1 = request.getParameter("firstMatrix");
String sMatrix2 = request.getParameter("secondMatrix");

// Creating MatrixMultipler object

MatrixMultiplier mm = new MatrixMultiplier();

// Passing Strings to convertToObject() method of

MatrixMultiplier

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 578

Web Design and Development (CS506)
// convertToObject() is used to convert strings into MatrixBean
MatrixBean fMatrix = mm.convertToObject(sMatrix1);
MatrixBean sMatrix = mm.convertToObject(sMatrix2);

// passing MatrixBean’s objects to multiply() method of

// MatrixMultiplier and receiving the product matrix in the
form
// of MatrixBean
MatrixBean rMatrix = mm.multiply(fMatrix, sMatrix);

// saving results in database

mm.saveResult(rMatrix);

// storing the product of matrices into request, so that it can

be
// retrieved on matrixresult.jsp
request.setAttribute("product", rMatrix);
// forwarding request to matrixresult.jsp
RequestDispatcher rd =
request.getRequestDispatcher("matrixresult.jsp");
rd.forward(request, response);
} // end processRequest()

} // end ControllerServlet

MatrixMultiplier

The business layer class that’s primary job is to calculate product of tow matrices given in the
form of MatrixBean. This class also has a method convertToObject that takes a String and returns
back a MatrixBean object. MatrixMultiplier will also interact with the data layer class
MatrixDAO to store results in the database.

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 579

Web Design and Development (CS506)
package bl;
import bo.*;
import dal.*;

public class MatrixMultiplier {

//constructor
public MatrixMultiplier( ) {

}
// used to convert a String (like 2,3,4,5) into a MatrixBean
object
public MatrixBean convertToObject(String sMatrix){

//splitting received string into tokens by passing “,” as

//delimeter

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 580

Web Design and Development (CS506)
String tokens[] = sMatrix.split(","); 3,4,1

//creating MatrixBean object

MatrixBean matrixBO = new MatrixBean();

// converting tokens into integers

int w = Integer.parseInt(tokens[0]);
int x = Integer.parseInt(tokens[1]);
int y = Integer.parseInt(tokens[2]);
int z = Integer.parseInt(tokens[3]);

// setting values into MatrixBean object by calling setter

matrixBO.setMatrix(w , x , y, z);

return matrixBO;

} // end convertToObject()

// used to multiply two matrices , receives two MatrixBean

objects
// and returns the product in the form of MatrixBean as
well public MatrixBean multiply(MatrixBean fMatrix ,
MatrixBean sMatrix) {
// creating MatrixBean object where product of the matrices
will
// be
// stored
MatrixBean resultMatrix = new MatrixBean();

// retrieving two dimensional arrays from MatrixBeans object to

// perform multipication
int matrixA[ ][ ] = fMatrix.getMatrix();
int matrixB[ ][ ] = sMatrix.getMatrix();
int matrixC[ ][ ] =
resultMatrix.getMatrix();

// code to multiply two

matrices
for (int i=0; i<2; i++) { for
(int j=0; j<2; j++) { for (int
k=0; k<2; k++) {
matrixC[i][j] += (matrixA[i][k] * matrixB[k][j]);
}

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 581

Web Design and Development (CS506)
}
// storing the product from 2d array to MatrixBean object by
// calling setter
resultMatrix.setMatrix( matrixC[0][0],
matrixC[0][1], matrixC[1][0], matrixC[1][1] );
return resultMatrix;
} // end multiply()
// save results (MatrixBean containg product of two matrices)
//into
// database using DAO
public void saveResult( MatrixBean resultMatrix )
{
MatrixDA0 dao = null;
try{
dao = newMatrixDAO();}
catch(ClassNotFoundException e){}
catch(SQLException e){}
dao.saveMatrix(resultMatrix);
}
} // end MatrixMulitplier

MatrixDAO

As class name depicts, it is used to store product results into database. Let’s look on the
code to see how it is accomplished.

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 582

Web Design and Development (CS506)
package dal;
import
java.util.*;
import java.sql.*;
import bo.*;
public class MatrixDAO{
private Connection con;

// constructor
public MatrixDAO() throws ClassNotFoundException , SQLException
{
establishConnection();
}
// method used to establish connection with db
private void establishConnection() throws
ClassNotFoundException ,SQLException
{
// establishing conection
class.forName("sun.jdbc.odbc.JdbcOdbcDriver");

String conUrl = "jdbc:odbc:MatrixDSN";

con =
DriverManager.getConnection(conUrl);
}
// used to store MatrixBean into database after converting it
to
// a String
public void saveMatrix(MatrixBean
matrix){ try {

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 583

Web Design and Development (CS506)

String sql = "INSERT INTO Matrix(mOrder, mValues) VALUES

(?,?)";
PreparedStatement pStmt = con.prepareStatement(sql);

// converting MatrixBean into String by calling toString()

String sMatrix = matrix.toString();

// setting order of matrix

pStmt.setString( 1 , "2*2" );

// setting matrix values in the form of string

pStmt.setString( 2 , sMatrix );

pStmt.executeUpdate();
}catch(SQLException sqlex){
System.out.println(sqlex);
}

} // end saveMatrix

// overriding finalize method to release acquired

resources public void finalize( ) { try{
if(con != null){
con.close();
}
}catch(SQLException sex){
System.out.println(sex);
}
} // end finalize

} // end MatrixDAO class

matrixresult.jsp

Used to display resultant product of two matrices. The code is given below:

<%-- importing “bo” package that contains MatrixBean --%>

<%@ page import="bo.*"%>

<html>

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 584

Web Design and Development (CS506)
<body>

<h1>The resultant Matrix is </h1>

<%--
retrieving MatrixBean object from request, that was set on
ControllerServlet
--%>

<%
MatrixBean productMatrix =
(MatrixBean)request.getAttribute("product");

// retrieving values in 2d array so that it can be displayed

int matrix[][] = productMatrix.getMatrix() ;
%>

<%-- displaying MatrixBean’s object values --%>

<TABLE>

<TR>
<TD> <%= matrix[0][0] %> </TD>
<TD> <%= matrix[0][1] %> </TD>
</TR>

<TR>
<TD> <%= matrix[1][0] %> </TD>
<TD> <%= matrix[1][1] %> </TD>
</TR>

</TABLE>

</body>

</html>

web.xml

<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 585

Web Design and Development (CS506)
<web-app>

<servlet>

<servlet-name> ControllerServlet </servlet-name>

<servlet-class> controller.ControllerServlet </servlet-class>

</servlet>

<servlet-mapping>

<servlet-name> ControllerServlet </servlet-name>

<url-pattern> /controller </url-pattern>

</servlet-mapping>

</web-app>

41.5 References:
• Java A Lab Course by Umair Javed.
• Java Passion by Sang Shin

Note: Coding exercises in working condition for this lecture are also available on “Downloads”
section of LMS.

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 586

Web Design and Development (CS506)

Lecture 42: Expression Language

Sun Microsystems introduced the Servlet API, in the later half of 1997, positioning it as a
powerful alternative for CGI developers who were looking around for an elegant solution that
was more efficient and portable than CGI (Common Gateway Interface)programming. However,
it soon became clear that the Servlet API had its own drawbacks, with developers finding the
solution difficult to implement, from the perspective of code maintainability and extensibility. It
is in some ways, this drawback that prompted the community to explore a solution that would
allow embedding Java Code in HTML - JavaServer Pages (JSP) emerged as a result of this
exploration.
Java as the scripting language in JSP scares many people particularly web page designers which
have enough knowledge to work with HTML and some scripting language, faced lot of
difficulties in writing some simple lines of java code. Can we simplify this problem to ease the
life of web designer? Yes, by using Expression Language (EL).

JavaServer Pages Standard Tag Library (JSTL) 1.0 introduced the concept of the EL but it was
constrained to only the JSTL tags. With JSP 2.0 you can use the EL with template text.

Note: - JSTL will be discussed in the following Handout.

42.1 Overview
The Expression Language, not a programming or scripting language, provides a way to simplify
expressions in JSP. It is a simple language that is geared towards looking up objects, their
properties and performing simple operations on them. It is inspired form both the ECMAScript
and the XPath expression language.

42.2 JSP Before and After EL

To add in motivational factor so that you start learning EL with renewed zeal and zest, a
comparison is given below that illustrates how EL affects the JSPs.

The following figure depicts the situation of a JSP before EL. We have to declare a variable
before using it, data type must be known in advance and most importantly have to use awkward
syntax and many more. All these problems are highlighted in the following figure:

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 587

Web Design and Development (CS506)

Contrary to the above figure, have a look on the subsequent figure that gives you a hint how
useful EL can be?

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 588

 Web Design and Development (CS506)

42.3 Expression Language Nuggets

We’ll discuss the following important pieces of EL. These are:

• Syntax of EL
• Expressions & identifiers
• Arithmetic, logical & relational operators
• Automatic type conversion
• Access to beans, arrays, lists & maps
• Access to set of implicit objects

42.3.1 EL Syntax

The format of writing any EL expression is:

$ { validExpression }

The valid expressions can consist on these individuals or combination of these given below:

• Literals
• Operators
• Variables (object references)
© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 589
Web Design and Development (CS506)
• Implicit call to function using property name

• EL Literals
The list of literals that can be used as an EL expression and their possible values are given in the
tabular format below:

Examples of using EL literals are:

${ false } <%-- evaluates to false --%>
${ 8*3 } <%-- evaluates to 24 --%>

• EL Operators
The lists of operators that can be used in EL expression are given below:

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 590

Web Design and Development (CS506)
Let us look at some examples that use operators as valid expression:

• ${ (6*5) + 5 } <%-- evaluate to 35 --%>

• ${ (x >= min) && (x <= max) }
• ${ empty name } o Returns true if name is Empty string (“”), Null etc.
• EL Identifiers

Identifiers in the expression language represent the names of objects stored in one of the JSP
scopes: page, request, session, or application. These types of objects are referred to scoped
variables throughout this handout.
EL has 11 reserved identifiers, corresponding to 11 implicit objects. All other identifiers
assumed to refer to scoped variables.

• EL implicit Objects
The Expression Language defines a set of implicit objects given below in tabular format:

Category Implicit Object Operator

JSP pageContext
The context for the JSP page, used to access the JSP
implicit objects such as request, response, session,

Scopes pageScope A Map associating names & values of page scoped

attributes
requestScope A Map associating names & values of request scoped

attributes
sessionScope A Map associating names & values of session scoped

attributes
applicationScope A Map associating names & values of application scoped
attributes

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 591

Web Design and Development (CS506)

param Maps a request parameter name to a single String

Request
parameter value.
Parameters
paramValues Maps a request parameter name to an array of values

Request header Maps a request header name to a single header value.

Headers headerValues Maps a request header name to an array of value.

A Map storing the cookies accompanying the request by
Cookies cookie name

Initialization initParam A Map storing the context initialization parameters of

the web application by name
Parameters

Examples of using implicit objects are:

• ${ pageContext.response } o Evaluates to response

implicit object of JSP
• ${ param.name } o This expression is equivalent to calling
request.getParameter(“name”);
• ${ cookie.name.value } o Returns the value of the first cookie
with the given name o Equivalent to
if (cookie.getName().equals(“name”){
String val = cookie.getValue();
}
Example Code: Summation of Two Numbers using EL
This simple example demonstrates you the capabilities of EL. index.jsp is used to
collect input for two numbers and their sum is displayed on result.jsp using EL. Let’s
first see the code of index.jsp

index.jsp

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 592

Web Design and Development (CS506)
<html>
<body>
Enter two numbers to see their sum
<form action="result.jsp" >
First Number :
<input type="text" name="num1" />
<br>
Second Number:
<input type="text" name="num2" />

<input type="submit" value="Calculate Sum" />

</form>
</body>
</html>

result.jsp

<html>
<body>
<%-- The code to sum two numbers if we used scriptlet
<%
String no1 = request .getParameter("num1");
String no2 = request .getParameter("num2");

int num1 = Integer.parseInt(no1);

int num2 = Integer.parseInt(no2);
%>
Result is: <%= num1 + num2 %>
--%>

<%-- implicit Object param is used to access request parameters

By Using EL summing two numbers
--%>
Result is: ${param.num1 + param.num2}
</body>
</html>
42.3.2 EL Identifiers (cont.)

We had started our discussion on EL identifiers. Let’s find out how these identifiers (variables)
can be stored/retrieved in/from different scopes.

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 593

Web Design and Development (CS506)
• Storing Scoped Variables

By using java code, either in pure servlet or in a scriptlet of JSP, we can store variables in a
particular scope. For example,

o Storing a variable in session scope using Java code

Assume that we have PersonInfo class and we want to store its object p in
session scope then we can write the following lines of code to accomplish that:
HttpSession ses = request.getSession(true);
PersonInfo p = new PersonInfo();
p.setName(“ali”);
ses.setAttribute(“person” , p);

o Storing a variable in request scope using Java code

For the following lines of code, assume that request is of HttpServletRequest type. To
store PersonInfo object p in request scope, we’ll write:
PersonInfo p = new PersonInfo();
p.setName(“ali”);
request.setAttribute(“person” , p);

You must be thinking of some another method (with which you are already familiar) to store a
variable in a scope, certainly by using JSP action tags, we learned how to store a variable in
any particular scope.

o Storing a variable in request scope using JSP action tag

If we want to store p of type PersonInfo in request scope by using JSP action tags,
then we’ll write:
<jsp:useBean id=”p” class=”PersonInfo”
scope=”request”/>

Later, you can change the properties of object p by using action tag as well.For example
<jsp:setProperty name=“p” property=“name” value=“ali” />

• Retrieving Scoped Variables

You are already very much familiar of retrieving any stored scoped variable by using java
code and JSP action tags. Here, we’ll discuss how EL retrieves scoped variables. As already
mentioned, identifiers in the valid expression represent the names of objects stored in one of
the JSP scopes: page, request, session and application.

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 594

Web Design and Development (CS506)
When the expression language encounters an identifier, it searches for a scoped variable with
that name first in page scope,then in request scope,then in session scope,and finally in
application scope

Note: - If no such object is located in four scopes, null is returned.

For example, if we’ve stored PersonInfo object p in session scope by mean of any
mechanism discussed previously and have written the following EL expression to access the name
property of p
${p.name}

Then EL searches for p first in page scope, then in request scope, then in session scope where it
found p. After that it calls p.getName() method. This is also shown in pictorial form below:

42.3.3 EL Accessors

The dot (.) and bracket ([ ]) operator let you access identifies and their properties. The dot
operator typically used for accessing the properties of an object and the bracket operator is
generally used to retrieve elements of arrays and collections.

• Dot (.) operator

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 595

Web Design and Development (CS506)
Assume that JavaBean PersonInfo has name property and its object person is stored in
some scope. Then to access the name property of person object, we’ll write the following
expression using EL:

${person.name}

The EL accesses the object’s properties using the JavaBeans conventions therefore getName()
must be defined in PersonInfo. Moreover, if property being accessed itself an object, the dot
operator can be applied recursively. For example

• Bracket ([ ]) operator

This operator can be applied to arrays & collections implementing List interface e.g.
ArrayList etc.
o Index of the element appears inside brackets o For example, ${
personList[2] } returns the 3rd element stored in it Moreover, this operator can also be
applied to collections implementing Map interface e.g.
HashMap etc.
o Key is specified inside brackets
o For example, ${ myMap[“id”] } returns the value associated with the

42.3.4 EL – Robust Features

Some powerful characteristics of Expression Language are:

• Multiple expressions can be combined and intermixed with static text. For example
$ { “Hello” ${user.firstName} ${user.lastName} }

• EL also supports automatic type conversion; as a result primitive can implicitly wrap and
unwrap into/from their corresponding java classes. For example

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 596

 Web Design and Development (CS506)

•
Most importantly, if object/identifier is null, no NullPointerException would be
thrown . For example. If the expression written is:
${person.name}
Assume that person is null, then no exception would be thrown and the result would also be
null.
42.3.5 Using Expression Language

Expression Language can be used in following situations

• As attribute values in standard & custom actions. E.g.

<jsp:setProperty id = “person” value = ${….} />

• In template text – the value of the expression is inserted into the current output. E.g.
<h3> $ { …… } </h3>

• With JSTL (discussed in the next handout)

Example Code: AddressBook using EL

So far, we have shown you implementation of AddressBook example in number of different ways.
This time EL will be incorporated in this example. AddressBook code example consists on
searchperson.jsp, showperson.jsp,ControllerServlet, PersonInfo and
PersonDAO classes. Let’s look on the code of each of these components:

PersonInfo.java
The JavaBean used to represent one person record.

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 597

Web Design and Development (CS506)
package vu;
import java.io.*;
public class PersonInfo implements
Serializable{ private String name; private
String address; private int phoneNum; // no
argument constructor public PersonInfo() {
name = ""; address = ""; phoneNum = 0; }
// setters
public void setName(String n){
name = n;
}
public void setAddress(String a){
address = a;

}
public void setPhoneNum(int pNo){ phoneNum =
pNo; } // getters public String getName( ){
return name; }
public String getAddress( ){ return address; }
public int getPhoneNum( ){ return phoneNum;
}
}

PersonDAO.java
It is used to retrieve/search person records from database.

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 598

Web Design and Development (CS506)
package vu; import
java.util.*;
import java.sql.*;

public class PersonDAO{

private Connection con;

// constructor
public PersonDAO() throws ClassNotFoundException , SQLException
{ establishConnection();
}//used to establish connection with database
private void establishConnection()
throws ClassNotFoundException , SQLException{
// establishing connection
Class.forName("sun.jdbc.odbc.JdbcOdbcDriver");

String conUrl = "jdbc:odbc:PersonDSN";

con =
DriverManager.getConnection(conUrl);
}

// used to search person records against name

public ArrayList retrievePersonList(String pName)
throws SQLException
{
ArrayList personList = new ArrayList();

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 599

Web Design and Development (CS506)
String sql = " SELECT * FROM Person WHERE name = ?";
PreparedStatement pStmt = con.prepareStatement(sql);
pStmt.setString( 1, pName);

System.out.println("retrieve person list");

ResultSet rs = pStmt.executeQuery();

String name;
String add; int
pNo;

while ( rs.next() ) {

name = rs.getString("name"); add

= rs.getString("address"); pNo =
rs.getInt("phoneNumber");
// creating a PersonInfo object
PersonInfo personBean = new PersonInfo();

personBean.setName(name);
personBean.setAddress(add);
personBean.setPhoneNum(pNo); //
adding a bean to arraylist
personList.add(personBean);
} // end while return
personList;
} // end retrievePersonList

//overriding finalize method to release

resources public void finalize( ) { try{
if(con != null){ con.close();
}
}catch(SQLException sex){
System.out.println(sex);
}
} // end finalize
} // end class

searchperson.jsp
This JSP is used to gather person’s name from the user and submits this data to the
© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 600
Web Design and Development (CS506)
ControllerServlet.
<html>
<body>

<center>
<h2> Address Book </h2>
<h3> Search Person</h3>

<FORM name ="search" action="controllerservlet" />

<TABLE BORDER="1" >

<TR>
<TD> <h4 >Name</h4> </TD>
<TD> <input type="text" name="name" /> </TD>
</TR>

<html>
<body>

<center>
<h2> Address Book </h2>
<h3> Search Person</h3>

<FORM name ="search" action="controllerservlet" />

<TABLE BORDER="1" >

<TR>
<TD> <h4 >Name</h4> </TD>
<TD> <input type="text" name="name" /> </TD>
</TR>

ControllerServlet.java
The Controller Servlet receives request from searchperson.jsp and after fetching search results from
database, forwards the request to showperson.jsp.

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 601

Web Design and Development (CS506)
package controller;

import vu.*; import

java.util.*; import
java.io.*; import
java.net.*; import
javax.servlet.*; import
javax.servlet.http.*;
public class ControllerServlet extends HttpServlet {

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 602

Web Design and Development (CS506)
// This method only calls processRequest()
protected void doGet(HttpServletRequest request,
HttpServletResponse response throws ServletException,
IOException e) {
processRequest(request, response);
}

// This method only calls processRequest()

protected void doPost(HttpServletRequest
request, HttpServletResponse response) throws
ServletException, IOException
{
processRequest(request, response);
}
protected void processRequest(HttpServletRequest
request, HttpServletResponse response) throws
ServletException, IOException
{
// defined below
searchPerson(request, response); }
// end processRequest()
protected void searchPerson(HttpServletRequest
request, HttpServletResponse response) throws
ServletException, IOException
{ try
{

// creating PersonDAO object

PersonDAO pDAO = new PersonDAO();

// retrieving request parameter “name” entered on showperson.jsp

String pName = request.getParameter("name");

// calling DAO method to retrieve personlist from database

// against the name entered by the user
ArrayList personList = pDAO.retrievePersonList(pName);

// storing personlist in request scope, later it is retrieved

// back on showperson.jsp
request.setAttribute("plist", personList);

// forwarding request to showperson, so it renders personlist

RequestDispatcher rd =

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 603

Web Design and Development (CS506)
request.getRequestDispatcher("showperson.jsp")
; rd.forward(request, response);
}catch (Exception ex) {
System.out.println("Exception is" + ex);
}
} // end searchPerson

} // end ControllerServlet

showperson.jsp
This page is used to display the search results. To do so, it reclaims the stored ArrayList
(personList) from the request scope. Furthermore, this page also uses the Expression Language to
display records.

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 604

Web Design and Development (CS506)
<%-- importing required packages--%>
<%@page import="java.util.*" %>
<%@page import="vu.*" %>

<html>
<body>
<center>

<h2> Address Book </h2>

<h3> Following results meet your search criteria</h3>
<TABLE BORDER="1" >
<TR>
<TH>Name</TH>
<TH>Address</TH>
<TH>PhoneNum</TH>
</TR>
<%-- start of scriptlet --%>
<%
// retrieving ArrayList from request scope
ArrayList personList =(ArrayList)request.getAttribute("plist");
PersonInfo person = null;
for(int i=0; i<personList.size(); i++) {
person = (PersonInfo)personList.get(i); //
storing PersonInfo object in request scope
/* As mentioned, an object must be stored
in some scope to work with Expression
Language*/ request.setAttribute("p",
person);
%>
<%-- end of scriptlet --%>

<TR>
<%-- accessing properties of stored
PersonInfo object with name “p” using EL
--%>

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 605

Web Design and Development (CS506)
<TD> ${ p.name } </TD>
<TD> ${ p.address} </TD>
<TD> ${ p.phoneNum} </TD>
<%-- The following expressions are now
replaced by EL statements written above--%>
<%-- <%= person.getName()%> --%>
<%-- <%= person.getAddress()%> --%>
<%-- <%= person.getPhoneNum()%> --%>
</TR>
<%
} // end for
%>
</TABLE >
</center>
</body>
</html>

web.xml

<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>

<web-app>
<servlet>
<servlet-name> ControllerServlet </servlet-name>
<servlet-class> controller.ControllerServlet </servlet-class>
</servlet>
<servlet-mapping>
<servlet-name> ControllerServlet </servlet-name>
<url-pattern> /controllerservlet </url-pattern>
</servlet-mapping>
</web-app>

42.4 References:
• Java A Lab Course by Umair Javed.
• Expression Language Tutorial by Sun
http://java.sun.com/j2ee/1.4/docs/tutorial/doc/JSPIntro7.html
• The JSTL Expression Language by David M. Geary
http://www.informit.com/articles/article.asp?p=30946&rl=1

Note: Coding exercises in working condition for this lecture are also available on “Downloads”
section of LMS.

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 606

Web Design and Development (CS506)

Lecture 43: JavaServer Pages Standard Tag Library (JSTL)

43.1 Introduction
The JSP Standard Tag Library (JSTL) is a collection of custom tag libraries that implement
general-purpose functionality common to Web applications, including iteration and
conditionalization, data management formatting, manipulation of XML, and database access.
Like JSP, JSTL is also a specification not an implementation. The development theme of JSTL is
“scriptlet free JSP”.

These tag libraries provide a wide range of custom action functionality that most JSP authors
have found themselves in need of in the past. Having a defined specification for how the
functionality is implemented means that a page author can learn these custom actions once and
then use and reuse them on all future products on all application containers that support the
specification. Using the JSTL will not only make your JSPs more readable and maintainable, but
will allow you to concentrate on good design and implementation practices in your pages.

43.2 JSTL & EL

JSTL includes supports for Expression Language thus EL can be used to specify dynamic
attribute values for JSTL actions without using full-blown programming language. Prior to JSP
2.0, EL can only be used in attributes of JSTL tags but EL now becomes a standard part of JSP
2.0. This allows the use of EL anywhere in the document.

43.3 Functional Overview

As mentioned, JSTL encapsulates common functionality that a typical JSP author would
encounter. This set of common functionality has come about through the input of the various
members of the expert group. Since this expert group has a good cross-section of JSP authors and
users, the actions provided in the JSTL should suit a wide audience.While the JSTL is commonly
referred to as a single tag library, it is actually composed of four separate tag libraries:

Core−>contains tags for conditions, control flow and to access variables etc.

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 607

Web Design and Development (CS506)
XML manipulation−>contains tags for XML parsing and processing SQL−>contains
tags for accessing and working with database.
Internationalization and formatting−>contains tags to support locale messages, text, numbers
and date formation

43.4 Twin Tag Libraries

JSTL comes in two flavors to support various skill set personal

• Expression Language (EL) version o Dynamic attribute values of JSTL tags are specified
using JSTL expression language (i.e. ${ expression } )
o The EL based JSTL tag libraries along with URIs and preferred prefixes are given
below in tabular format

Library URI Prefix

Core http://java.sun.com/jsp/jstl/core c

SQL http://java.sun.com/jsp/jstl/sql sql

Internationalization/
http://java.sun.com/jsp/jstl/fmt fmt
F
http://java.sun.com/jsp/jstl/xml x
XML
• Request Time (RT) version

o Dynamic attribute values of JSTL tags are specified using JSP expression
(i.e. <%= expression %> ) o The RT based JSTL tag libraries along with
URIs and preferred prefixes are given below in tabular format
Library URI Prefix

Core http://java.sun.com/jsp/jstl/core_rt c_rt

SQL http://java.sun.com/jsp/jstl/sql_rt sql_rt

Internationalization/
http://java.sun.com/jsp/jstl/fmt_rt fmt_rt
F
http://java.sun.com/jsp/jstl/xml_rt x_rt
XML

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 608

Web Design and Development (CS506)

43.5 Using JSTL

As we discussed earlier, JSTL includes four standard tag libraries. As is true with any JSP custom
tag library, a taglib directive must be included in any page that you want to be able to use this
library's tags.

For example, to use EL based core tag library, the taglib directive appears as:
<%@taglib prefix=“c” uri=http://java.sun.com/jsp/jstl/core %>

And to use RT based core tag library, the taglib directive appears as:
<%@taglib prefix=“c_rt” uri=http://java.sun.com/jsp/jstl/core_rt
%>

43.6 Working with Core Actions (tags)

The set of tags that are available in the Core tag library come into play for probably most
anything you will be doing in your JSPs such as:

• Manipulation of scoped variables

• Output
• Conditional logic
• loops
• URL manipulation
• and Handling errors.

Let’s walk through some important core actions:

c:set

Provides a tag based mechanism for creating and setting scope based variables. Its syntax is as
follows:

<c:set var=“name” scope = “scope” value = “expression” />

Where the var attribute specifies the name of the scoped variable, the scope attribute indicates
which scope (page | request | session | application) the variable resides in, and the value attribute
specifies the value to be bound to the variable. If the specified variable already exists, it will simply
be assigned the indicated value. If not, a new scoped variable is created and initialized to that value.

The scope attribute is optional and default to page.

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 609

Web Design and Development (CS506)

Three examples of using c:set are given below. In the first example, a page scoped variable
“timezone” is set to a value“Asia / Karachi”.
<c:set var=“timezone” value=“Asia/Karachi” />

In the second example, a request scoped variable “email” email is set to a value
“[email protected]”
<c:set var=“email” scope=”request” value=“[email protected]” />

In the third example, a page scoped variable “email” is set to value of request parameter“email”
by using param implicit object. If email parameter is defined in JSP page as:
<input type=”text” value = “email” />

Then c:set tag would be used as:

<c:set var=“email” scope=”request” value=“param.email” />

Using c:set with JavaBeans & Map

c:set tag can also be used to change the property of a bean or the value against some key. For
this purpose, the syntax of the c:set tag would look like this:
<c:set target=“bean/map” property=”property/key” value=“value”
/>

If target is a bean, sets the value of the property specified. This process is equivalent to
<jsp:setProperty … /> JSP action tag.

If target is a Map, sets the value of the key specified

And of course, these beans and maps must be stored in some scope prior to any attempt is made
to change their properties.

For example, consider the following snippet of code that stores PersonInfo’s object person into
request scope using <jsp:useBean … /> tag. Then using c:set tag, person’s name
property is set to “ali”.

<jsp:useBean id=“person” class=“vu.PersonInfo” scope=“request”

/>

<c:set target=“person” property =“name” value = “ali” />

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 610

Web Design and Development (CS506)

c:out
A developer will often want to simply display the value of an expression, rather than store it.
This can be done by using c:out core tag, the syntax of which appears below:

<c:out value = “expression” default = “expression” />

This tag evaluates the expression specified by its value attribute, and then prints the result. If
the optional default attribute is specified, the c:out action will print its

(default) value if the value attribute's expression evaluates either to null or an empty String.
This tag is equivalent to JSP expression i.e. <%=expression %>.

Consider the following examples in which the usage of c:out tag has shown. In the first
example, string “Hello” would be displayed
<c:out value = “Hello” />

In the second example, if request parameter num evaluates to null or an empty string then default
value “0” would be displayed.

<c:out value = “${param.num}” default = “0” />

The above fragment of code is equivalent to following scriptlet:

<%
String no = request.getParameter(“num”);

if (no == null || no.equals(“”)) {

System.out.println(0);
}else{
Out.println(no);
}
%>

If we want to display the property of a bean like name, we’ll write

<c:out value= “${person.name}” default = “Not Set” />

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 611

Web Design and Development (CS506)

c:remove
As its name suggests, the c:remove action is used to delete a scoped variable, and takes two

attributes. The var attribute names the variable to be removed, and the optional scope

attribute indicates the scope from which it should be removed and defaults to page.

For example, to remove a variable named square from page scope, we’ll write:
<c:remove var = “square” />

And if variable email is required to be removed from request scope, then c:removetag will
look like:
<c:remove var = “email” scope = “request” />

c:forEach

In the context of Web applications, iteration is primarily used to fetch and display collections of
data, typically in the form of a list or sequence of rows in a table. The primary JSTL action for
implementing iterative content is the c:forEach core tag. This tag supports two different
styles of iteration:
Iteration over an integer range (like Java language's for statement)
Iteration over a collection (like Java language's Iterator and Enumeration classes).

Iteration over an Integer range

To iterate over a range of integers, the syntax of the c:forEach tag will look like:

<c:forEach var=“name” begin=“expression” end=“expression”

step=“expression” >
Body Content
</c:forEach>

The begin and end attributes should be either constant integer values or expressions
evaluating to integer values. They specify the initial value of the index for the iteration and the
index value at which iteration should cease, respectively. When iterating over a range of integers
using c:forEach, these two attributes are required and all others are optional.

The step attribute specifies the amount to be added to the index after each iteration. Thus the
index of the iteration starts at the value of the begin attribute, is incremented by the value of

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 612

 Web Design and Development (CS506)
the step attribute, and halts iteration when it exceeds the value of the end attribute. Note that
if the step attribute is omitted, the step size defaults to 1.

If the var attribute is specified, then a scoped variable with the indicated name will be created
and assigned the current value of the index for each pass through the iteration. This scoped
variable has nested visibility that is it can only be accessed within the body of the c:forEach
tag.

For example to generate squares corresponding to range of integer values, the c:forEach tag
will be used as:

<c:forEach var=“x” begin=“0” end=“10” step=“2” >

<c:out value=“${x * x}” />
</c:forEach>

By executing the above code, following output would appear:

4 16 36 64 100

Iteration over a Collection

When iterating over the members of a collection and arrays etc, one additional attribute of the
c:forEach tag is used: the items attribute. Now the c:forEach tag will look similar to
this:
<c:forEach var=“name” items=“expression” >
Body Content
</c:forEach>

When you use this form of the c:forEach tag, the items attribute is the only required
attribute. The value of the items attribute should be the collection/array over whose members
the iteration is to occur, and is typically specified using an EL expression. If a variable name is
also specified using var attribute, then the named variable will be bound to successive elements
of the collection for each iteration pass.

For example, to iterate over a String array (messages) using java code, we used to write in JSP:
<%
for(int i=0; i<messages.length; i++) { String
msg = messages[i];
%>

<%= msg %>

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 613

Web Design and Development (CS506)

<%
} // end for
%>
This can be done using c:forEach tag in much simpler way as shown below:
<c:forEach var=“msg” items=“${messages}” >
<c:out value= “${msg}” />
</c:forEach>

Similarly, to iterate over a persons ArrayList that contains PersonInfo objects, w used to
write in JSP:
<%
ArrayList persons = (ArrayList)request.getAttribute(“pList”);
for(int i=0; i<persons.size(); i++) {
PersonInfo p == (PersonInfo)persons.get(i);
String name = p.getName();
%>
<%= name %>
<%
} // end for
%>

Indeed, the above task can be achieved in much simpler way using c:forEach tag as shown
below:

<c:forEach var=“p” items=“${persons}” >

<c:out value= “${p.name}” />
</c:forEach>

The c:forEach tag processes each element of this list(persons) in turn, assigning it to a
scoped variable named p. Note that typecast is also not required.

Furthermore, you can use the begin, end, and step attributes to restrict which elements of
the collection are included in the iteration.

c:if

Like ordinary Java’s if, used to conditionally process the body content. It simply evaluates a
single test expression and then processes its body content only if that expression evaluates to true.
If not, the tag's body content is ignored. The syntax for writing c:if tag is:

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 614

Web Design and Development (CS506)

<c:if test= “expression” >

Body Content
</c:if>
For example, to display a message “a equals b” if two strings a & b are equal, the c:if tag is

used as:

<c:if test= “${a == b}” >

<h2> A equals B </h2>
</c:if>

c:choose
c:choose the second conditionalization tag, used in cases in which mutually exclusively test

are required to determine what content should be displayed. The syntax is shown below:
<c:choose>
<c:when test= “expression” > Body
content
</c:when>
……………
<c:otherwise >
Body content
</c:otherwise>
</c:choose>

Each condition to be tested is represented by a corresponding <c:when> tag, of which there

must be at least one. Only the body content of the first <c:when> tag whose test evaluates to
true will be processed. If none of the <c:when> tests return true, then the body content of the
<c:otherwise> tag will be processed.

Note, though, that the <c:otherwise> tag is optional; a <c:choose> tag can have at most
one nested <c:otherwise> tag. If all <c:when> tests are false and no <c:otherwise>
action is present, then no <c:choose> body content will be processed.

The example code given below illustrates the usage of c:choose tag in which two strings a &
b are compared and appropriates messages are displayed:

<c:choose>
<c:when test= “a == b” >

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 615

Web Design and Development (CS506)
<h2> a equals b</h2>
</c:when>
<c:when test= “a <= b” >
<h2> a is less than b</h2>
</c:when>
<c:otherwise >
<h2> Don’t know what a equals to </h2>
</c:otherwise>
</c:choose>

43.7 netBeans 4.1 and JSTL

If you are using netBeans 4.1 IDE then you have to add JSTL library to your project manually. To
do so, right click on the libraries folder, you can find it under project’s name and select the Add
Library option. This is also shown in the following figure:

The Add Library dialog box opens in front of you. Select JSTL 1.1 option and press Add Library
button. Now you can refer to any JSTL library in your JSPs.

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 616

Web Design and Development (CS506)

Note: Remember that the JSTL 1.1 library is only added to current project. You have to repeat
this step for each project in which you want to incorporate JSTL.

Example Code: AddressBook using JSTL core tags

This is the modified version of AddressBook that was built using Expression Language in the last
handout. Only showperson.jsp is modified to incorporate JSTL core tags along with
Expression Language in place of scriptlets. The remaining participants searchperson.jsp,
ControllerServlet, PersonInfo and PersonDAO left unchanged. Let’s look on the
code of each of these components:

PersonInfo.java
The JavaBean used to represent one person record.

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 617

Web Design and Development (CS506)
package vu;
import java.io.*;
public class PersonInfo implements
Serializable{ private String name; private
String address; private int phoneNum; // no
argument constructor public PersonInfo() {
name = ""; address = ""; phoneNum = 0; }
// setters
public void setName(String n){
name = n;
}
public void setAddress(String a){
address = a;
}
public void setPhoneNum(int pNo){
phoneNum = pNo;
}
// getters
public String getName( ){
return name;
}
public String getAddress( ){
return address;
}
public int getPhoneNum( ){
return phoneNum;
}}

Note: Coding exercises in working condition for this lecture are also available on “Downloads”
section of LMS.

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 618

Web Design and Development (CS506)

Lecture 44: Client Side Validation & JavaServer Faces (JSF)

In this handout, we’ll talk about client side validation and also learn about growing in demand
Java technology i.e. JSF. First start with client side validation

44.1 Client Side Validation

Forms validation on the client-side is essential -- it saves time and bandwidth, and gives you more
options to point out to the user where they've gone wrong in filling out the form. Furthermore, the
browser doesn't have to make a round-trip to the server to perform routine client-side tasks. For
example, you wouldn't want to send the browser to the server to validate that all of the required
fields on a form were filled out.
Any scripting language can be used to achieve the said objective. However, JavaScript and
VBScript are t wo popular options

44.1.1 Why is Client Side Validation Good?

There are two good reasons to use client-side validation:

• It's a fast form of validation: if something's wrong, the alarm is triggered upon submission of
the form.
• You can safely display only one error at a time and focus on the wrong field, to help ensure
that the user correctly fills in all the details you need.

Code Example: Form Validation using JavaScript

For example on the following form, we want to make sure that text filed for name should not be
left empty and age field does not contain any negative value. To accomplish this we’ll use
JavaScript. If user forgets to provide name and/or enters a negative value, a message would be
displayed to the user that indicates what was went wrong? However, if user conforms to
requirements, he/she would be taken to another page that displays a greeting message.

Note: In this example, JavaScript semantics isn’t discussed over here as I am assuming that you
might be familiar with some scripting language. Otherwise, www.w3schools.com is an excellent
resource to learn about scripting languages

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 619

Web Design and Development (CS506)

The code that is used to generate this page is given below:

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 620

Web Design and Development (CS506)
<HTML>
<HEAD>

<!—- start of scripting code and mentioning type -->

<SCRIPT TYPE = "text/javascript">

/* defining a function that receives form’s reference, defined

inside the body and returns false if any requirement violated
*/
function validateForm(thisform)
{
/* checking the value of the name field, if it is left empty
then displaying a message
*/
if (thisform.name.value == null || thisform.name.value == "")
{
alert("Username is required");
return false;
}
// if value of age is negative, displaying a message
if (thisform.age.value < 0 )
{
alert("Age can't be negative");

return false; } //
end of function

</SCRIPT> <!—-end of script-- >

</HEAD>
<BODY>

<!—- validateForm method is called and specified as a value of

onsubmit value, if this method returns false, the user remains
on the same page -->
<FORM method="post" onsubmit="return validateForm(this)"
action = “greeting.jsp” >

<h2> Client Side Validation Example </h2>

<BR/>
Name: <INPUT type="text" name="name" size="30" />

<BR/> <BR/>

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 621

Web Design and Development (CS506)
Age: <INPUT type="text" name="age" size="30" />

<BR/> <BR/>
<INPUT type="submit" value="Submit">

</FORM>

</BODY>

</HTML>

44.2 JavaServer Faces (JSF)

JSF technology simplifies building the user interface for web applications. It does this by
providing a higher-level framework for working with your web applications. Some distinct
features will be discussed provided by this technology. To begin with, have a look on some
popular existing frameworks

44.2.1 Different existing frameworks

• Struts
A popular open source JSP-based Web application framework helps in defining a structured
programming model (MVC), also validation framework and reduces tedious coding but… o
Adds complexity and doesn’t provide UI tags o Very Java programmer centric
• Tapestry
Another popular framework that is extensively used in the industry is Tapestry. It has almost
similar sort of problems as with Struts.

44.2.2 JavaServer Faces

A framework which provides solutions for:

• Representing UI components
• Managing their state
• Handling events
• Input validation
• Data binding
• Automatic conversion
• Defining page navigation
• Supporting internationalization and accessibility.

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 622

Web Design and Development (CS506)

If you are familiar with Struts and Swing (the standard Java user interface framework for desktop
applications), think of JavaServer Faces as a combination of those two frameworks. Like Swing,
JSF provides a rich component model that eases event handling and component rendering; and
like Struts, JSF provides Web application lifecycle management through a controller servlet
44.2.3 JSF UI Components
Some of the standard JavaServer Faces components are shown below:

Some custom JavaServer Faces components are

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 623

Web Design and Development (CS506)
And some open course JavaServer Faces components are also available like:

And some third-party Java Server Faces components are also available:

44.2.4 JSF Events Handling

A JSF application works by processing events triggered by the JSF components on the pages.
These events are caused by user actions. For example, when the user clicks button, the button
triggers an event. You, the JSF programmer, decide what the JSF application will do when a
particular event is fired. You do this by writing event listeners.In other words, a JSF application
is event-driven.

For example, if you write a JSF code to create a button, you will write:
<h:commandButton value="Login“
actionListener=“#{customer.loginActionListener}”
action=“#{customer.login}” />

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 624

Web Design and Development (CS506)
The value attribute specifies the text that appeared on the face of a button, the
actionListener attributes specifies to call the loginActionListener method written
somewhere in a Customer class if an event is triggered and on which to go next,is decided by
the login method of Customer class and given as a value of action attribute.

The method specified in action attribute should return a String value as the returned
String value is used in page navigation.

Note: Many IDE provides visual support for JSF so you can drag and drop components instead of
writing tedious coding for defining JSF components as shown above. Sun Studio Creator® is a
free open source IDE that provides visual support for JSF and can be downloaded form Sun site.

The code examples are also built using this IDE.

class Customer { public void
loginActionListener(ActionEvent e)
{
…………………
}
public String login() {
return “OK”;
}}

Example Code: Hello User

The example code (“hello user 1”) is given along with the handout. It is strongly advised that you
must see the lecture video in order to learn how this example is built.

User will provide a name in the text field and his/her name after appending “hello” to it,would be
displayed on the same page.

44.2.5 JSF Validators

Validators make input validation simple and save developers hours of programming. JSF provides
a set of validator classes for validating input values entered into input components. Alternatively,
you can writeyour own validator if none of the standard validators suits your needs.

Some built-in validators are:

• DoubleRangeValidator
Any numeric type, between specified maximum and minimum values

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 625

Web Design and Development (CS506)
• LongRangeValidator
Any numeric type convertible to long, between specified maximum and minimum
values

• LengthValidator
Ensures that the length of a component's local value falls into a certain range
(between minimum & maximum). The value must be of String type.

Example Code: Hello User

The example code (“hello user 2”) is given along with the handout. You can open it using Sun
Studio Creator IDE. It is strongly advised that you must see the lecture video in order to learn
how this example is built.

It is actually a modified version of the last example. This time, we’ll make sure that user couldn’t
left blank the name field and must enter a name between ranges of 2 to 10 characters. If any
condition fails, an appropriate message would be displayed.
44.2.6 JSF – Managed Bean-Intro

These are JavaBeans defined in the configuration file and are used to hold the data from JSF
components. Managed beans represent the data model, and are passed between business logic and
pages. Some other salient features are:

• Use the declarative model

• Entry point into the model and event handlers
• Can have beans with various states

Here is an example of a managed-bean element whose scope is session, meaning that an instance
of this bean is created at the beginning of a user session.

<managed-bean>
<managed-bean-name>myBean</managed-bean-name>
<managed-bean-class>myPackage.MyBean</managed-bean-class>
<managed-bean-scope>session</managed-bean-scope>
</managed-bean>

44.2.7 JSF – Value Binding

Value binding expressions can be used inside of JSF components to:

• Automatically instantiate a JavaBean and place it in the request or session scope.

• Override the JavaBean's default values through its accessor methods.
• Quickly retrieve Map, List, and array contents from a JavaBean. • Synchronize form
contents with value objects across a number of requests.

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 626

Web Design and Development (CS506)

The syntax of binding expressions is based on the JavaServer Pages (JSP) 2.0 Expression
Language. In JSP, expressions are delimited with "${}", but in JSF they are delimited with
"#{}".

44.2.8 JSF – Method Binding

Unlike a value binding, a method binding does not represent an accessor method. Instead,
a method binding represents an activation method.

For example, binding an event handler to a method

<h:commandButton ……
actionListener=“#{customer.loginActionListener}”
……… />

44.2.9 JSF Navigation

Page navigation determines the control flow of a Web application. JSF provides a default
navigational handler and this behavior can be configured in configuration. However, you can
do it visually in most tools like Sun Studio Creator

Note: We have quickly breezed through the JSF technology essentials due to shortage of
time. You must explore it by yourself to excel on it. You can find the resources in the
last handout to acquire further skills.

44.3 References:
• Java A Lab Course by Umair Javed
• Intrduction to JavaServer Faces by Sun http://java.sun.com
• JavaServer Faces Programming by Kumiawan

Note: Coding exercises in working condition for this lecture are also available on “Downloads”
section of LMS.

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 627

Web Design and Development (CS506)

Lecture 45: JavaServer Faces

In the last lecture, we have covered the basic nutshells of JSF. Having a belief on“learning by
doing”, in this lecture another example is also given to show you the capabilities of JSF.

Example Code: Addition of Two Numbers

The example code (“AddNumbers”) is given along with the handout. It is strongly advised that
you must see the lecture video in order to learn the making plus working of this example.

This example demonstrates the usage of value and method binding expressions, managed beans,
and how to use page navigation technique using IDE etc.

45.1 Web Services

In the remaining handout, we’ll take an overview of web services’ potential, their types and
working model. Resources are given at the end for those who are interested in learning new
technologies.

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 628

Web Design and Development (CS506)

45.1.1 Introduction
Web services are Web-based enterprise applications that use open, XML-based standards and
transport protocols to exchange data with calling clients.
Web Service is becoming one of those overly overloaded buzzwords these days. Due to their
increasing popularity, Java platform Enterprise Edition (J2EE) provides the APIs and tools you
need to create and deploy interoperable web services and clients.

45.1.2 Web service, Definition by W3C

W3C recently has come up with a decent definition of web services. According to W3C,“A Web
service is a software application identified by a URI, whose interfaces and binding are capable of
being defined, described and discovered by XML artifacts and supports direct interactions with
other software applications using XML based messages via internet-based protocols”.

45.1.3 Distributed Computing Evolution

Let's think a little bit on how distributed computing technology has evolved.

In the beginning, things were built and deployed typically in the form of client and server model
in which clients talk to a single server, for example, remote procedure calls (RPC).

The second phase can be called web-based computing in which many clients talk to many servers
through the net. In this phase, communicating partners still have to go through some

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 629

Web Design and Development (CS506)
prearrangement in terms of what common object model they have to use or what common
communication protocol they have to agree upon.

Finally, the web services model in which service users and service providers can be dynamically
connected. And the pretty much every computing device and application participates as both
service user and service provider.

45.1.4 Characteristics of Web services

Web services are XML-based throughout. Pretty much everything in the domain of Web services
is defined in XML. For example, the format of the data being exchanged between service user
and service provider is defined in XML or the description of web service is defined in XML.

Because the only contract that has to be agreed upon between service user and service provider is
syntax and semantics of XML messages, as long as valid messages can be generated and
understood, it does not matter what programming language is used. So a web service is said to be
programming language independent.

Web services can be dynamically located and invoked. And typically they will be accessed and
invoked over both internet and intranet.

45.1.5 Why Web services?

Interoperable
Connect across heterogeneous networks using ubiquitous web-based standards
Economical
Recycle components, no installation and tight integration of software
Automatic
No human intervention required even for highly complex transactions
Accessible
Legacy assets & internal apps are exposed and accessible on the web
Available
Services on any device, anywhere, anytime
Scalable
No limits on scope of applications and amount of heterogeneous applications

45.1.6 Types of Web service

Data providers
For example, a service providing stock quotes
Business-to-business process integration

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 630

Web Design and Development (CS506)
For example, purchase orders
Enterprise application integration
Different applications work together simply by adding a webservice wrapper

Comparison between Web page & Web service

Just to give you a sense on the difference between a web page and a web service,consider
the following table:

Web page Web Service

Has a UI No GUI
Interacts with user Interacts with application
Works with web browser client Works with any type of client

45.2 Web service Architectural Components

Following are the core building blocks of web service architecture:

• Service Description-How do clients know how it works (which functions, parameters

etc.)?

At the minimum, you need a standard way of describing a web service that is universally
understood by all potential service users and service providers. This is important because
without commonly agreed upon description of service, a service provider might have to
produce individually tailored way of describing its service to all its potential service users.

Web Service Description Language (WSDL pronounced as viz-dal) is industry agreed upon
XML language that can be used to describe web service. It provides XML format for
describing web services in terms of methods, properties, data types and protocols.

• Service Registration (Publication) and Discovery

There has to be registry by which a service can be published and discovered.
Universal Description, Discovery & Integration (UDDI), a way to publish and find web
services. A repository of web services on the internet where a machine or a human can find
different web services. www.uddi.org

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 631

Web Design and Development (CS506)
• Service Invocation
Then there has to be standard way of invoking a service. Finally, for business transactions in
which secure and reliable message delivery is important, there has to be a standard electronic
business framework.

The following figure represents simplified web service architecture and summarizes the working
of web services:

45.3 References:
• Java A Lab Course by Umair Javed

• Web services overview by sang shin

Note: Coding exercises in working condition for this lecture are also available on “Downloads”
section of LMS.

45.4 Resources:
• An excellent resource for learning Java related technologies is:
http://www.apl.jhu.edu/~hall/java/

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 632

Web Design and Development (CS506)

• http://java.sun.com
• http://www.javaworld.com
• http://www.theserverside.com
• http://www.jsfcentral.com
• http://www.jspolympus.com
• http://www.onjava.com

© Copyright Virtual University of Pakistan 633